Ido For All

1
Ido For All

by Niklas ApGawain,
P.D. Hugon,
J.L. Moore,
L. de Beaufront.
Under the guidance of Stephen L. Rice.
Edition 1.6, edited by Jerry Muelver

2 Ido for All
Ido for All

Edition 1.6
Released 30 December 2008
Originally by Niklas ApGawain, P.D. Hugon, J.L. Moore, and L. de
Beaufront, with the guidance of Stephen L. Rice.
Edition 1.6, December 2008, revised and edited by Jerry Muelver for
the North American Ido Society.
The specific file format of Ido for All Edition 1.6 is
Copyright © 2008 Jerry Muelver
This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-

Noncommercial-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License. To view a copy of
this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/ or
send a letter to Creative Commons, 171 Second Street, Suite 300, San
Francisco, California, 94105, USA.
You are free to copy, distribute and transmit the work, and to adapt the
work under the following conditions:
• Attribution: You must attribute the work in the manner
specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that
suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).
• Noncommercial: You may not use this work for commercial
purposes.
• Share Alike: If you alter, transform, or build upon this work,
you may distribute the resulting work only under the same or
similar license to this one.
For any reuse or distribution, you must make clear to others the license
terms of this work. The best way to do this is with a link to
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/
Any of the above conditions, including the restriction from use for
commercial purposes, can be waived if you get permission from the
copyright holder. Nothing in this license impairs or restricts the
authors' moral rights.
Ido for All 3
Forward - Notes from Source Edition 1.4

Edition 1.4 was revised by an "Idiotist", B.Y.T., with material from
various sources, revizita/ata/ota da zeloza Idisti per materii de diversa
fonti, ed fakte ja tradukita da li "tote libere" aden kelka sua lingui
"segun sua maniero por sua skopi".
Lo signifikas ke onu darfas tote libere uzar "Ido For All" por sua
skopo segun sua maniero, tradukante la libro aden sua propra linguo
pro ke olim Sro Niklas ApGawain per sua grand'anmo permisis me
tale ke anke me volas kondutar simile.
Laborinta/anta Idisti por ica lernolibro, ultre B.Y.T.(^_^ Idiotisto),
Hans STUIFBERGEN, Frank KASPER, Stephen L. RICE (Kapabla
Logli ed USAano);
Revizuri
• 1.0 / 1999-07-26
• 1.1 / 1999-08-03
• 1.2 / 2000-02-29
• 1.3 / 2000-05-10
• 1.4 / 2005-02-13
• 1.5 / 2008-11-11
• 1.6 / 2008-12-30
• ...E 20??-??-?? da qui? Forsan vu hike e vu ibe e vu qua esas
lontane..
Just as the Tanakh is a composition of two major sources, this course
is also a mixture of two different books by Niklas ApGawain, P.D.
Hugon, J.L. Moore, and L. de Beaufront. Moreover this "IDO FOR
ALL" contains small materials gathered from somewhere by Hans
STUIFBERGEN in Holland and Frank KASPER in Germany.
Because of the great kindness of Mr. Neil GRATTON, You can find
some MP3 audio files for this course at
http://www.iolairweb.co.uk/ido/idoforall.htm
4 Ido for All
Production and Publication Note
Revision 1.6
30 December 2008
This edition of Ido for All was revised and formatted from edition 1.4
(2005-02-13 ) for release and publication by the North American Ido
Society (NAIS) under the direction of Jerry Muelver, with production
services provided by HyText Consulting. For information on obtaining
printed versions of this book contact [email protected] or visit the
NAIS web site at http://idomondo.org.
Our appreciation and thanks go to the contributing authors of this

work, with special thanks to Sro. Robert Carnaghan and Sro. Niklas
ApGawain and Sro. Bebson Y. Takata for their personal effort and
contributions to the enhancement and production of Ido for All and
their active promotion of Ido, the International Language.
Ido for All 5
Table of Contents
Lesson 0 - Zeresma Leciono..................................................................1
The Alphabet.....................................................................................1
Consonants........................................................................................1
Vowels...............................................................................................2
Diphthongs........................................................................................3
Accentuation (Stress)........................................................................3
Pronunciation Exercise......................................................................4
Tips on Learning Ido.........................................................................5
Lesson 01 - Unesma Leciono.................................................................7
Nouns................................................................................................7
The Indefinite Article........................................................................7
The Definite Article..........................................................................7
Es - "Is".............................................................................................7
Verbs - Present Tense........................................................................9
Ed/e - "And"......................................................................................9
Lesson 02 - Duesma Leciono...............................................................13
Adjectives........................................................................................13
The Negative...................................................................................15
Derivation........................................................................................15
Adjectives - Short Forms................................................................19
Lesson 03 - Triesma Leciono...............................................................20
Questions.........................................................................................20
Plurals..............................................................................................22
The Definite Article:- "le" for the Plural.........................................22
Colors..............................................................................................25
The Imperative................................................................................25
Animals...........................................................................................27
Lesson 04 - Quaresma Leciono............................................................28
Vortifado - Word Building..............................................................28
Possession, "di"...............................................................................30
Quantity, "de"..................................................................................31
Manjaji - Foods...............................................................................34
Lesson 05 - Kinesma Leciono..............................................................36
Personal Pronouns...........................................................................36
Past Tense........................................................................................38
Verbs - Past and Present..................................................................38
Gender-specific Words....................................................................42
6 Ido for All
Adverbs...........................................................................................43
Lesson 06 - Sisesma Leciono...............................................................46
Interrogative Pronouns (1)..............................................................46
Numerals.........................................................................................47
Dum - Extended "During"...............................................................49
Od/o - "Or"......................................................................................50
La familio [fa-MI-lyo] - the family.................................................52
Lesson 07 - Sepesma Leciono..............................................................54
Future Tense....................................................................................54
Cardinal Numbers...........................................................................56
Forms of Transport..........................................................................62
Lesson 08- Okesma Leciono................................................................63
Ordinal Numbers.............................................................................63
Monati - Months..............................................................................63
Dates - Dati.....................................................................................64
Vesti - Clothes.................................................................................65
Interrogative Pronouns : Accusative Form.....................................66
Homi - People.................................................................................70
Lesson 09 - Nonesma Leciono.............................................................71
The Infinitive...................................................................................71
Reference Word Lists......................................................................78
Lesson 10 - Dekesma Leciono.............................................................80
Possessive Pronouns........................................................................80
Conditional Mood...........................................................................81
Comparison of Adjectives...............................................................83
Edifici - Buildings...........................................................................85
Lesson 11 - Dek e unesma Leciono.....................................................90
Days of the Week............................................................................90
Time(1)............................................................................................91
Relative Pronouns...........................................................................92
Countries.........................................................................................95
To Think..........................................................................................96
Lesson 12 - Dek e duesma Leciono.....................................................99
The Negative for Auxiliary and Quasi-auxiliary Verbs..................99
More on Time................................................................................101
"Qua" as an Interrogative Adjective..............................................102
Qua, Qui, Quo - Summary............................................................102
Weather.........................................................................................103
De Certena Lektolibro...................................................................106
Rezumo di la Reguli pri la Puntizado - Punctuation.....................108
Lesson 13 - Dek-e-triesma Leciono...................................................109
Ido for All 7
The Demonstrative Pronoun.........................................................109

Possessive - "Whose"....................................................................111
Indeterminate Object - "it", "that".................................................111
Action Affixes - para, par, esk, ad, ig, iz, if..................................112
Lesson 14 - Dek-e-quaresma Leciono...............................................116
More on Numerals.........................................................................116
Participles......................................................................................118
Lesson 15 - Dek-e-kinesma Leciono.................................................123
Perfect Tenses...............................................................................123
Affixes...........................................................................................124
De Lernolibro Italiana: - 01...........................................................127
De La Lernolibro Italiana: - 03.....................................................128
De Certena Lektolibro - Lektajo 11..............................................128
Lesson 16 - Dek-e-sisesma Leciono..................................................130
The Accusative Ending -n: - Me Amoras Tu...............................130
The Passive Voice.........................................................................130
Affixes...........................................................................................133
De Lernolibro Italiana:- 05............................................................135
Lesson 17 - Dek-e-sepesma Leciono.................................................138
The Accusative Ending -n: - Leono Esas Bestio...........................138
Prepositions...................................................................................140
Conjunctions.................................................................................141
Affixes...........................................................................................142
De certena lektolibro ---- Lektajo 13............................................145
Lesson 18 - Dek-e-okesma Leciono..................................................147
Indefinite Pronouns.......................................................................147
Lesson 19 - Dek-e-nonesma Leciono................................................156
Lektajo 01......................................................................................156
Lektajo 02......................................................................................156
Lektajo 03: - Vicino - Neighbor....................................................157
Lektajo 04......................................................................................158
8 Ido for All
Lektajo 05: - Lumoza Expliko......................................................159

Lektajo 06: - Acensar e Decensar la Vagono................................160
Lektajo 07: - En la Hotelo - (kontoro - reception desk)................160
Lektajo 08:- L'anciena Urbo..........................................................162
Lektajo 09:- La Foxo e la Tortugo (tortoise), Indiana Fablo........163
Lektajo 10......................................................................................163
Lesson 20 - Duadekesma Leciono ** Revizo ...................................165
Lektajo 11:- La Tri Guti................................................................165
Lektajo 12:- Lingui Internaciona/Interkomprenigilo (Means of
Communication)............................................................................166
Lektajo 13:- Vestaro - Bezonesas Dicernar "Portar" e "Tragar*".167
Proverbi (ek: Proverbaro da Peus)................................................168
Lektajo 14:- En la Teatro..............................................................168
Lektajo 15:- La Muso e la Leono (da Aesopos)............................170
Lektajo 16:- Du Komercala Letri..................................................171
Lektajo 17:- Linguala Stilo...........................................................173
Lektajo 18:- Pri Idiomaji (idioms) e Propra Kustumo di Naturala
Lingui............................................................................................173
Advanced Lessons (21 - 30)..............................................................175
Lesson 21 - Duadek-e-unesma Leciono.............................................176
Possessive Case.............................................................................176
Possessive: That............................................................................177
Partitive Article.............................................................................177
Apparent Plural.............................................................................178
How to translate "adverbs" in English..........................................178
Noun/(Noun phrase) as an Adverb................................................179
Adverb as a Quasi-noun................................................................179
Adverb as an adjective..................................................................179
Adverb as a Conjunction...............................................................179
How to Translate "It"....................................................................180
Lesson 22 - Duadek-e-duesma Leciono.............................................181
How to Translate THAT...............................................................181
THAT Should Never Be Omitted.................................................181
Other Words Omitted....................................................................182
Whose, of Which...........................................................................182
Infinitive Clause............................................................................183
Imperative Clause..........................................................................183
Comparative..................................................................................184
How to Get Dad and Mom from Father and Mother....................185
Why You Need "di" Between Noun and Infinitive.......................185
Lesson 23 - Duadek-e-triesma Leciono.............................................187
Ido for All 9
How to Translate WHAT..............................................................187

Indefinite Adjectives and Pronouns..............................................188
Using "Quale" and "Kom"............................................................190
Lesson 24 - Duadek-e-quaresma Leciono..........................................191
How to Translate SHALL.............................................................191
How to Translate WILL................................................................191
How to Translate SHOULD..........................................................192
How to Translate WOULD...........................................................192
How to Translate MAY.................................................................193
How to Translate MUST...............................................................193
How to Translate CAN AFFORD.................................................193
Habitual Act..................................................................................194
Change of Tense............................................................................194
"Small Talk" Questions and Phrases.............................................195
How to Translate "It"....................................................................196
Noun Plus "Di" Plus Infinitive, Again..........................................197
Lesson 25 - Duadek-e-kinesma Leciono............................................198
How to Translate the English -ING..............................................198
How to Translate the English "To"...............................................201
How to Get the Most out of -ir, -ar, -or and -ur*..........................201
Lesson 26 - Duadek-e-sisesma Leciono............................................203
List of Prepositions.......................................................................203
Final Prepositions..........................................................................205
Prepositions as Adverbs................................................................206
Sense According to Place..............................................................206
Prepositions as Verbs....................................................................207
Further Discussion on Prepositions in "Letters"...........................207
Lesson 27 - Duadek-e-sepesma Leciono...........................................208
Passive Voice Translated by On/Onu...........................................208
Preposition before Infinitive.........................................................209
Impersonal Verbs..........................................................................209
Time of Day:- Review...................................................................210
Arithmetic: - Review.....................................................................211
Days, Months, etc.: - Review........................................................211
What are "Ergative" Verbs?..........................................................212
Lesson 28 - Duadek-e-okesma Leciono.............................................213
List of Principal Conjunctions......................................................213
Compound Conjunctions...............................................................214
Translate Meaning, not just Words...............................................214
Do Something, And Do Something Else.......................................215
10 Ido for All
As..................................................................................................216
Kom e Quale - "As" and "Like"....................................................216
Nor.................................................................................................217
Ek Don Quijote de la Mancha.......................................................217
-Oro and -ilo..................................................................................217
Lesson 29 - Duadek-e-nonesma Leciono...........................................219
List of Principal Adverbs..............................................................219
BUT...............................................................................................221
EVER............................................................................................221
JUST..............................................................................................222
BOTH............................................................................................222
Lesson 30 - Triadekesma Leciono.....................................................224
Order of Words.............................................................................224
Accusative.....................................................................................224
Compound Words.........................................................................225
Impersonal Verbs..........................................................................226
Derivation......................................................................................226
Titles of Courtesy..........................................................................227
Elision...........................................................................................229
Compound Words, Again..............................................................229
Appendix - Notes on Derivation........................................................231
Substantives from Adjectives........................................................233
Appendix - Prefixes...........................................................................234
Appendix - Suffixes...........................................................................237
General Note.................................................................................247
Appendix - Numeral Suffixes............................................................248
Compounded Words ....................................................................248
Numeral Punctuation ...................................................................248
Appendix - Sufixi -AJ ed -UR-..........................................................249
Appendix - Unauthorized names of countries...................................251
Letters................................................................................................259
A letter for a French Idist: pri la difero "qua" e "quo"..................259
Submarine:- Navo sub maro od Maro sub glacio'strato?..............261
Pri la sufixo -oro............................................................................264
Por ganar nova vorti e pri l'akademio - de letri da BYT...............265
Avan omno esas la uzado ta qua decidas prefere kam dekreti
desupre..........................................................................................266
Pro quo Ido esas forta?..................................................................267
Ido for All - Afterward (Edition 1.4).................................................269
Lesson 0 - Zeresma Leciono 1
Lesson 0 - Zeresma Leciono
The Alphabet
Ido uses all the 26 letters found in the English alphabet. There are no
silent letters. Every letter in a word must be pronounced. Each letter
has its own particular sound value which distinguishes it from all
others. There are no double letters, except where both are to be
pronounced separately.
Consonants
Most consonants have exactly the same pronunciation as in English:
b, d, f, k, l, m, n, p, t, v, w, z, qu, sh.
The other consonants are revised in Ido as follows:
c - as "ts" in bits (Ido "ca" is pronounced "tsa"), never as in the
English "k" or "s" sounds used for "c".
g - always as the hard "g" in get, never as the soft "g" in "gin".
h - always sounded, honoro [ho-NOR-o] - never silent as it is
sometimes in English:honor [ON-er].
j - voiced "s" as in French, i.e. like the "s" in pleasure.
r - rolled (tongue-flick) if possible, but in any case always
pronounced, even in such words as portar [porr-TARR].
s - as "s" in (English) "soft", never a voiced "z" sound as in
(English) "fuse" [fyooz].
x - as English "x" [ks, gz], except that the Ido "x" never has the "z"
sound found in English "xylophone", but retains the "ks" or "gz"
sound even at the beginning of words: xilofono [ksi-lo-FO-no].
y - this is a consonant as in "yellow", and is never a vowel.
ch - as "ch" in "chat", never as the "ch" in "machine".
2 Ido for All
Vowels
Vowels have approximately the following sounds (but see notes
below):
a - as "a" in father.
e - as "e" in then, or pet.
i - as "i" in machine, an "ee" sound.
o - as "o" in glory, an "oh" sound.
u - as "u" in rude, an "oo" sound.
Important Notes
● There is room for a little variation in the length of the vowel
sound, but it should not be too long or too short.
● "a". Avoid making the "ah" sound too long, so that it becomes
"aah" or even worse "aahr".
● Never pronounce "e" as in English "meter". Avoid adding a "y"
or "ee" sound to the Ido "e" so that it sounds like the "ay" in
English "way".
● Avoid too much of an "eey" sound to the Ido "i". Never
pronounce "i" as in the English word "white", so be careful
how you say such Ido words as "mikra" [MEE-kra].
● Avoid adding an "oo" or "w" sound to the Ido "o", as is the
case with English "no" which rhymes with "know".
● Never pronounce "u" as in the English words "use" or
"universal", i.e. a "yoo" sound instead of "oo". So be careful
with words like "uzata" and "universala".
● Always say each vowel clearly. Never give a vowel the
obscure "uh" sound that is found in many English words, e.g.
the "a" in "across", the "e" in "begin", or the "o" and "u" in
"button".
Diphthongs
A diphthong is a vowel sound resulting from two vowel sounds
combining. In Ido there are two simple diphthongs:
● au - a(ah) + u(oo) giving the "ow" sound found in English
"now". It is never pronounced as English "au" in "Paul".
● eu - e(eh) + u(oo). This is an "eh-oo" sound which does not
exist in standard English. "eu" is never a "yoo" sound as in
English "neutral".
Note
● "u" before a vowel will tend to become like "w", e.g. linguo
[LIN-gwo].
● "i" before a vowel will tend to bceome like "y", e.g. pekunio
[pe-KU-nyo].
All other vowels should be said separately: "ai" is "a-i" [ah-ee"] and
"ae" is "a-e" [ah-eh], etc, not the blended, sliding English sounds of
combined vowels.
Accentuation (Stress)
All English words have at least one syllable which is stressed more
than the others: BUTter, inTELLigent, ELephant, beGIN. In English
there is no obvious rule about where the stress occurs in a word. It
could be in any syllable.
In Ido there is a simple rule with only one exception: The stress
always falls on the second-last syllable.: HUN-do, KA-to, LINguo,
faMIlio [fa-MEE-lyo], akaDEmio [a-ka-DEH-myo].
Here's the exception: verb infinitives (recognizable by -ar, -ir, -or
endings) have the stress on the last syllable for clarity in speech: pozar
[po-ZAR], drinkar [drin-KAR], drinkor [drin-KOR], drinkir [drin-
KIR], donar [do-NAR], donor [do-NOR], donir [do-NIR].
4 Ido for All
Examples
Amar' [amAR], kredir' [krediIR], finoor', [finOR]
ama'ta [amATa], kreo'ta [kreOta], fino'ta [fiNOta]
espere'ble [espeREble], facin'da [facINda]
jo'yo [JOyo], boa'o [boAo], muze'o [muZEo]
hero'o [heROo], di'o [DIo], du [DU]
fo'lio [FO-lyo], li'lio [LI-lyo], men'tio [MEN-tyo], Ita'lia [i-TA-lya]
a'quo [A-qwo], lin'guo [LIN-gwo]
por'tuo [PORR-two], re'vuo [RE-vwo]
Pronunciation Exercise
Ka vu ja ler'nas la no'va lin'guo internacio'na?
ka vu ja LERR-nas la NO-va LIN-gwo in-terr-na-ci-O-na
kah voo zhah lairnahs lah nohvah leengwoh eentairnahtsiohnah
Me komen'cis studiar' olu an'te kel'ka di'i,
me ko-MEN-cis stu-DYARR O-lu AN-te KEL-ka DI-i
meh kohmentsees stoodeeahr oh-loo ahnteh kelkah dee-ee
e me tro'vas ke olu es'as ve're tre faci'la.
e me TRO-vas ke O-lu ES-as VE-re tre fa-CI-la
eh meh trohvahs keh oh-loo ehsahs vehreh treh fahtseelah
Om'na-di'e me lek'tas tex'to dum un ho'ro;
OM-na-DI-e me LEK-tas TEX-to dum un HO-ro
omnah-dee-eh meh lektahs tekstoh doom oon hohro
me sem'pre lekt'tas lau'te.
me SEM-pre LEK-tas LAW-te [LAw-te, never laU-te!, au being a
diphthong.]
meh sempreh lektahs louteh
Ka vu kompre'nas to?
ka vu kom-PRE-nas to
ka voo komprehnahs toh
The names of the letters in Ido-alphabet are: a be ce [cho] de e fe/(ef)

ge he/(hash) i je ke le/(el) me/(em) ne/(en) o pe que re/(ere) se/(es)
[sho] te u ve/(ev) we xe/(exe) ye and ze
The forms in parentheses are alternative and unauthorized names.
Some Europeans cannot distinguish between b/v, v/w, s/z and s/sh.
And the descendants of the Roman Empire do not pronounce "h" very
well, since H is a "hush" sign for the Italian, Spanish, Portuguese,
French etc. In addition, the Japanese are deaf to the differences
between b/v and l/r. So the alternative forms may help to clarify which
letter is being pronounced.
Tips on Learning Ido

Your brain has a language-learning-and-using function that is
specialized from other learning behaviors. The trick to learning
languages is to tap into the power of that specialized function, to "get
past" the standard learning and memorization operations of the brain
so you can use the marvelous language tools in the brain's higher
functions. Here are some ideas we have found useful and productive:
Many small bites are better than a few big bites. You will learn Ido
faster if you break your learning sessions into three 20-minute sessions
a day in preference to one 60-minute session.
Learn your first 800 words by diligent memorization. After the first
800 words, you will be expanding your vocabulary primarily by
absorption, by reading in Ido and making educated guesses at the
meaning of new words.
Read aloud. Even better, record your own voice reading aloud, then re-
read the selection while you listen to your recording.
Repetition is the key to accessing your brain's language centers.
Repeat new words several times, repeat your read-aloud selections,
repeat yesterday's chapter before starting on today's, and rewrite your
word lists and flash cards every time you miss a test-translation to
repeat your corrections.
Get an English-Ido and Ido-English dictionary, and learn to use it. We
like the HTML (web-page) electronic version of Dyer's dictionary,
compiled by David Mann, available from the North American Ido
Society's web site.
6 Ido for All
Write in Ido, on a first draft. Don't write your thoughts out in English,
then translate from there. Instead, think out your sentence in English if
you have to, then write a draft translation in Ido. Reread you Ido, and
revise as necessary to polish it up. Eventually, you'll be able to think
directly in Ido.
Keep a daily journal, in Ido. Get a notebook, and every day, write
about a half-page of text in Ido. You don't have to create deathless
prose or profound poetry, so any text will do. Describe your room,
your surroundings, your family, your childhood, your rants and raves
on the topics and news stories of the day. Paraphrase or record from
memory the dialog or example conversation from yesterday's lesson.
Write anything, but write every day.
If possible, get online (by computer), and read the messages and
conversations in some of the Ido news or mail groups. Don't worry
about knowing the exact meaning of everything you read. Just try to
pick out whatever you can, and see how well you can follow the
discussion by guessing when you have to. Eventually, you'll be
tempted to join in with some comments of your own. Give in to the
tempation! Post a message! The Idists who participate in discussion
groups welcome new members, and will gladly offer their support and
(usually) gentle correction to help your learning progress.
Find and join, or create, a group of Ido activist-students. Language is
for communication, and you are only really using Ido if you are
communicating in Ido. Get some friends and relativse to join you on
your journeys in Idia (Ido-land).
Don't be afraid to make mistakes when you are speaking or writing in
Ido. The important thing is to try, make corrections, and try again.
Mistakes are part of the process, and give you points of focus for your
learning.
Every once in a while, go back and read through some of the early
chapters of the first Ido book you studied, and appreciate how much
progress you've made since those early days.
Most importantly, have fun! Learning Ido should be an entertaining
adventure, not some kind of heavy, grinding chore. If you find yourself
getting too serious and grumbly, lighten up! It could be worse, you
know, like if you were trying to learn English as a second language!
Lesson 01 - Unesma Leciono 7
Lesson 01 - Unesma Leciono
Nouns
A noun is a person, place, or thing, anthing that you can see, hear,
touch, or put a name to, like "table", "chair", "man", "cat". In Ido, all
singular nouns end with the letter -O: kato (cat), hundo (dog), tablo
(table). Plural nouns end with -I: kati (cats), hundi (dogs), tabli
(tables).
The Indefinite Article

In English we say "a table" and "an egg". The "a" and "an" are
indefinite articles. Ido does not use indefinite articles. It is enough to
say "ovo" for egg or "an" egg; "tablo" for table or "a" table, and so on,
when referring to "some unspecified" egg or table, or "any" egg or
table.
The Definite Article

The definite article "the", used to specify a particular object being
discussed, is "la" in Ido: matro - a mother (such as "any mother"); la
matro - the mother (a specific mother, the one we are discussing).
Es - "Is"
The Ido word "es" is roughly the English word "is" as in "he is", but
also takes the place of "am" or "are" as in "I am" and "you are". Ido
uses the one word "es" where English uses several different words
"am-is-are" to accomplish the same function: me es - I am; vu es - you
are; elo es - she is. The Ido way with verbs is to keep everything
simple, and very regular, with no exceptions or special treatments or
tricky conjugations.
Notes
"Es" is a short form of "esas", Though "es" is more convenient, "esas"
is just as common. Use either form, by personal preference.
8 Ido for All
Vortaro (vocabulary)
me - I/me yuno - teenager/ a youth
vu - you yunulo - boy
buxo - box yunino - girl
domo -house la - the
gardeno - garden en - in
hundo - dog sub - under
kato - cat sur - on
muso - mouse
tablo - table esas/es - is/am/are
Exempli
Mary is a girl. - Mary esas yuno. // Mary es yunino. (You may say
either "esas" or "es".)
Charles is a boy. - Charles esas/es yuno. // Charles esas/es yunulo.
The house is in the garden. - La domo esas/es en la gardeno.
I am in the garden. - Me esas/es en la gardeno. (Say "meh", not
"mee".)
I am in the house. - Me esas/es en la domo.
You are in the house. - Vu esas/es en la domo.
You are under the table. - Vu esas/es sub la tablo.
A dog is on the table in the house. - Hundo esas/es sur la tablo en la
domo.
Rex is a dog. - Rex esas/es hundo.
William is a cat. - William esas/es kato.
The dog is in the house. - La hundo esas/es en la domo.
The cat is on the table. - La kato esas/es sur la tablo.
The box is under the table. - La buxo esas/es sub la tablo.
The cat is on the box. - La kato esas/es sur la buxo.
The mouse is in the house. - La muso esas/es en la domo.
The mouse is in the box. - La muso esas/es en la buxo.
The mouse is under the table. - La muso esas/es sub la tablo.
Verbs - Present Tense

A verb is an action or "doing" word: see, read, touch, chase. Verbs in
Ido all have identifying endings, "verb endings", so you can easily
recognize a verb when you see one. In English, the same word could
be a verb or a noun: you can pull a plow, or plow the field. That
doesn't happen in Ido, where nouns end in -O (or -I for plurals), and
verbs do not.
The verbs you have seen so far in this book all have the ending that
shows the present tense, the ending -AS. The present tense is used
when the action in the verb is happening NOW:
Me vidas la hundo. - I see the dog.
Vu tushas la kato. - You touch the cat.
These are actions taking place at the present moment, so the present
tense is used. In English there is more than one present tense - I touch
the dog, I am touching the dog. Both of these expressions describe
actions taking place in the present. Because the meanings of these two
are so similar, Ido says them both in the same way: Me tushas (I touch
or am touching) la hundo. "Me lektas la libro" could therefore be
either "I read the book" or "I am reading the book", (or even "I do read
the book").
Remember this, especially when translating English into Ido. Don't
translate "I am touching" or "you are reading" word for word. Until
you can think naturally in Ido, it is best to change them in your mind to
"I touch" and "you read" and then translate that simple form.
Ed/e - "And"
The Ido for "and" is "ed". The final -D, which is part of the root, is
often dropped if the following word starts with a consonant. It is a
question of which one sounds better. Officially you may suit yourself
and chose the one you prefer, "ed" or "e". In practice most Idists use
"e" if the following word starts with a consonant, and "ed" if it starts
with a vowel. Three other words which you will learn later - a/ad,
o/od, ka/kad - allow the same flexibility.
10 Ido for All
Vortaro (Vocabulary)
drinkas - drinks aquo - water
havas - has (got) fenestro - window
lektas - reads lakto - milk
manjas - eats libro - book
prizas - likes pomo - apple
promenas - walks/strolls pordo - door
regardas - looks (at) stulo - chair
tushas - touches e/ed - and
vidas - sees
Exempli
I have a dog. - Me havas hundo.
I see the dog. - Me vidas la hundo.
The dog sees me. - La hundo vidas me.
I like the dog. - Me prizas la hundo.
I like milk. - Me prizas lakto.
The dog has the milk. - La hundo havas la lakto.
The cat drinks the milk. - La kato drinkas la lakto.
You drink the milk. - Vu drinkas la lakto.
I have the apple. - Me havas la pomo.
I am eating the apple. - Me manjas la pomo.
The boy/girl is eating the apple. - La yuno manjas la pomo.
I am looking at the mouse. - Me regardas la muso.
The mouse sees the water. - La muso vidas la aquo.
The mouse is eating the book. - La muso manjas la libro.
The book is on the table. - La libro esas/es sur la tablo.
You read the book. - Vu lektas la libro.
You are reading the book. - Vu lektas la libro.
The cat looks at me. - La kato regardas me.
The cat looks at the door. - La kato regardas la pordo.
You are touching the door. - Vu tushas la pordo.
The cat is touching the window. - La kato tushas la fenestro.

I am touching the window. - Me tushas la fenestro.
I am walking in the garden. - Me promenas en la gardeno.
You and the dog are walking in the garden. - Vu e la hundo promenas
en la gardeno.
The table and chair are in the house. - La tablo e la stulo esas/es en la
domo.
Vortaro:- Vocabulary
Bona jorno - Hello (Good day)
Til rivido - Good-bye (Until we meet again)
Quale vu standas? - How are you?
Tre bone danko - Very well thank you.
Now when you meet another Idist, or go to a congress or international
gathering you have the beginings of a simple conversation.
Konversado:- Conversation
Here is a conversation between Peter and Mary.
P: Bona jorno!
M: Bona jorno!
P: Quale vu standas?
M: Tre bone, danko. Quale vu standas?
P: Tre bone, danko.
M: Til rivido!
P: Til rivido!
12 Ido for All
Exerco:- Exercise
1. Practice the conversation phrases.
2. Think in Ido of the things you know: Touch the door and say to
yourself, "Me tushas la pordo"; read a book and say "Me lektas
libro"; and so on, to use and repeat as many of the words
you've learned as possible.
3. Read aloud every Ido sentence in a lesson as many times as
possible.
4. When you begin a new lesson, start by paging back and
reviewing and reading the Ido sentences in the previous lesson,
to get your Ido "frame of mind" into high gear. Then dive into
the new lesson.
Lesson 02 - Duesma Leciono 13
Lesson 02 - Duesma Leciono
Adjectives
Adjectives are words which modify nouns and describe the appearance
or quality of something: big, small, bad, beautiful, red. Ido adjectives
are easily recognised by their -A ending, as shown in the vocabulary
below.
Vortaro
dormas - sleeps anciena - old (contrary to new)
drinkajo - drink olda - old (of living beings)
floro - flower bela - beautiful
kavalo - horse blua - blue
manjajo - food granda - big/large
muro - wall mikra - little/small
por -for reda - red
plado - plate yuna - young
taso - cup anke - also
kompras - buys hike - here
lernas [LERR-nas] - learns mea - my
habitas - lives vua - your
parolas - talks/speaks adhike - "to" here
pozas - puts adsur - onto/upon
Exempli
You are learning Ido. - Vu lernas Ido.
You speak Ido. - Vu parolas Ido.
I am learning Ido. - Me lernas Ido.
I speak Ido. - Me parolas Ido.
I have a beautiful house. - Me havas bela domo.
My house is big. - Mea domo esas/es granda.
The house is big. - La domo esas/es granda.
I live here. - Me habitas hike.
14 Ido for All
I sleep in the garden. - Me dormas en la gardeno.

My dog is old. - Mea hundo esas/es olda.
My dog also lives here. - Mea hundo anke habitas hike.
The dog sleeps in my small garden. - La hundo dormas en mea mikra
gardeno.
The little cat looks at the big dog. - La mikra kato regardas la granda
hundo.
You live in a beautiful house. - Vu habitas en bela domo.
You sleep on the beautiful table. - Vu dormas sur la bela tablo.
The cat sleeps under the beautiful flower. - La kato dormas sub la bela
floro.
The horse is old. - La kavalo esas/es olda.
The little horse is young. - La mikra kavalo esas/es yuna.
The young horse likes the drink. - La yuna kavalo prizas la drinkajo.
You are buying food for the horse. - Vu kompras manjajo por la
kavalo.
I buy food here. - Me kompras manjajo hike.
I am putting your plate here. - Me pozas vua plado adhike.
The plate is red. - La plado esas/es reda.
I am putting food on the plate. - Me pozas manjajo adsur la plado.
The old mouse eats the food. - La olda muso manjas la manjajo.
A drink is in the small cup. - Drinkajo esas/es en la mikra taso.
The blue cup is on the table. - La blua taso esas/es sur la tablo.
You see the mouse in the cup. - Vu vidas la muso en la taso.
Your milk is also in the cup. - Vua lakto esas/es anke en la taso.
I am putting the book on the wall. - Me pozas la libro adsur la muro.
The Negative
The negative in Ido is formed by using "ne". It means "not".
In English we say "I am not, I must not, I have not (I haven't)". But in
Ido the negation "ne" is usually in front of the verb:
Me ne es, Me ne havas, but,
Me ne mustas - I don't have to...
Me NE mustas irar adibe. - I do not have to go there.
Me NE mustas facar to. - I don't have to do it (no responsibility to
do it).
Me mustas NE facar to. - I must not do it (total responsibility to
NOT do it, stronger sense than "I don't have to do it.").
Most verbs in English add "does" or "do" to help form the negative:
I "do" not have (I don"t have). Peter "does" not read (doesn"t read).
Ido forms negatives without using an equivalent to "do" or "does". Ido
uses the same simple "ne" pattern for all negatives:
Me ne havas (I do not have), Peter ne lektas (Peter does not read).
Derivation
Ido creates many new words (called "derivations") from a smaller
group of "root" words (called "radicals") by adding new beginnings
and endings to the roots to specify the meaning. We will have many,
many examples of this process. Our first example shows how to make
nouns from adjectives. The process is simple: change the adjective
ending -A to the noun ending -O, and you have a noun with the same
sense of the adjective:
bona - good -> bono - good one/ good man.
yuna - young -> yuno - young one/ young boy or girl
acesora - accessory -> acesoro - an accessory.
You can also go the other way, to create adjectives from nouns: oro -
gold -> ora - golden, made of gold.
16 Ido for All
Exempli
I am - Me esas/es. I am not - Me ne esas/es.
I have - Me havas. I haven't - Me ne havas.
I see - Me vidas. I don't see - Me ne vidas.
I like - Me prizas. I don't like - Me ne prizas.
I walk - Me promenas. I am not walking - Me ne promenas
I am not old. - Me ne esas/es olda.
I don't see you. - Me ne vidas vu.
You don't see me. - Vu ne vidas me.
I don't like the house. - Me ne prizas la domo.
I am not eating the food. - Me ne manjas la manjajo.
The dog doesn't speak Ido. - La hundo ne parolas Ido.
You do not live in London. - Vu ne habitas en London.
The dog is not learning Ido. - La hundo ne lernas Ido.
Maria doesn't live in Paris. - Maria ne habitas en Paris.
You are not looking at Maria. - Vu ne regardas Maria.
You are not reading the book. - Vu ne lektas la libro.
The plate is not in the house. - La plado ne esas/es en la domo.
The dog isn't looking at the horse. - La hundo ne regardas la kavalo.
The cat is not sleeping in the box. - La kato ne dormas en la buxo.
The boy/girl is not drinking the milk. - La yuno ne drinkas la lakto.
Vortaro
bruna - brown grosa - fat
chasas - chases hodie - today
do - so/therefore ilu - he/him
dop - behind magra - thin/lean
ek - out of nun - now
elu - she/her ofte - often
felica - happy sama - same
feroca - fierce strado - street
fisho - fish tre - very
foresto - forest trista - sad
gazoneyo - lawn adsur - onto/upon
Exempli
Felix is a thin old cat. - Felix esas/es magra olda kato.
He lives behind your house in the forest. - Ilu habitas dop vua domo en
la foresto.
He often walks in my large garden. - Ilu ofte promenas en mea granda
gardeno.
He often sleeps on my lawn. - Ilu ofte dormas sur mea gazoneyo.
Today Felix is chasing a fat brown mouse. - Hodie Felix chasas grosa
bruna muso.
Today Felix hasn't got any food. - Hodie Felix ne havas manjajo.
He is very sad. - Ilu esas/es tre trista.
So I put a fish for him on a plate in the garden. - Do me pozas fisho
por ilu adsur plado en la gardeno.
Now Felix is very happy. - Nun Felix esas/es tre felica.
Maria sees Felix. - Maria vidas Felix.
She doesn't like Felix and chases him out of my garden. - Elu ne prizas
Felix e chasas ilu ek mea gardeno.
Felix is on the street. - Felix esas/es sur la strado.
Rex is a fierce dog. - Rex esas/es feroca hundo.
18 Ido for All
Rex sees Felix and chases him. - Rex vidas Felix e chasas ilu.
Konversado
There are some grammatic points in this conversation that you haven't
seen up to now. They will be explained in later lessons. You can
understand and use these conversational phrases without knowing the
grammatical fine points just yet.
Good morning! - Bona matino!
Good day! - Bona jorno!
What is your name? - Quale vu nomesas?
My name is Peter. - Me nomesas Peter.
How are you? - Quale vu standas?
Very well. - Tre bone.
Thank you! - Me dankas!
Are you tired? - Ka vu esas fatigita?
Not at all! - Tote ne!
Yes, a little. - Yes, kelkete.
No, sir. - No, sioro.
If you please. - Me pregas.
I am hungry. - Me hungras.
Are you thirsty? - Ka vu durstas?
Give me a glass. - Donez a me glaso.
A cup of tea. - Taso de teo.
Do you want...? - Ka vu deziras...?
I don't mind. - Me ne objecionas.
It does not matter. - Ne importas.
Adjectives - Short Forms

You may drop the final "a" of adjectives for euphony: Bona -> Bon
Konversado
Here is another conversation between Peter and Mary.
P: Bon jorno! Quale vu standas?
M: Tre bone, danko. E vu?
P: Me standas bone, danko. Me nomesas Peter. Quale vu nomesas?
M: Me nomesas Mary.
P: Til rivido, Mary!
M: Til rivido, Peter!
20 Ido for All
Lesson 03 - Triesma Leciono
Questions
So far we have been making simple statements in Ido, such as: Me
vidas la kato or Me tushas la hundo. Now we will see how to make
questions.
The English language uses two basic models for questions:
1. Some verbs can be used as questions by changing the word
order, for example: "I must" becomes "Must I?" "He is"
becomes "Is he?" and "They can" becomes "Can they?".
2. Some other verbs require "do" or "does" at the beginning of the
sentence to make it into a question: "He sings" becomes "Does
he sing?", and "You come" becomes "Do you come?"
In Ido question-making is much simpler. First, the words are kept in
exactly the same order as for a statement, but to make it clear that a
question is being asked the word "Ka" (or "Kad") is placed at the
beginning of the sentence.
"Ka/Kad" has no equivalent in English:
Vu havas kato (You've got a cat) becomes:
Ka vu havas kato? (Do you have a cat? Have you got a cat?)
Me manjas ovo (I am eating an egg) becomes:
Ka me manjas ovo? (Am I eating an egg?)
Note as with "ed/e", if the following word begins with a vowel then it
is usual, though not obligatory, to use "kad" instead:
Ilu mustas (He must) -> Kad ilu mustas? (Must he?),
or, you may use "kad" always, regardless of the following word.
Note, if there is a question-word like who, where, etc., "ka/kad" is not
used:
Ube vu habitas? - Where do you live?
Kad vu komprenis? - Did you understand?
Lesson 03 - Triesma Leciono 21
Vortaro
a - to no - no
ad - to (before word beginning ol/olu - it
with vowel) parko - park
arboro - tree policisto - policeman
bona - good ponto - bridge
blanka - white rivero - river
bruna - brown portas - carries/wears
ibe - there ucelo - bird
iras -goes venas - comes
jupo - skirt yes - yes
mala - bad
nigra - black
Exempli
I am, Am I? - Me es, Ka me es?
He is, Is he? - ilu es, Kad ilu es?
You have, Have you? - Vu havas, Ka vu havas?
Am I good? No. - Ka me esas/es bona? No.
Are you beautiful? Yes. - Ka vu esas/es bela? Yes.
Is Mary wearing a beautiful skirt? - Ka Mary portas bela jupo?
Yes, she is wearing a beautiful white skirt. - Yes, elu portas bela
blanka jupo.
Is the policeman in the park? - Ka la policisto esas/es en la parko?
Is he in the park? - Kad ilu esas/es en la parko?
No, he is not here today. - No, ilu ne esas/es hike hodie.
Have you got a black dog? - Ka vu havas nigra hundo?
No, I have a brown dog. - No, me havas bruna hundo.
He is drinking. Is he drinking? - Ilu drinkas. Kad ilu drinkas?
Have you a cat? - Ka vu havas kato?
Yes, I have a white cat. - Yes, me havas blanka kato.
Is she coming? - Kad elu venas?
22 Ido for All
No, she is going to the bridge. - No, elu iras a la ponto.

Is the bird drinking? - Ka la ucelo drinkas?
Is the bird on the bridge? - Ka la ucelo esas/es sur la ponto?
No, it is not there. - No, olu ne esas/es ibe.
She is eating. Is she eating? - Elu manjas. Kad elu manjas?
Is she eating a fish? - Kad elu manjas fisho?
Is the fish in the water? - Ka la fisho esas/es en la aquo?
Yes, it is in the water, and the dog as well. - Yes, olu esas/es en la
aquo, e la hundo anke.
Plurals
In English, to show that we are talking about more than one thing, we
usually add an "s", e.g. "cat" becomes "cats", "pig" becomes "pigs",
etc. In Ido, forming the plural is also very simple. The -O ending of the
noun is changed to an -I, so that "kato" (cat) becomes "kati" (cats),
"hundo" (dog) becomes "hundi" (dogs) and so on without exception.
The adjective does not change for a plural noun; but when used
without a noun, it becomes a noun itself, and then takes the plural
form, if necessary:
blanka hundi - white dogs, nigra kavali - black horses
La blanki e la nigri - The whites and the blacks.
The Definite Article:- "le" for the Plural

The definite article "le" is used when there is no other sign that the
reference is intended to be plural:
le yes e le no - the ayes and the nays
blanka hundi - white dogs, nigra kavali - black horses
Le blanka e le nigra - The whites and the blacks.
Exempli
a cat, cats - kato, kati
a table, tables - tablo, tabli
I see the cat. - Me vidas la kato.
You see the cats. - Vu vidas la kati.
The cats are on the tables. - La kati esas/es sur la tabli.
The cat is sleeping behind the flowers. - La kato dormas dop la flori.
The books are black. - La libri esas/es nigra.
Does he like apples? - Kad ilu prizas pomi?
The parks are beautiful. - La parki esas/es bela.
Mary likes white skirts. - Mary prizas blanka jupi.
Have you got a beautiful skirt? - Ka vu havas bela jupo?
The fish are in the water. - La fishi esas/es en la aquo.
The policemen are not fat. - La policisti ne esas/es grosa.
The policemen are chasing the teenagers. - La policisti chasas la yuni.
The mice are chasing the cat. - La musi chasas la kato.
The birds are in the trees. - La uceli esas/es en la arbori.
The birds are on the bridges. - La uceli esas/es sur la ponti.
Are the children in the trees? - Ka la yuni esas/es en la arbori?
The horses are drinking the water. - La kavali drinkas la aquo.
The flowers are in the cup on the table. - La flori esas/es en la taso sur
la tablo.
24 Ido for All
Vortaro
danko - thank you kuko - cake
deziras - desires/wants me pregas - please
durstas - is/are thirsty taso de kafeo - cup of coffee
hungras - is/are hungry yen - here is
glaso - glass pekunio - money
glaso de lakto - glass of milk semblas ke - it seems that
kafeo [ka-FE-o] - coffee esas/es - is/am/are
kafeerio [ka-fe-E-ryo] - cafe ma - but
Konversado:
En la kafeerio
P: Bon jorno, Mary! Quale vu standas?
M: Bon jorno, Peter! Me standas bone, danko. E vu?
P: Tre bone, danko. Ka vu durstas?
M: Yes, me durstas. Ube la kafeerio esas?
P: Yen la kafeerio! Ka vu deziras taso de kafeo?
M: No, danko. Me deziras glaso de lakto, me pregas.
P: Ka vu hungras?
M: Yes, me hungras.
P: Ka vu deziras kuko?
M: Yes, me pregas. Me prizas kuki.
P: Hm...Mary... Semblas ke me ne havas mea pekunii... Ka vu
havas.....pekunio?
Answer these general questions -> Examples

01) Quale vu nomesas? -> Me nomesas Bebson Hochfeld.
02) Quale vu standas? -> Me standas tre bone.
03) Ka vu ofte drinkas lakto? -> Yes, me tre ofte drinkas lakto.
04) Ka vu havas bela domo? -> Yes, me havas bela, mikra domo.
05) Ka vu havas gardeno? -> Yes, me havas mikra gardeno.
06) Ka vu havas kato? -> No, me ne havas un.

07) Ka vu prizas kati? -> No, me ne prizas kati.
08) Ka vu havas granda hundo? -> No, me nek (neither) prizas hundo.
09) Ka vu esas/es en la parko? -> Yes, me esas/es en la parko.
10) Ka vu hungras? -> Yes, me esas/es grosa e sempre hungras.
11) Ka vu prizas kafeo? -> Yes, me tre prizas kafeo.
12) Ka vu durstas? -> No, me ne durstas ma me hungras.
13) Ka vu deziras kuko? -> Yes, me multe deziras kuko.
14) Ka vu esas/es bona? -> Yes, me esas/es tre bona segun me (as far
as I know).
15) Ka vu prizas blanka musi? -> No, no, me ne prizas musi.
Colors
blanka - white purpura - purple
blua - blue oranjea - orange
bruna - brown reda - red
flava - yellow rozea - pink
griza - grey verda - green
nigra - black violea - violet
The Imperative
The imperative is the form of the verb used for giving orders and
commands. So far we have met the present tense ending -AS, as in
"drinkas", "manjas", etc. To make the above words into commands is
easy. You merely exchange the -AS ending with -EZ. This gives for
example: drinkez! (Drink!), manjez! (Eat!), venez! (Come!).
26 Ido for All
Vortaro
apertez - open! sideskez - sit down!
donez - give! staceskez - stand up!
irez - go! tushez - touch!
klozez - close! krayono - pencil
pozez - put! adsur - onto/upon
levez - pick up
Exempli
Stand up! - Staceskez!
Sit down! - Sideskez!
Open the box! - Apertez la buxo!
Eat the apple! - Manjez la pomo!
Open the book! - Apertez la libro!
Open the door! - Apertez la pordo!
Close the book! - Klozez la libro!
Close the window! - Klozez la fenestro!
Touch the chair! - Tushez la stulo!
Touch the window! - Tushez la fenestro!
Drink your coffee! - Drinkez vua kafeo!
Pick the book up! - Levez la libro!
Pick the chair up! - Levez la stulo!
Pick up the pencil! - Levez la krayono!
Give the book to me! - Donez la libro a me!
Put the cup on the table! - Pozez la taso adsur la tablo!
Put the plate on the chair! - Pozez la plado adsur la stulo!
Put the pencil on the table! - Pozez la krayono adsur la tablo!
Put the pencil on the chair! - Pozez la krayono adsur la stulo!
Animals
Note that the following can be either male or female. Distinction is
made in the following lesson.
anado - duck krokodilo - crocodile
bovo - cow or bull leopardo - leopard
cervo - deer leono - lion
elefanto - elephant muso - mouse
gorilo - gorilla mutono - sheep
hano - chicken, hen or rooster porko - pig
hundo - dog tigro - tiger
kamelo - camel simio [SI-myo] - monkey
kato - cat urso - bear
kapro - goat volfo - wolf
kavalo - horse
28 Ido for All
Lesson 04 - Quaresma Leciono
Vortifado - Word Building

Lesson 02 introduced the concept of derivations. New words in Ido are
created from roots (basic words) by adding an affix (word part) with a
specific function. "Affix" is the genral term for an attachable word
part. A "prefix" attaches to the front of a word, an "infix" attaches
inside a word, and a "suffix" attaches to the end of a word. The logical
use of affixes enables you to make your vocabulary much wider with
very little effort. For instance, the root "yun-" has the sense of "youth,
so "yuno" with the suffix (part added on the end of a word) -O is a
noun that means a "youth" or "young person", and "yuna" with the
suffix -A is an adjective meaning "youthful" or "young".
The question of gender is handled in Ido with an infix. The addition of
-UL- into the word makes any person or animal into a male: katulo
(from "kato") - tomcat, hundulo (from "hundo") - a male dog, etc. The
female equivalent is -IN-: yunino (girl), katino (she-cat), hundino (she-
dog, bitch), and so on.
-IN- (female) : yunino (girl), kavalino (mare), hanino (hen).
-UL- (male) : yunulo (boy), kavalulo (stallion), hanulo (cock).
More examples:
● filio - child, filiulo - son, filiino - daughter,
● kuzo - cousin, kuzulo - male cousin, kuzino - female cousin,
● sekretario - secretary, sekretariulo - man secretary, sekretariino
- woman secretary,
● doktoro - doctor, doktorulo - man doctor, doktorino - woman
doctor
When necessary, the prefix GE- marks common gender (both sexes
together): geavi - grandparents, gefilii - children or sons and daughters.
But "parents", however, is "genitori", not "gepatri".
Lesson 04 - Quaresma Leciono 29
Note
Gender is usually left unmarked in Ido, as is often the case in
English. Only use -UL- and -IN- when you want to make the sex of
a person or animal clear, when it really matters to the meaning of
the communication. Don't use these affixes unnecessarily.
The Appendixes of this book have complete lists of affixes for your
ready reference.
Vortaro
avan - in front of mediko - doctor
butiko - shop musino - mouse (female)
che - in/at/to (house or business of) musulo - mouse (male)
dentisto - dentist nur - only
familio [fa-MI-lyo] - family preferas - prefers
frukto - fruit staciono - station
karno [KARR-no] - meat ruro [RU-rro] - country(side)
karno-vendisto - butcher spozino - wife
hundulo - dog (male) spozulo - husband
katino - cat (female) urbo [URR-bo] - town
kavalino - horse (female) vendas - sells
kavalulo - horse (male) vendisto - seller
kirko [KIRR-ko] - church yunino - girl
ma - but yunulo - boy/ a youth
Exempli
Mary is a girl. - Mary esas/es yunino.
Charles is a boy. - Charles esas/es yunulo.
He has a male dog. - Ilu havas hundulo.
An apple is a fruit. - Pomo esas/es frukto.
I am only buying a female cat. - Me nur kompras katino.
I often go to the town. - Me ofte iras a la urbo.
I often go to the dentist's. - Me ofte iras che la dentisto.
The butcher sells meat. - La karno-vendisto vendas karno.
30 Ido for All
Alan is at the doctor's. - Alan esas/es che la mediko.

I don't buy it at the doctor's. - Me ne kompras olu che la mediko.
Your husband is called Jack. - Vua spozulo nomesas Jack.
My wife is going to the shops. - Mea spozino iras a la butiki.
Today Lesley is going to the shops. - Hodie Lesley iras a la butiki.
She is buying meat for the family. - Elu kompras karno por la familio.
The mare is not in the country. - La kavalino ne esas/es en la ruro.
He is selling the stallion in the town. - Ilu vendas la kavalulo en la
urbo.
Paul likes meat, but Roger prefers fish. - Paul prizas karno, ma Roger
preferas fisho.
I do not buy my fish at the greengrocer's. - Me ne kompras mea fisho
che la frukto-vendisto.
The church is in the town in front of the station. - La kirko esas/es en
la urbo avan la staciono.
I am buying a white female mouse and a brown male mouse for you. -
Me kompras blanka musino e bruna musulo por vu.
Possession, "di"
In English there are 2 different ways of showing that somebody owns
something. For example, if Roger owns a book we can refer to the
book either as "Roger's book" or "the book of Roger"; or if my wife
has a cat I can refer to it either as "my wife's cat" or "the cat of my
wife".
But in Ido there is only one way of showing possession: use "di" for
"of", so that "Peter's book" can only be translated as "the book of
Peter", and becomes "la libro di Peter"; "my wife's cat (the cat of my
wife)" becomes "la kato di mea spozino".
Exempli
Mary's dog. - La hundo di Mary.
Peter's house. - La domo di Peter.
The girl's cat. - La kato di la yunino.
The cat's meat. - La karno di la kato.
The dog's meat. - La karno di la hundo.
Tha cat of Mary. - La kato di Mary.
The book of Mary. - La libro di Mary.
My husband's cup. - La taso di mea spozulo.
The boys' family. - La familio di la yunuli.
The family's food. - La manjajo di la familio.
The dog of the boy. - La hundo di la yunulo.
The doctor's family. - La familio di la mediko.
The teacher's house. - La domo di la instruktisto.
The girls of this school. - La yunini di ca skolo.
The cat of Philip. Philip's cat. - La kato di Philip.
Quantity, "de"
English uses another sense for "of", not really possession but showing
quantity from an origin or source. For example, a cup of coffee is a
quantity of coffee (not a cup belonging to coffee), a stock of books is a
quantity of books (not a stock belonging to books). Ido uses "de" for
"of" in phrases dealing with this type of quantity, so that "a stock of
books" is "stoko de libri", and "a cup of coffee" is "taso de kafeo". Be
very careful not to confuse "de" with "di".
32 Ido for All
Exempli
Mary's flowers -la flori di Mary
a box of apples - buxo de pomi
a cup of coffee - taso de kafeo, a cup of tea. - taso de teo
a glass of mil. - glaso de lakto
a glass of water - glaso de aquo
a bottle of wine - botelo de vino
a bottle of milk - botelo de lakto
a family of doctors - familio de mediki
The dentist's cups of coffee - La tasi de kafeo di la dentisti
Vortaro
adube - to where instruktas - teaches
askoltas - listens to instruktisto - teacher
atraktiva - attractive skolo - school
biro - beer teo - tea
bone - well (adverb) vino - wine
botelo - bottle ca - this (adjective)
de - of (quantity) li - they (plural of ilu, elu, olu)
di - of (possession) do – then/so
Exempli
They teach well. - Li instruktas bone.
She is looking at a boy. - Elu regardas yunulo.
She is looking at a bottle. - Elu regardas botelo.
They are very bad children. - Li esas/es tre mala yuni.
The boy has a bottle of beer. - La yunulo havas botelo de biro.
The teachers of this school are good. - La instruktisti di ca skolo
esas/es bona.
It is the teacher's bottle of beer. - Olu esas/es la botelo de biro di la
instruktisto.
The boy and the girl are drinking the beer. - La yunulo e la yunino
drinkas la biro.
They are not listening and so they are not learning. - Li ne askoltas e
do li ne lernas.
The attractive girl is not listening to the bad teacher. - La atraktiva
yunino ne askoltas la mala instruktisto.
Konversado
En la drinkerio [drin-KE-ryo]
P: Bon vespero, Mary! Quale vu standas hodie?
M: Me standas bone, danko. Quale vu standas?
P: Tre bone, danko.
M: Adube ni iras? - ( "To" where are we going? )
P: Ni iras a la drinkerio. La drinkerio nomesas la Nigra Porko. Mea
amiki dicas ke olu esas/es tre bona drinkerio.
M: Me ne savas ube la Nigra Porko esas. Ube olu esas, Peter?
P: Olu esas/es dop la domo di Sioro Jones, la dentisto.
M: Me rare iras a ta strado.
P: Ho, me ofte iras a ta strado, e me ofte drinkas biro en la Nigra
Porko. Ha! Yen ol! Ka vu deziras biro, Mary?
M: Ka vu havas pekunio?
P: Ho, yes! Hodie me havas pekunio.
M: Do, me deziras glaso de biro.
34 Ido for All
Manjaji - Foods
butro - butter pipro - pepper
fabo - bean pizo - pea
fisho - fish rosto-pano - toast
flor-kaulo - cauliflower salo - salt
fromajo - cheese sauco [SAw-co] - sauce/gravy
karno [KARR-no] - meat karno-sauco [KARR-no-SAw-co]
karoto - carrot - gravy
ovo - egg sociso - sausage
kaulo [KAw-lo] - cabbage sukro - sugar
konfitajo - jam supo - soup
kukombro - cucumber tarto [TARR-to] - tart
latugo - lettuce terpomo [terr-PO-mo] - potato
margarino - margarine tomato - [to-MA-to] - tomato
mustardo - mustard torto [TORR-to] - pie
onyono - onion vinagro - vinegar
pano - bread yen - here is/are
Konversado: Exempli
Give me a fork. - Donez a me forketo.
I have no spoon. - Me ne havas kuliero.
This knife is not sharp. - Ta kultelo ne esas akuta.
Pass me the salt. - Pasigez a me la salo.
May I trouble you for the bread? - Kad vu voluntus pasigar la pano?
Bring me a bottle of stout. - Adportez a me botelo de nigra biro.
Will you have a glass of ale? - Kad vu deziras glaso de flava biro?
I only drink water. - Me drinkas nur aquo.
Are you a teetotaller? - Kad vu esas ne-alkoholisto?
Will you have some salad? - Kad vu deziras salado?
Here is a fine lettuce. - Yen bela latugo.
Do you take oil and vinegar? - Kad vu prenas oleo e vinagro?
Here are the pepper and salt. - Yen la pipro e la salo.
A teetotaller used to be "anti-alkoholisto" but now a simple "ne-

alkoholisto", a person who never drinks alcohol.
36 Ido for All
Lesson 05 - Kinesma Leciono
Personal Pronouns
By now most of the personal pronouns have been introduced, but for
easy reference they are listed together below.
me - I/me
tu - you
vu - you
il, ilu - he/him
el, elu - she/her
ol, olu - it (usually for an inanimate thing)
lu - he/she/it (indefinite "it")
ni - we/us
vi - you
li (ili/eli/oli) - they/them
on - one/they/people
When necessary, the gender of they/them may be indicated by using
the fuller forms instead of just "li":
"ili" for the masculine,
"eli" for the feminine, and
"oli" for the neuter.
And similarly in the singular "lu" is the common gender form of il, el,
ol, corresponding to the plural "li". This form is useful in such
sentences as:
If the reader desires fuller details, he or she (lu) may turn to page
XXX.
Onu/On - one/they/people:
Onu/On dicez to quon on volas. - Let people say what they like.
The reflexive pronoun is "su" - himself/herself/itself/themselves (third
person only).
Ilu lavas su. - He washes himself.
Li lavas su. - They wash themselves.
Ilu manjis sua pomi, elu manjis sui - He ate his apples, she ate hers.
But, because "su" can be used only for third person:
Lesson 05 - Kinesma Leciono 37
Me manjis mea poma - I ate my apple. (Not: Me manjis sua poma.)

Me lavas me. - I wash myself.
Vu lavas vu. - You wash yourself.
Note
1. "tu" refers to one person only. It shows affection towards the
person addressed, and is therefore only to be used in special
circumstances: a) within the family, b) between close friends,
c) when addressing small children, d) perhaps when addressing
an animal or pet.
2. "vu" also refers to one person only. It is the usual word for
"you".
3. "vi" refers to more than one person, and is the plural of both
"tu" and "vu".
Exempli
I/Me - Me We/Us - Ni
She/Her - Elu He/Him - Ilu
It - Olu They/Them - Li
You (a close friend) - Tu You(a complete stranger) - Vu
You (a friendly dog) - Tu You (more than one person) - Vi
Are you good? - Ka vu esas/es bona?

I am a dentist. - Me esas/es dentisto.
You are a doctor. - Vu esas/es mediko.
You are beautiful. - Tu esas/es bela.
It is in the house. - Olu esas/es en la domo.
You are good doctors. - Vi esas/es bona mediki.
He has a good friend. - Ilu havas bona amiko.
We are reading your books. - Ni lektas vua libri.
She likes beautiful flowers. - Elu prizas bela flori.
They are chasing the horses. - Li chasas la kavali.
38 Ido for All
Past Tense
In previous lessons we used the present tense verb ending -AS which
shows that the action is taking place now. Changing this ending to -IS
forms the past tense:
elu kantis - she sang/ she has sung/ she was singing/ she did sing.
me manjis - I ate/ I have eaten/ I was eating/ I did eat
The ending -IS is used for any action that has happened or was
happening in the past, so it can be translated into English in the
different ways shown in the above examples. You will learn later on
other forms of expression which avoid any such possible confusion in
meaning. The -IS ending is not the only way of expressing the past,
but it is the easiest and most convenient.
Verbs - Past and Present

The present infinitive of verbs ends in -AR (bearing the accent on
-AR):
kredar [kre-DARR] - to believe, donar [do-NARR] - to give.
The present tense ends in -AS:
me kredas [KRE-das]- I believe, me donas [DO-nas] - I give.
The past infinitive ends in -IR (accented):
kredir [kre-DIRR] - to have believed, donir [do-NIRR] - to have
given.
The past tense ends in -IS:
Me kredis [KRE-dis] - I believed/ I have believed.
Me donis [DO-nis] - I gave/ I have given.
Vortaro
ek - out of nam - for/since
fabrikerio [fa-bri-KE-ryo] - nova - new
factory pro - because of
fantomo - ghost pro ke - because
foresto - forest queris - fetched
heme - at home restis - stayed
malada - ill/sick tro - too (much)
multa - much/many wiskio - whisky
Exempli
I am. - Me es.
I was. - Me esis.
I have. - Me havas.
I had. - Me havis.
We are going, We went. - Ni iras, Ni iris.
He was going, He went. - Ilu iris. I go. - Me iras. I went. - Me iris.
I visited. - Me vizitis. He has visited. - Ilu vizitis.
He did eat. - Ilu manjis. I am eating. - Me manjas.
She works. - Elu laboras. She was working. - Elu laboris.
The dog drank. - La hundo drinkis.
He had a big cake. - Ilu havis granda kuko.
I also drank whisky. - Me anke drinkis wiskio.
They read many books. - Li lektis multa libri.
I went to the forest. - Me iris a la foresto.
I visited the factory. - Me vizitis la fabrikerio.
I went to the new pub. - Me iris a la nova drinkerio.
It was drinking whisky. - Olu drinkis wiskio.
We went into the garden. - Ni iris aden la gardeno.
40 Ido for All
I drank too much whisky. - Me drinkis tro multa wiskio.

The new teacher saw you. - La nova instruktisto vidis vi.
I walked out of the town. - Me promenis ek la urbo.
The doctor stayed at home. - La mediko restis heme.
My dog fetched the doctor. - Mea hundo queris la mediko.
In the forest I saw a ghost. - En la foresto me vidis fantomo.
She often worked in the factory. - Elu ofte laboris en la fabrikerio.
I was ill because of the whisky. - Me esis malada pro la wiskio.
But the doctor was also ill and he didn't come. - Ma la mediko esis
anke malada ed ilu ne venis.
Vortaro
ante nun - ago laute - loud (adverb)
amiko - friend lernas - learns
dii - days letro - letter
dum - for linguo - language
facas - do/does nova - new
facila - easy omna-die - every day
fine - finally pose - afterwards
horo - hour saluto - greeting
ja - already sempre - always
kelka - some skribas - writes
komencis - began studiar - to study
komprenas - understands texto - text
kordiala - cordial traduko - translation
kurta - short trovas - finds
lektas - reads ye - at/in/on
Letro
Pri linguo internaciona (international language)
Ka vu ja lernas la nova linguo internaciona?
Me komencis studiar olu ye kelka dii ante nun, e me trovas ke olu esas
vere tre facila. Omna-die me lektas texto dum un horo; me sempre
lektas laute, nam oportas ke ni tre ofte lektez laute.
Pose me facas kurta traduko e fine me skribas letro en la nova linguo.
Ka vu komprenas to?
Kun kordiala saluto,
Vua amiko,
Vortifado
Here are some more useful affixes:
-er- (one who habitually does something, amateur):
fumero - smoker, voyajero - traveller
-er- (also used for animals or things characterized by an habitual
action):
reptero - reptile, remorkero - tug (-boat)
-ist- (meaning: a person who does something professionally):
koquisto - a cook, instruktisto - a teacher, skribisto - a writer
artisto - artist, dentisto - dentist, fotografisto - a professional
photographer (while an amateur photographer is fotografero)
-ist- (also indicates an adherent of a party or school of thought):
Idisto - Idist komunisto - communist socialisto - socialist
idealisto - idealist
-ism- (system, doctrine, party):
socialismo - socialism
Katolikismo - Catholicism
-an- (member of a community, country, town or body):
partisano - partisan
societano - society member
Parisano - Parisian
Kanadano - Canadian
42 Ido for All
-ier- (who or what bears or is characterized by):

pomiero - apple-tree
roziero - rose-bush
milioniero - millionaire
-ier- (also in a few words, "holder"):
plumiero - pen-holder
sigariero - cigar-holder
Note that all suffixes are added to the root of the word they are
modifying, i.e. any grammatical ending is removed before adding the
suffix:
skribas (writes), root = skrib, skribisto - writer
polico (police), root = polic, policisto - policeman
Gender-specific Words
As we have seen before, living things can be made male or female by
adding the infixes -UL- or IN-. Originally there were no exceptions to
this.However it was found convenient to include in the language a few
very common words of one gender only:
● patro (father)
● matro (mother)
● viro (adult man)
● muliero (woman)
Vortifado
Here are some more useful affixes:
-id- denotes offspring: Izraelido - Israelite
bo- (-in-law): bopatro - father-in-law
Vortaro
chambro - room ma - but
desneta - dirty matro - mother
dormo-chambro - bedroom neta - clean
facis - made/did netigas - cleans
fakte - in fact nia - our
fratulo - brother nun - now
heme - at home nur - only
hemo - a home plastiko - plastic
kande - when puero - child (7 years to
koquas - cooks adolescence)
koquero - cook restas - stays
laboris - worked shuo - shoe
ledro - leather shu-fabrikerio - shoe factory
tota - all/whole
Mea Matro
Mea matro restas heme. Elu laboras en la hemo. Elu netigas la
chambri. Me esas/es neta, ma mea fratulo esas/es tre desneta. Do la
matro ofte netigas nia dormo-chambro. Fakte la matro netigas la tota
domo. Elu anke koquas por ni. Elu esas/es tre bon koquero. Kande me
esis puero, elu laboris en la shu-fabrikerio. Elu facis shui ek ledro e
plastiko. Nun elu ne laboras en la fabrikerio ma elu laboras nur por ni.
Elu esas/es tre bona matro.
Adverbs
An adverb is a word which describes how, when or where an action is,
was, or will be done. For example "he worked" may be that "he
worked" + "well" or "badly" or "often" or "quickly", and so on.
In English most adverbs end in -LY, but not all. The equivalent ending
in Ido is -E. All Ido adjectives can be made into adverbs by changing
the adjectival -A ending to the adverbal-E:
mala - bad -> male - badly
rapida - fast/rapid -> rapide - rapidly
danjeroza - dangerous -> danjeroze - dangerously
44 Ido for All
Vortaro
rapida - fast multa - much
ecelanta - excellent multe - a lot
ecelante - excellently treno - train
instruktar - to teach koquar - to cook
instruktisto - teacher koquisto - (noun) cook
amiko - friend kuko - cake
Exempli
He works well. - Ilu laboras bone.
He teaches badly. - Ilu instruktas male.
The child is good. - La puero esas/es bona.
The teacher is bad. - La instruktisto esas/es mala.
The train went fast. - La treno iris rapide.
She cooks excellently. - Elu koquas ecelante.
They like cakes a lot. - Li multe prizas kuki.
We saw the fast train. - Ni vidis la rapida treno.
The cook is excellent. - La koquisto esas/es ecelanta.
He has a good many friends. - Ilu havas multa amiki.
Vortaro
alumeto - match monato - month
butiko - shop obliviis [ob-LI-vyis] - forgot
butikisto - shopkeeper pagas - pays
certe - certainly paketo - packet
chanco - luck pro - because of
desfortunoza - unfortunate pro quo - why
fino - end quon - what
helpas - helps sempre - always
hiere - yesterday servas [SERR-vas] - serves
kliento - customer sigareto - cigarette
kun - with vakanco - holiday
matino - morning vetero - weather
merkato - market ye - at
Konversado
En la butiko (B=Butikisto, M=Mary)
B: Bon matino, Mary! Quon vu deziras?
M: Bon matino, Sioro Harris! Me deziras paketo de sigareto e buxo de
alumeti por mea matro, ed anke botelo de lakto.
B: Ka vu pagas nun o ye la fino di la monato?
M: Me ne pagas nun. Me obliviis mea pekunio. Fakte, Peter havas olu,
ed ilu es en la merkato. Ka Siorino Harris ne helpas vu hodie?
B: No, elu havas vakanco. Elu iris hiere a London.
M: Elu certe havas bona chanco. La vetero esas/es bela. Pro quo vu ne
iris kun elu?
B: Pro la butiko. Me restas hike e servas la klienti.
M: Butikisti esas/es tre desfortunoza.
B: Yes, ni sempre laboras.
46 Ido for All
Lesson 06 - Sisesma Leciono
Interrogative Pronouns (1)

For questions about "who" or "what", Ido has a set of interrogative
pronouns: qua - who, qui - plural who, quo - what.
Qua regardas me? - Who is looking at me?
Qua amas il? - Who loves him?
If you know that the "who" is more than one person, use "qui":
Qui regardas me? - Who is looking at me?
Qui amas il? - Who loves him?
If the "who" could be a non-person or unknown "thing", use "quo" to
ask "what":
Quo esas/es en la buxo? - What is in the box?
Quo eventis? - What happened?
Note in Ido it is not necessary to change the word order when making
questions, though it is in English.
(English) "He is" becomes "Who is he?"
(Ido) "Il es" becomes "Qua ilu es?" ("Who he is?")
Exempli
Who is he? - Qua ilu esas?
Who was ill? - Qua esis malada?
What is in the garden? - Quo esas/es en la gardeno?
Who did George's work? - Qua facis la laboro di George?
Who loves the old horse? - Qua amas la olda kavalo?
What is eating my apples? - Quo manjas mea pomi?
Who came here with the dog? - Qui venis hike kun la hundo?
Who is learning Ido in this school? - Qui lernas Ido en la skolo?
Who went to the school with white mice? - Qui iris a la skolo kun
blanka musi?
Lesson 06 - Sisesma Leciono 47
Who visits the friends of the old shopkeeper? - Qua vizitas la amiki di
la olda butikisti?
Numerals
un - one sis - six
du - two sep - seven
tri - three ok - eight
quar - four non - nine
kin - five dek - ten
Exempli
I have ten cats. - Me havas dek kati.
I have one brother. - Me havas un fratulo.
Nine girls visited me. - Non yunini vizitis me.
My brother saw three birds. - Mea fratulo vidis tri uceli.
Who has two bottles of beer? - Qua havas du boteli de biro?
The dog is eating five cakes. - La hundo manjas kin kuki.
She is not buying six apples. - Elu ne kompras sis pomi.
We have only four clean shoes. - Ni havas nur quar neta shui.
Are seven flowers in the garden? - Ka sep flori esas/es en la gardeno?
Mary's house hasn't got eight windows. - La domo di Mary ne havas
ok fenestri.
Vortifado
-ey- (place or room devoted to some object or action) is used in the
construction of many common words:
pregeyo - oratory
koqueyo - kitchen (koquas - cooks)
ombeyo - cemetery
kavaleyo - stable (place for horses)
hundeyo - kennel (place for dogs)
48 Ido for All
viteyo - vineyard
as well as for others of a more general nature:
lerneyo - school-room lojeyo - dwelling place
dormeyo - a sleeping place/dormitory
Since the meaning of this suffix is rather wide, there are special words
where a distinction is required: universitato, skolo, etc., for lerneyo
(place of learning); katedralo, kirko, etc., for pregeyo (place of
worship).
Vortifado
-uy- (receptacle):
inkuyo - inkwell
kafeuyo - coffee-box
teuyo - tea-caddy
sigaruyo - cigar-box
NOTE: coffee-pot, tea-pot are kafe-krucho, te-krucho.
-i- (domain or sphere of action):
dukio - duchy
komtio - county
episkopio - bishopric
-ed- (the full of, amount corresponding to):
bokedo - mouthful
pinchedo - pinch glutedo - gulp
Vortaro
rezidas - resides, dwells, lives
The following two words are more specific than "rezidas":
lojas - lives for a limited time (in someone else's house etc.)
habitas - lives permanently (in one's own house etc.)
On lojas tempe (kurte) che altra persono od en gasteyo.
On habitas permanente en propra o fixa domo.

On habitas urbo, che amiko, parento, en apartamento, en
chambro, e.c.
laboras - works
trovas - finds
sidas - sits
Exempli
The pub is your place of work. - La drinkerio esas/es vua laboreyo.
The children are in the stable. - La pueri esas/es en la kavaleyo.
My dog doesn't live in a kennel. - Mea hundo ne habitas en hundeyo.
We have a fish pond in our garden. - Ni havas fisheyo en nia gardeno.
The house has a beautiful kitchen. - La domo havas bela koqueyo.
The children eat in the dining hall. - La yuni manjas en la manjeyo.
She didn't find a sitting place (seat). - Elu ne trovis sideyo.
My house is the dwelling place of many mice. - Mea domo esas/es la
rezideyo di multa musi.
They didn't find a drinking place for the horses. - Li ne trovis drinkeyo
por la kavali.
They don't have a place to sleep (dormitory) in the school. - Li ne
havas dormeyo en la skolo.
Dum - Extended "During"

Note the following difference carefully.
Me manjis dum la nokto. - I ate during the night. (throughout the
whole night).
Me manjis en la nokto. - I ate during the night. (at one or more
different times during the night).
50 Ido for All
Od/o - "Or"
Note that as with "ed/e", "od" is generally used when the next word
starts with a vowel, and "o" is used when it begins with a consonant.
Vortifado:- Adjektivi kun nuanci

-al- (forms adjectives meaning "belonging to" or "relating to"):
universala - universal, racionala - rational
-oz- (means "full of", "containing", "rich in"): poroza - porous, sabloza
- sandy, kurajoza - courageous, famoza - famous
-em- (means "inclined to"): babilema - talkative, ociema - lazy,
laborema - industrious
-ik- (means "sick of", "suffering from"): ftiziiko - consumptive,
artritiko - arthritic, alkoholiko - alcoholic patient
-atr- (means "like", "similar to", "-ish"): sponjatra - spongy, haratra -
hair-like, verdatra - greenish
-e- (means "having the appearance or color of"): rozea - rozy, pink,
violea - violet (-colored), musea - mouse-colored
Vortaro
armeo - army posdimezo - afternoon
automobilo - car soldato - soldier
biciklo - bicycle vespero - evening
divenis - became ipsa - self
dormeyo - sleeping place lito - bed
konduktas - drives milito - war
grandega - enormous nokto - night
kamionisto - truck driver od/o - or
kamiono - pri - about
pos - after dum - during/throughout
patro - father sen - without
Mea Patro
Mea patro esis soldato dum la milito. En la armeo ilu lernis pri
automobili e kamioni. Ilu konduktis kamioni. Pos la milito ilu divenis
kamionisto. Ilu nun konduktas grandega kamioni. Ilu konduktas dum
la matino e dum la posdimezo. Ofte ilu konduktas kamioni dum la
vespero e la nokto sen dormar. Kande me esis puero me ofte iris kun
ilu en la kamiono. Ni vizitis multa urbi. Dum la nokto ni dormis sur
lito en la kamiono od en dormeyo por kamionisti. Me ipsa ne
konduktas automobilo. Me esas/es tro yuna. Me havas biciklo.
Vortaro
aparas - appears printempo - spring
brilas - shines tante - so
ca - this trovas - finds
dop - behind ucelo - bird
desaparas - disappears uzas - uses
horizonto - horizon varma - warm
jorno - day venas - comes
kantas - sings vintro - winter
kolda - cold sama ... kam - same ... with
kovrilo - blanket/cover quale - as/like
lana - woollen somero - summer
luno - moon stelo - star
nepluse - no longer suno - sun
plura - several
Exempli
What is here? - Quo esas/es hike?
Who lives here? - Qua habitas hike?
Where is my bed? - Ube mea lito esas?
Where is your cat? - Ube vua kato es?
What is in the truck? - Quo esas/es en la kamiono?
Who (plural) are you? - Qui vi esas?
Who (plural) are they? - Qui li es?
Who has enormous shoes? - Qua havas grandega shui?
Who lives in the garden? - Qua lojas en la gardeno?
Who (plural) has the red bicycles? - Qui havas la reda bicikli?
52 Ido for All
Exempli
Four warm nights. - Quar varma nokti.
Nine brown birds. - Non bruna uceli.
After three evenings. - Pos tri vesperi.
Ten enormous mothers. - Dek grandega matri.
Six stars are shining. - Sis steli brilas.
Eight woollen blankets. - Ok lana kovrili.
The same seven blankets. - La sama sep kovrili.
Two sick soldiers lived here. - Du malada soldati rezidis hike.
Five horses slept in this bed. - Kin kavali dormis en ca lito.
One fierce old cat was under the bed. - Un feroca olda kato esis sub la
lito.
La familio [fa-MI-lyo] - the family

avo - grandparen frato - brother/sister
avino - grandmother fratino - sister
avulo - grandfather fratulo - brother
patro - father nepoto - grandchild
matro - mother nepotino - granddaughter
genitoro - parent nepotulo - grandson
parento - relative onklo - uncle/aunt
spozo - spouse onklino - aunt
spozino - wife onklulo - uncle
spozulo - husband kuzo - cousin
filio [FI-lyo] - son/daughter kuzino - cousin (female)
filiino [fi-li-I-no] - daughter kuzulo - cousin (male)
filiulo [fi-li-U-lo] - son nevo - nephew/niece
gefilii [ge-FI-lyi] - son(s) and nevino - niece
daughter(s) nevulo - nephew
Bona Nokto
Dum la jorno la suno brilas. En la vespero la suno desaparas dop la
horizonto. La uceli nepluse kantas. Li trovas dormeyo en la arbori e li
dormas. La nokto venas. En la nokto la luno aparas e la steli brilas. En
la nokto me iras a lito e lektas libro dum un horo ante dormar (before
falling asleep). Me havas grandega lito qua esas/es en mea dormo-

chambro. Mea chambro ne esas/es varma dum la printempo e me uzas
kin kovrili. Dum la somero la vetero esas/es varma e mea chambro ne
esas/es kolda. Me uzas nur un kovrilo. En la autuno la vetero divenas
kolda. Me uzas plura kovrili. Me uzas sis lana kovrili. Dum la vintro la
vetero esas/es tante kolda ke me uzas dek kovrili, e mea du granda
hundi dormas en la sama lito kam la mea (quale me).
54 Ido for All
Lesson 07 - Sepesma Leciono
Future Tense
Verbs in the future tense refer to actions that will or shall happen. The
ending for the future is -OS:
Me iros - I will go.
Ni vidos - We shall see.
Vortaro
(Note that the verbs in this list are in the present tense.)
armoro - cupboard juas - enjoys
audas - hears klimas - climbs
batas - beats klimero - climber
dansas - dances kolino - hill
dansisto - dancer monto - mountain
dop - behind morge - tomorrow
fumas - smokes vilajo - village
gustas - tastes
Exempli
I am, I was, I will be. - Me esas, Me esis, Me esos.
You have, You had, You will have. - Vu havas, Vu havis, Vu havos.
He is looking, He was looking, He will look. -
Il regardas, Ilu regardis, Ilu regardos.
You dance well. - Tu dansas bone.
The car is big. - La automobilo esas/es granda.
I will beat you. - Me batos vi.
I will help him. - Me helpos ilu. / Me helpos ad ilu.
I am not smoking. - Me ne fumas.
Will you eat today? - Ka vu manjos hodie?
The climber will come. - La klimero venos.
Lesson 07 - Sepesma Leciono 55
Will we dance tomorrow? - Ka ni dansos morge?

I shall taste the cake. - Me gustos la kuko.
You will enjoy the beer. - Tu juos la biro.
The teacher was smoking. - La instruktisto fumis.
I shall become a dentist. - Me divenos dentisto.
The weather is warm today. - La vetero esas/es varma hodie.
Shall we smoke a cigarette? - Ka ni fumos sigareto?
Philip's dog heard the girl. - La hundo di Philip audis la yunino.
The birds will sing tomorrow. - La uceli kantos morge.
The teacher did not hear them. - La instruktisto ne audis li.
He will not beat the small dog. - Ilu ne batos la mikra hundo.
The dancer will not dance today. - La dansisto ne dansos hodie.
He put the food in the cupboard. - Ilu pozis la manjajo aden la armoro.
The fat mouse will eat the apple. - La grosa muso manjos la pomo.
The pig will not sleep in my bed! - La porko ne dormos en mea lito!
The truck driver will drink the whisky. - La kamionisto drinkos la
wiskio.
The ghost will not appear during the day. - La fantomo ne aparos dum
la jorno.
The young climber helped the old soldier. - La yuna klimero helpis (a)
la olda soldato.
She will not climb the hill behind the village. - Elu ne klimos la kolino
dop la vilajo.
The climber will climb the mountain during the night. - La klimero
klimos la monto dum la nokto.
56 Ido for All
Cardinal Numbers
1 - un 21 - duadek e un
2 - du 22 - duadek e du
3 - tri 23 - duadek e tri
4 - quar 30 - triadek
5 - kin 40 - quaradek
6 - sis 50 - kinadek
7 - sep 60 - sisadek
8 - ok 70 - sepadek
9 - non 80 - okadek
10 - dek 90 - nonadek
11 - dek e un 99 - nonadek e non
12 - dek e du 100 - cent
13 - dek e tri 101 - cent e un
14 - dek e quar 124 - cent e duadek e quar
15 - dek e kin 200 - duacent
16 - dek e sis 400 - quaracent
17 - dek e sep 1000 - mil
18 - dek e ok 2000 - duamil
19 - dek e non 3700 - triamil e sepacent
20 - duadek 1,000,000 - miliono
Lesson 6 introduced the numbers 1-10. As you can see from the above
examples, going past 10 is a matter of rebuilding with the first ten
numbers. "Eleven" is "dek e un" (literally "ten and one"), "twelve" is
"dek e du", and so on up to nineteen (dek e non). "Twenty" - "duadek"
is simply "dua" (two times) "-dek" (ten), i.e. twenty. "Thirty" is "tria-
dek", "forty" is "quara-dek", and so on. "Forty one" (four times ten
plus one) is "quaradek e un", 556 (five times a hundred and five times
ten and six) is "kinacent e kinadek e sis".
Vortaro
amoras - loves kultelo - knife
banano - banana lampo - lamp/light
ca - this (adjective) letro - letter
disko - disc letro-portisto - postman
durstoza - thirsty lia - their
forketo - table fork onklino - aunt
fratino - sister pantalono - trousers
klaso - class pendas - hangs
fratulo - brother per - with/by
gorilo - gorilla plafono - ceiling
hungroza - hungry planko-sulo - floor
kantisto - singer ta - that
infanto - child (under 7) tir-kesto - drawer
kopiuro - copy sua - his/her/their own
kuliero - spoon
Note
1. "Amoras" means "loves" (the affection a man and a woman
feel for each other). There is also "amas" which is the affection
a mother feels for for her child, or a sister for a brother etc.
2. "Per" means "with" in the sense of "by means of": Ilu batis me
per bastono. - He beat me with a stick. It should not be
confused with "kun" which means "with" in the sense of "in the
company of": Ilu iris kun elu a la parko. - He went with her to
the park. Sometimes English "with" corresponds to some other
Ido preposition: Havez pacienteso a me. - Have patience
"with" me.
3. "Pantalono" - trousers is a singular word in Ido because it
constitutes only one object. "Pantaloni" would be pairs of
trousers. Also "binoklo" - a pair of glasses
58 Ido for All
Exempli
Twenty horses. - Duadek kavali.
Thirty children. - Triadek infanti.
A hundred knives. - Cent kulteli.
Fifty-eight spoons. - Kinadek e ok kulieri.
Sixty-three copies. - Sisadek e tri kopiuri.
Ninty-one gorillas. - Nonadek e un gorili.
My mother has sixteen cats. - Mea matro havas dek e sis kati.
Their teacher has eighty discs. - Lia instruktisto havas okadek diski.
My aunt has seventy-one flowers. - Mea onklino havas sepadek e un
flori.
Tomorrow I'll write twelve letters. - Morge me skribos dek e du letri.
My aunt's gorilla ate fifteen bananas. - La gorilo di mea onklino manjis
dek e kin banani.
The thirty soldiers slept on the floor. - La triadek soldati dormis sur la
planko-sulo.
Thirty-six lamps hung form the ceiling. - Triadek e sis lampi pendis de
la plafono.
Seventy-six thirsty postmen work in that town. - En ta urbo laboras
sepadek e sis durstoza letro-portisti.
The forty knives were in the drawer of this table. - La quaradek kulteli
esis en la tir-kesto di ca tablo.
My young sister found a hundred and two forks in the cupboard. - Mea
yuna fratino trovis cent e du forketi en la armoro.
The 999 hungry children beat the table with their spoons. - La
nonacent e nonadek e non hungroza infanti batis la tablo per sua
kulieri.
The two singers sold 200,000 copies of their new disc, "I love you". -
La 2 kantisti vendis duacenta-mil kopiuri de sua nova disko, "Me
amoras tu".
Vortifado
-il- (instrument for doing the action shown in the root word):
pektas - combs : pektilo - a comb
skribas - writes : skribilo - something to write with; pen, pencil, etc.
brosas - brushes : brosilo - a brush
plugas - ploughs : plugilo - a plough
pafas - shoots : pafilo - a fire-arm
baras - bars : barilo - barrier
fotografas - photographs : fotografilo - camera
Many special names of instruments exist: klefo - key, martelo -
hammer. Verbs can be formed from these names by compounding
them with the root -ag to do, act:
klefagar - to lock, martelagar - to hammer
Vortaro
mixas - mixes ludas - plays
tranchas - cuts apertas - opens
brosas - brushes natas - swims
fotografas - photographs
Note that suffixes can often be used to make an approximate word
when the correct one is not known.
Exempli
knife - tranchilo fish's fins - natili
a mixer - mixilo toy - ludilo
brush - brosilo door handle - apertilo
camera - fotografilo frogman's flippers - natili
Vortaro
amiko - friend peco - piece
chokolado - chocolate partio [PARR-tyo] - party
demandis - asked prenez! - take!
donacajo - present (gift) saluto! - hello!/hi!
60 Ido for All
hiere - yesterday sukrajo - a sweet

ja - already til - until
komprenende - of course tua - your
kunportas - brings vere - really
ludilo - toy yaro - year
nasko-dio - birthday Quante tu evas? - How old are
nia - our you?
omna - all Me evas sep yari. - I'm seven
Konversado
Sur la strado (A=Alan, B=Bob)
A: Saluto, Bob! Quale tu standas?
B: Saluto, Alan! Hodie esas/es mea nasko-dio [NAS-ko-DI-o].
A: Vere? Quante tu evas?
B: Me evas non yari. Me havis multa ludili: Kamiono, automobilo,
soldati e sukraji. Morge me havos mea partio. Ka tu venos? Mea matro
ja demandis a tua matro.
A: Ka mea matro dicis "yes"?
B: Komprenende!
A: Qui venas a la partio?
B: Omna nia amiki. Li kunportos donacaji. Yen, prenez sukrajo e peco
de chokolado!
A: Danko.
B: Til la partio.
A: Til la partio.
General Questions (Answer in Ido)
Note
Quakolora? - What color? Ube? - Where? Che vu - At your house,
Posdimezo - Afternoon, Vespero - Evening, Qua? - Who?, Quo? -
What?
1. Quakolora esas/es la pordo? -> Olu esas/es blanka quale nivo
(as white as snow).
2. Ube vu dormas? -> En la lito kun mea amorata (loved)
spozino.
3. Ka vu dormas dum la jorno? -> No, kompreneble ne. Me
sempre devas laborar.
4. Ka vu havas blua automobilo? -> Yes, nam la blua esis chipa.
5. Ka vu drinkas biro? -> No, me esas anti-alkoholisto.
6. Ka vu havas fisheyo che vu? -> Fisheyo che me? Ho, no,
ridinde no.
7. Ka vu promenas en la nokto? -> Promenar? No, me pavoras de
la nokto.
8. Ka vu laboras en la posdimezo? -> Yes, komprenende. Qua
laboras por me?
9. Ka vu drinkas kafeo en la matino? -> Yes, matine kafeo
komplete vekigas me.
10. Quakolora esas/es kafeo? -> Generale olu esas/es nigra ma
bruna kande kun lakto.
11. Ka vu iras a la skolo en la vespero? -> No, me ne prizas skoli.
12. Quo esas/es sur la tablo? -> Mea libri. Me lektas libri pri vasta
temi.
13. Qua lojas che vu? -> Nulu lojas che me. Mea domo esas/es tre
mikra.
14. Ube vu habitas? -> En la strado di Ben-Yehuda.
15. Ka vu havas fratino? -> Yes, me havas un fratino.
62 Ido for All
Forms of Transport
aero-navo - airship kamiono - truck
aeroplano - aeroplane lokomotivo - locomotive
auto(mobilo) - car motorbiciklo - motorbike
balonego - balloon navo - ship
batelo - boat omnibuso - bus
biciklo - bicycle spaco-navo - spaceship
dilijenco - stage coach submerso-navo - submarine
furgono - van treno - train
fuzeo - rocket vagono - (railway) carriage
helikoptero - helicopter,
Lesson 08- Okesma Leciono 63
Lesson 08- Okesma Leciono
Ordinal Numbers
In English, ordinal numbers are slightly irregular. From "one" we get
"first", from "two" - "second", "three" - "third", "four" - "fourth", and
so on. In Ido all ordinal numbers are regular: -ESMA is added to the
cardinal number:
first - un + esma =unesma (also written "1ma")
second - duesma (2ma)
third - triesma (3ma)
twentieth - duadekesma (20ma)
144th - cent e quaradek e quaresma (144ma)
Monati - Months
In Ido, months are not capitalized:
januaro [ja-nu-A-rro] - January
februaro [fe-bru-A-rro] - February
marto [MARR-to] - March
aprilo [a-PRI-lo] - April
mayo [MA-yo] - May
junio [JU-nyo] - June
julio [JU-lyo] - July
agosto [a-GOS-to] - August
septembro [sep-TEM-bro] - September
oktobro [ok-TO-bro] - October
novembro [no-VEM-bro] - November
decembro [de-CEM-bro] - December
64 Ido for All
Dates - Dati
When referring to dates, the word for "of" - "di" - may be omitted,
although the preferred style is to leave it in: la quaresma (di) mayo -
The fourth of May.
With dates "es" can mean "it is". There is no need for an additional
word for "it": Es la dek e nonesma (di) junio - It's the nineteeth of
June.
"Ye" is used for "on" in expressions of time: Ye la duadek e okesma di
februaro - on the 28th of February.
Exempli
It is the fifth of March. - Es la kinesma di marto. It is the second of
January. - Es la duesma di januaro. Yesterday it was the fifth of July. -
Hiere esis la kinesma di julio.
He was not here on the fifth of July. - Ilu ne esis hike ye la kinesma di
julio.
It will be the eighth of May tomorrow. - Esos morge la okesma di
mayo.
It will be the ninth of June tomorrow. - Esos la nonesma di junio
morge.
It was the seventh of August yesterday. - Esis la sepesma di agosto
hiere.
My birthday was on the first of October. - Mea nasko-dio esis ye la
unesma di oktobro.
The letter came on the first of February. - La letro venis ye la unesma
di februaro.
The sun shone on the twentieth of November. - La suno brilis ye la
duadekesma di novembro.
The boys will not work on the fourth of April. - La yunuli ne laboros
ye la quaresma di aprilo.
My mother will come on the tenth of September. - Mea matro venos ye
la dekesma di septembro.
Vortifado
-eri- (establishment where something is made or done, implied by the
root, but not necessarily the process of manufacturing or producing it):
drinkerio - public house
agenterio - agency (agento - an agent)
fabrikerio - factory (fabrikas - manufactures)
lakterio - dairy
restorerio - restaurant
rafinerio - refinery
chapelerio - hat factory
distilerio - distillery
Note: -ERI- and -EY- are sometimes confused. Use -ERI- for an
establishment (such as a restaurant), but use -EY- for a place or
location (such as a kitchen), possibly within some other establishment:
imprimas - prints (verb)
imprimerio - printing works (including offices etc)
imprimeyo - the part of the works, the place/room/shop where the
printing takes place
Vesti - Clothes
boto - boot pantalono - trousers
ganto - glove subvesto - under garment
kalzego - tights/pantyhose (US) surtuto [surr-TU-to] - (long)coa
kalzeto - sock vestono - (man's) jacket
kalzo - stocking jupo - skirt
robo - dress, jileto - waistcoat
sharpo [SHARR-po]- scarf korsajo [korr-SA-jo] - blouse
shuo - shoe trikoturo - pullover
chapelo - hat manu-sako [MA-nu-SA-ko] -
jaketo - (woman's) coat handbag
kamizo - shirt subjupo [SUB-JU-po] - slip
kravato - tie kalsono - knickers/pants/
paltoto - (over)coat (US)briefs/panties
66 Ido for All
Interrogative Pronouns : Accusative Form

The interrogative pronouns we learned earlier are: Qua? - Who, Qui? -
Who?, Quo? - What?
Qua manjas? - Who is eating?
Qui venis? - Who (plural) came?
Quo facas la bruiso? - What is making the noise?
In these examples the "who" or "what" is doing the action indicated by
the verb. However, sometimes we want to know about the "who" or
"what" that is on the receiving end the action:
Whom do you see?
What are you eating?
In these two sentences the "you" is doing the action. In the first one the
"whom" is being seen, and in the second the "what" is being eaten.
Just as "who" in English takes an ending and becomes "whom", so
"qua" and "qui" take an ending in Ido and become "quan" and "quin".
"Quo" follows the same pattern as "quan" and "quin", and becomes
"quon". The use of the accusative ending -N is to make it absolutely
clear who is receiving the action.
La viro quan vu vidis. - The man whom you saw.
Quin vu vidas? - Whom (plural) do you see?
Quon ilu dicis? - What did he say?
Me ne audis (to) quon ilu dicis. - I did not hear what he said.
Note that in this construction the English word order changes, and
"do" or "does" may be inserted, but the Ido word order remains the
same:
English: "You see" becomes "Whom do you see?" or "What do you
see?" "You are eating" becomes "What are you eating?"
Ido: "Vu vidas" becomes "Quan vu vidas?" or "Quon vu vidas?"
"Tu manjas" becomes "Quon tu manjas?"
Exempli
Who sees me? - Qua vidas me?
Whom do I see? - Quan me vidas?
Who can see him? - Qua povas vidar ilu?
Whom can he see? - Quan ilu povas vidar?
What do you like? - Quon vu prizas?
What ate my shoes? - Quo manjis mea shui?
What is in the box? - Quo esas/es en la buxo?
What drank the milk? - Quo drinkis la lakto?
What are you cooking? - Quon vu koquas?
What is in the house? - Quo esas/es en la domo?
Who is eating the fish? - Qua manjas la fisho?
Who is eating the meat? - Qua manjas la karno?
Whom is the fish eating? - Quan la fisho manjas?
What is the bird eating? - Quon la ucelo manjas?
What did you give to them? - Quon vu donis a li?
What did you give to John? - Quon vu donis a John?
Who (plural) likes apples? - Qui prizas pomi?
Who (plural) likes the birds? - Qui prizas la uceli?
Whom (plural) have they seen? - Quin li vidis?
Whom (plural) did my friends see? - Quin mea amiki vidis?
68 Ido for All
Vortaro
adreso - address kom - as
antea - previous klerko - clerk
apud - next to koquisto - cook
atesto - certificate laboro - work
bezonas - needs lando - country/land
biblioteko [bi-blyo-TE-ko] - library listo - list
bone - well livis - left (verb)
brulis - burnt naskis - was born
centro - centre onklulo - uncle
cinemo - cinema rejala - royal
dil = di la - of the evar - to be aged
direte - directly serchas [SERR-chas] - looks for
drinkerio [drin-KE-ryo] - pub restorerio - restaurant
eventis - happened staciono - station
employo-agenterio - employment tota - all/ the whole
agency vartez! - wait!
fakte - in fact ye - at/in/on a precise place or
homo - person time
hotelo - hotel fairo [fa-I-ro] - fire
hotelestro - hotel manager quanta? - how many? (adjective)
incendio - fire quante? - how many? (adverb)
incendio-domo - fire station
Notes
1. "Incendio" is a destructive fire, deliberate or accidental. "Fairo"
is fire in general, the sort found in a home fireplace.
2. "Konocas" is "knows" in the sense of "being aquainted with",
and is used for "knowing" a person or a place: Me konocas
Mary. "Savas" is used for "knowing" a fact: Me savas ke ilu
esas/es stupida.
3. "Evar" is "to be so many years old, to be aged so many years"
as in Me evas 51 (kinadek-e-un) yari. - I am 51 years old.
4. quanta? (adjective) - how many/much?, quante? (adverb) - how
many/much?
Quanta homi mortis? - How many people have died?
Quante to kustas? - How much does this cost?
Quante vu evas? - How old are you?
Konversado
En la employo-agenterio (K=Klerko, A=Albert)
K: Bon jorno, Sioro.
A: Bon jorno, Sioro. Me nomesas Albert Smith. Me serchas laboro
kom koquisto. Yen mea atesti.
K: Hm. Albert Smith. Yes. Quo esas/es vua adreso?
A: Me habitas ye kin, Couturat Strado.
K: Hm, yes. Quante vu evas?
A: Me evas triadek e sis yari.
K: Ed ube vu naskis? En ca lando?
A: Yes, me naskis en London.
K: Hm, yes. Ka vu havas familio?
A: Yes, me havas spozino e tri infanti. Mea onklulo anke lojas en la
domo kun ni.
K: Hm, yes. Pro quo vu livis vua antea laboro?
A: Incendio eventis en la koqueyo e la restorerio brulis. Fakte la tota
strado brulis.
K: Hm, hm, yes. Vartez! Me serchos laboro por vu en mea listi. Ha,
yes! Ka vu konocas la Rejala Hotelo? La hotelestro beznoas bona
koquisto.
A: No, me ne konocas ol.
K: Hm. Ka vu konocas la centro dil urbo?
A: Me nur konocas la cinemo, la butiki, la biblioteko, e la drinkerii.
K: Ka vu konocas Nova Strado? La staciono esas/es en Nova Strado.
A: Yes.
K: Bone, en ta strado esas/es la Rejala Hotelo. Olu esas/es direte apud
la incendio-domo.
70 Ido for All
Questioni
1. Quale la koquisto nomesas? -> Ilu nomesas Albert Smith.
2. Ube ilu esas? -> Ilu esas en la employo-agenterio.
3. Quon ilu serchas? -> Ilu serchas laboro kom koquisto.
4. Qua parolas ad Albert? -> La klerko ibe.
5. Ube Albert habitas? -> Ilu habitas ye kin, Couturat Strado.
6. Quante ilu evas? -> Ilu evas triadek e sis yari.
7. Ube ilu naskis? -> Ilu naskis en London.
8. Albert havas quanta infanti? -> Ilu havas tri infanti.
9. Quanta homi rezidas che Albert? -> Sis homi rezidas ibe.
10. Quo eventis en la koqueyo dil restorerio? -> Incendio eventis.
11. Kad Albert konocas la Rejala Hotelo? -> No, ilu ne konocas.
12. Qua bezonas bona koquisto? -> La hotelestro di la Rejala
Hotelo.
13. Quon ilu konocas en la centro dil urbo? -> La cinemo, la butiki
etc.
14. Ube la staciono es? -> Olu esas en Nova Strado.
15. Quo esas/es direte apud la Rejala Hotelo? -> La incendio-domo
esas ibe.
Homi - People
viro - man (adult male) geyuni - young persons (male and
muliero - woman (adult female) female)
homo - human being/person puero - child (7 to adolescence)
homino - female person puerino - small girl
homulo - male person puerulo - small boy
yuno - young person (adolescence infanto - infant (up to 7 years)
upwards) infantino - infant girl
yunino - young person (female) infantulo - infant boy
yunulo - young person (male) infanteto - baby
Lesson 09 - Nonesma Leciono 71
Lesson 09 - Nonesma Leciono
The Infinitive
Here are some examples of English verb infinitives: to eat, to sing, to
clean. English uses two words, “to” + whatever the verb happens to be.
Ido, however, uses only one word and indicates the infinitive by the
ending -AR: manjar (manJAR) - to eat, kantar (kanTAR - to sing,
netigar (netiGAR) - to clean.
Hidden Infinitives
Note that English does not always use the full infinitive, occasionally
dropping the "to":
● "I must go", "I can go", which logically speaking should be "I
must to go", (Ido) me mustas irar
● "I can to go", (Ido) me povas irar, is on the same pattern as "I
want to go" (Ido) me volas irar, and "I try to go" (Ido) me
esforcas irar.
Three Types of Infinitives

All three types of inifinitive - present, past, and future, have the accent
or stress on the last syllable.
The PRESENT INFINITIVE of verbs ends in -AR (accented): kredar
[kre-DARR] - to believe; donar [do-NARR] - to give
The present tense ends in -AS (not accented): me kredas [KRE-das]. -
I believe. Me donas [DO-nas]. - I give.
The PAST INFINITIVE ends in -IR (accented): kredir [kre-DIRR] - to
have believed; donir [do-NIRR] - to have given
The past tense ends in -IS (not accented): Me kredis [KRE-dis]. - I
believed./ I have believed. Me donis [DO-nis]. - I gave. / I have given.
The FUTURE INFINITIVE of verbs ends in -OR: kredor [kre-DORR]
- to be about to believe, donor [do-NOR] - to be about to give
The future tense ends in -OS (not accented): Me kredos [KRE-dos]. - I
shall believe. Me donos [DO-nos]. - I shall give.
72 Ido for All
Common Mistakes
You cannot have two "-S" ending verbs together, such as "El mustas
iras", or "Il ne povis venas". The second verb in such two-verb
constructions must be an infinitive:
Elu mustas irar. Ilu ne povis venar.
Avoid the temptation to use "a" or "ad" with an infinitive, like the "to"
in English:
"El volas ad iras" or "El volas ad irar" is nonsense.
The "to" of "She wants to go" is already conveyed by the -AR
ending.
On rare occasions "por" may be used for "to" where it really means "in
order to": Me laboras por vivar. - I work (in order) to live.
However this "por" construction is not included in the following
examples.
Vortaro
darfar - to be allowed to (may) povar - to be able to (can)
esar - to be prizar - to like
esforcar - to try regardas - to look at
komprar - to buy savar - to know
konduktar - to drive televiziono - television
mustar - to have to (must) volar - to want to/wish to
Exempli
I must go. - Me mustas irar.
You must come. - Vu mustas venar.
I want to know. - Me volas savar.
He cannot cook. - Ilu ne povas koquar.
He wants to know. - Ilu volas savar.
He must be good. - Ilu mustas esar bona.
He may have the dog. - Ilu darfas havar la hundo.
I can drive a truck. - Me povas konduktar kamiono.
The doctor can't come. - La mediko ne povas venar.
My uncle wants to eat. - Mea onklulo volas manjar.
You may eat the apples. - Vi darfas manjar la pomi.
My sister likes to sing. - Mea fratino prizas kantar.
She is allowed to buy it. - Elu darfas komprar ol.
I tried to cook the meat. - Me esforcis koquar la karno.
I like to visit my sister. - Me prizas vizitar mea fratino.
I will try to write to you. - Me esforcos skribar a tu.
May he watch the television? - Kad ilu darfas regardar la televiziono?
The youth wants to buy this car. - La yunulo volas komprar ca
automobilo.
They are trying to watch television. - Li esforcas regardar la
televiziono.
We are not allowed to visit the sick boy/girl. - Ni ne darfas vizitar la
malada yuno.
74 Ido for All
Vortaro
an - at romano - novel
arivar - to arrive sempre - always
berjero - armchair trans - across
binoklo - spectacles vere - really
chefa - main/chief vers - towards
chino - Chinaman viro - man
dineo - dinner ludar - to play
agar - to do detektivo - detective
fairo [fa-I-ro] - fire komfortoza - comfortable
filiino - daughter du kloki - two o'clock
filiulo - son misterioza - misterious
formulo - formula pedbalono - football
forsar - to force pistolo - pistol
furioza - furious sekreta - secret
ganar - to win sidar - to be sitting
ibe - there siorino - Mrs.
ilua - his sideskar - to sit down
kande - when de tempo a tempo - from time to time
karto - card rakonto - talk
lasta - last vestibulo - hall
longa - long sun-binoklo - sun glasses
lore - then tamen - however
manuo - hand cirkum - about
nam - for sua - his/her/their own
nivo - snow dil = di la - of the
quale - as
Rakonto por Infanti

Hiere pos dineo me lektis romano a mea filiino qua evas dek yari.
Mea filiulo ne esis ibe. Ilu evas dek-e-quar yari e preferas ludar
pedbalono kun sua amiki kam (than/to) askoltar (listening to) la
romano.
Yen parto dil romano:
"Esis kolda nokto en la vintro e Siorino Gato esis en lito sub multa
varma kovrili. Tamen en la koqueyo la lampo brilis. Ibe, Henriko la
filiulo di Siorino Gato, e la tri detektivi gardis sekreta formulo

(formula).
"Henriko e Konor sidis an la tablo.
"Li ludis karti kun Adolfus, grosa gorilo qua portis(wore) sun-
binoklo.
"De tempo a tempo Henriko manjis banano e Konor e la gorilo
drinkis biro.
"Henriko esis furioza, nam, quale sempre, la gorilo ganis.
"La lasta detektivo qua esis magra chino e qua nomesis Wong,
dormis en komfortoza berjero avan la fairo. Ma ye cirkum du kloki
en la matino, misterioza viro venis trans la nivo vers la domo. Ilu
forsis la chefa pordo, iris trans la longa vestibulo e lore apertis la
pordo dil koqueyo. En sua manuo ilu havis pistolo."
Questioni
1. Ka la suno brilis? -> No, esis kolda nokto.
2. Ube Siorino Gato esis? -> Elu esis en lito sub multa varma
kovrili.
3. Ube esis Henriko e Konor? -> Li esis en la koqueyo.
4. Quon la detektivi gardis? -> Li gardis sekreta formulo.
5. Quon li ludis? -> Du de li ludis karti.
6. Quo esis Adolfus? -> Lu esas grosa gorilo.
7. Qua portis (wore) sun-binoklo? -> Adolfus, grosa gorilo, portis
olu.
8. Quon Henriko manjis de tempo a tempo? -> Ilu manjis banano.
9. Qui drinkis biro? -> Konor ed Adolfus.
10. Pro quo Henriko esis furioza? -> Nam ilu perdis la ludo.
11. Quale la chino nomesis? -> Lu nomesis Wong.
12. Quon Wong agis? -> Lu dormis.
13. Ube Wong esis? -> Lu esis en komfortoza berjero avan la fairo.
14. Kande la misterioza viro arivis? -> Ye cirkum du kloki en la
76 Ido for All
matino.
15. Quale la viro venis en la domo? -> Ilu forsis la chefa pordo.
16. Quon ilu havis en sua manuo? -> Ilu havis pistolo en sua
manuo.
Titles
Abbreviations for the following titles are shown in parentheses. Note
that the abbreviations are used without punctuation: Sro Smith, not
Sro. Smith.
(1) Sioro (Sro) : Mr/Mrs/Miss/Master/Sir/Madam. This can be used to
address either a man or a woman, married or single, irrespective of
age. For example in a business letter:
Estimata Sioro - Dear Sir/Madam
(2) Siorulo (S-ulo) : Mr/Master/Sir. In practice this is not often used,
Sioro being sufficient.
(3) Siorino (S-ino) : Mrs/Miss/Madam
In practice Sioro is not often used for women, Siorino being
prefered. This is partly as a compliment to the female gender and
partly to help distinguish between different members of the same
family: Sro e S-ino Smith - Mr. and Mrs. Smith
Any woman has the right to be addressed as Sioro, should she so
desire it. Note that Siorino can refer to both married and single
women.
(4) Damzelo (Dzlo) : Miss/ young lady :
Should circumstances require it, an unmarried lady may be
addressed as damzelo: Damzelo Jones, Yen S-ino e Dzlo Smith -
Here are Mrs. and Miss Smith. La damzelo (qua esas) ibe - The
young lady over there.
(5) Damo : This cannot be used as a title to address somebody. It is a
noun referring to a married or widowed woman: La damo ibe - The
lady over there.
Vortifado
des- You can make the direct opposite of the root word with this
prefix, usually when no specific word for the concept exists: For
example:
facila - easy : desfacila - difficult
neta - clean : desneta - dirty
honoro - honour : deshonoro - dishonour
ordino - order : desordino - disorder
fortuno - fortune : desfortuno - misfortune
helpo - help : deshelpo - hindrance
When you don't know the direct opposite of the root word, you can
make:
bona - good : desbona - bad (mala)
bela - beautiful : desbela - ugly (leda)
But you don't usually have to make the opposite words when they
already exist, unless for the rhetorical purposes.
bona - good : mala - bad
bela - beautiful : leda - ugly
freque - frequently : rare - rarely
harda - hard : mola - soft
chipa - cheap : chera - expensive
forta - strong : febla - weak
richa - rich : povra - poor
Vortaro
chipa - cheap fortuno - fortune
freque - frequently helpo - help
forta - strong honoro - honor
harda - hard neta - clean
richa - rich ordino - order
Exempli
From the above vocabulary you can make words for the following
78 Ido for All
(already existing words for a meaning are shown in parentheses):

expensive - deschipa (chera)
rarely - desfreque (rare)
weak - desforta (febla)
soft - desharda (mola)
poor - desricha (povra)
misfortune - desfortuno
hindrance - deshelpo
dishonour - deshonoro
dirty - desneta (sordida)
disorder - desordino
Reference Word Lists

The following list is for reference, not required for memorization.
En la domo
avana-chambro - front room, -> -avan-chambro - somewhere in
front of a room
pordo - door, avana-pordo - front door, --> avan-pordo -
somewhere in front of a door
-chambro - room, balno-chambro - bathroom, dopa-chambro - back
room, manjo-chambro - dining room
dopa-pordo - back door, dopa-dormo-chambro - back bedroom,
dopa-eskalero - back stairs/staircase
fenco -fence, fenestro - window, fluro - landing
gardeno - garden, garden-pordo - gate
grado - step, koqueyo - kitchen, latrino - toilet (fixture)
moblo - piece of furniture, plafono - ceiling
planko-sulo - floor, salono - parlour/ sitting room
tekto - roof, teraso - terrace, vestibulo - hall
La Homala Korpo - The Human Body

head - kapo, hair (single strand) - haro, hair (collective) - hararo
forehead - fronto, eye - okulo, eyebrow - brovo, ear - orelo, noze -

nazo
cheek - vango, beard - barbo, lip - labio, moustache - labio-barbo
[LA-byo-BARR-bo]
mouth - boko, tooth - dento, tongue - lango,
neck - kolo, shoulder - shultro, chest - pektoro, back - dorso
breast - mamo, belly - ventro, waist - tayo, hip - hancho
muscle - muskulo, bone - osto, skin - pelo
arm - brakio, upper arm - dopa-brakio [DO-pa-BRA-kyo], elbow -
kudo
forearm - avana-brakio [a-VA-na-BRA-kyo], wrist - karpo, hand -
manuo
thumb - polexo, finger - fingro
leg - gambo, thigh - kruro, knee - genuo, shin - tibio, calf - suro
ankle - pedo-kolo, foot - pedo, heel - talono, sole - plando,
big toe - haluxo, toe - ped-fingro
80 Ido for All
Lesson 10 - Dekesma Leciono
Possessive Pronouns
Possesive pronouns are the same as the personal pronouns, except that
the adjectival ending -A is added. (See also note below).
mea - my/mine : tua - thy/thine : vua - your/yours (belonging to one
person)
lua - his/her/hers/its
When necessary use: ilua - his : elua - her/hers : olua - its
sua - his own/her own/its own/their own
nia - our/ours : via - your/yours (more than one person)
lia - their/theirs
When necessary use:
ilia - their (belonging to men)
elia - their (belonging to women)
olia - their (belonging to things)
Note that "me" gives "mea", "tu" gives "tua", but "il", "el", "ol" give
"ilua", "elua", "olua".
This is because the full forms for he, she, it are "ilu", "elu", "olu".
"Il", "el", "ol" are convenient short forms.
Me vizitis mea dentisto - I went to see my dentist.
Ilu vizitis lua (sua) matro - He visited his (his own) mother.
Elu perdis ilua parapluvo - She lost his umbrella.
Li admiris sua chapeli - They admired their (own) hats.
Ili admiris elia chapeli - They (the men) admired their (the
women's) hats.
A possessive pronoun always implies the definite article; thus "mea
amiko" is "my friend", "the friend I spoke of", while "a friend of mine"
is translated "amiko di me".
Lesson 10 - Dekesma Leciono 81
Conditional Mood
The conditional mood is formed with the verb ending -US:
Me venus, ma me ne havas biciklo. - I would come, but I haven't
got a bike.
Ilu manjus - He would eat
Elu drinkus - She would drink.
The verb ending -US means "would", but take care not to confuse two
different English tenses using the same construction:
When I was young, I would swim in the river.
Here "would swim" is used instead of "used to swim" or "swam", and
is therefore really the past tense:
Kande me esis yuna, me natis en la rivero.
As the name "conditional mood" suggests, there is a condition in this
tense, I would run if..., I would sing, but... This type of construction
requires the conditional mood -US ending.
Vortaro
alonge - along paketo - package
altra - other obliviar [ob-li-VYARR] - to
balde - soon forget
balnar - to bathe perdar [perr-DARR] - to lose
desegnar - to draw repozar - to rest
filiino - daughter ruptar - to break
finar - to finish sendar - to send
imajo - picture spegulo - mirror
komencar - to begin servar[serr-VARR] - to serve
lavar - to wash tro - too
nazo - noze voyo - road/way
Note: povar - to be able, povus - could (would be able).

82 Ido for All
Exempli
I would begin the work. - Me komencus la laboro.
She would lose the money. - Elu perdus la pekunio.
He would break the mirror. - Ilu ruptus la spegulo.
Their aunt would forget it. - Lia onklino oblivius ol.
Its nose would be too small. - Olua nazo esus tro mikra.
They would finish the drinks. - Li finus la drinkaji.
I would come soon, if I could. - Me venus balde, se me povus.
You would draw another picture. - Vu desegnus altra imajo.
I would not serve another lady. - Me ne servus altra damo.
The mouse would eat the bananas. - La muso manjus la banani.
The man would win too many cards. - La viro ganus tro multa karti.
The mother would send her daughter. - La matro sendus sua filiino.
I would forget to go along the road. - Me oblivius irar alonge la voyo.
If I could, I would buy another house. - Se me povus, me komprus
altra domo.
The clerk would begin to work if he could. - La klerko komencus
laborar se ilu povus.
Mary would rest, but she does not have the time. - Mary repozus, ma
elu ne havas la tempo.
Her daughter would go, but the road is too long. - Elua filiino irus, ma
la voyo esas/es tro longa.
You would bathe in the river, but it is too cold. - Vu balnus en la
rivero, ma esas/es tro kolda.
I would wash the dog, but I haven't got the time. - Me lavus la hundo,
ma me ne havas la tempo.
They would send the package, but John has lost it. - Li sendus la
paketo, ma John perdis ol.
Comparison of Adjectives
In English there are two different systems for comparing adjectives:
1.big - bigger - biggest
2.beautiful - more beautiful - most beautiful
Ido has only one method of comparison which is equivalent to the
English in the second example above. Instead of "bigger" Ido says
"more big" (plu granda), instead of "prettiest", "most pretty" (maxim
beleta) and so on. So the above examples would be:
1.granda - plu granda - maxim granda
2.bela - plu bela - maxim bela
Relational comparisons of adjectives use these constructs:
plu . . . kam - more . . . than
min . . . kam - less . . . than
tam . . . kam - as . . . as
ne tam . . . kam - not so . . . as
maxim . . . de - most . . . of
minim . . . de - least . . . of
tre - very
Examples:
El esas PLU granda KAM me. - She is taller than I (am).
Me esas TAM richa KAM ilu. - I am as rich as he (is).
Ol esas la MAXIM bela de omni. - It is the finest of all.
Il esas TRE brava. - He is very brave.
Me preferas ico KAM ito. - I prefer this to that.
Translate "as good as possible" and similar phrases thus: maxim
bona posible.
Here are some more examples:
Me esas/es leda. - I am ugly.
84 Ido for All
Ilu esas/es tam leda kam me. - He is as ugly as me.

Elu esas/es plu leda kam vu. - She is more ugly (uglier) than you.
Elu esas/es la maxim leda. - She is the most ugly (ugliest).
Note that KAM means both AS and THAN: KAM is used in making
comparisons, even where English does not use "than".
Since adverbs of manner are formed from adjectives by changing -A
into -E ( bona - good : bone - well, fina - final : fine - finally ), they
are compared like adjectives: Ilu lektas plu bone - He reads better.
Vortaro
alta - high leda - ugly
chipa - cheap mola - soft
danjeroza - dangerous povra - poor
fresha - fresh plena (de) - full (of)
inteligenta - intelligent pura - pure
interesanta - interesting quieta - quiet
kontenta - contented simpla - simple
kurta - short stupida - stupid
larja - wide vakua [VA-kwa] - empty
Exempli
The trees are high. - La arbori esas/es alta.
That river is wider. - Ta rivero esas/es plu larja.
The apples are cheap. - La pomi esas/es chipa.
This work is simpler. - Ca laboro esas/es plu simpla.
The bananas are cheaper. - La banani esas/es plu chipa.
That water is the purest. - Ta aquo esas/es la maxim pura.
This box is full of bananas. - Ca buxo esas/es plena de banani.
This road is too dangerous. - Ca voyo esas/es tro danjeroza.
He is drawing the empty bottle. - Ilu desegnas la vakua botelo.
That child is as quiet as a mouse. - Ta infanto esas/es tam quieta kam
muso.
The meat is fresher than the fish. - La karno esas/es plu fresha kam la
fisho.
My house is higher than your house. - Mea domo esas/es plu alta kam
vua domo.
His dog is the fiercest in the town. - Ilua hundo esas/es la maxim
feroca en la urbo.
She is the ugliest girl in the shop. - Elu esas/es la maxim leda puerino
en la butiko.
He is the poorest teacher in this town. - Ilu esas/es la maxim povra
instruktisto en ca urbo.
Jane's nose is shorter than Mary's nose. - La nazo di Jane esas/es plu
kurta kam la nazo di Mary.
They are the most contented men in the pub. - Li esas/es la maxim
kontenta viri en la drinkerio.
This armchair is softer than that armchair. - Ca berjero esas/es plu
mola kam ta berjero.
I read the most interesting book in the shop. - Me lektis la maxim
interesanta libro en la butiko.
Our daughter is the most intelligent girl in that school. - Nia filiino
esas/es la maxim inteligenta yuno en ta skolo.
Edifici - Buildings
arto-galerio - art gallery
balno-baseno - swimming pool
biblioteko [bi-blyo-TE-ko] - library
drinkerio [drin-KE-ryo] - pub
fabrikerio [fa-bri-KE-ryo] - factory
farmo-domo [FARR-mo-DO-mo] - farmhouse
incendio-domo [in-CEN-dyo-DO-mo] - fire station
kirko [KIRR-ko] - church, policeyo - police station
posto-kontoro - post office
hospitalo - hospital, restorerio [res-to-RE-ryo] - restaurant
86 Ido for All
urbo-domo [URR-bo-DO-mo] - town hall

banko - bank
butiko - shop
cinemo - cinema
domo - house
hotelo - hotel
dometo - cottage
faro - lighthouse
moskeo - mosque
palaco - palace
muzeo [mu-ZE-o] - museum
teatro [te-A-tro] - theatre
gareyo - garage
edifico [e-di-FI-co] - building
kafeerio [ka-fe-E-ryo] - cafe
kastelo [kas-TE-lo] - castle
katedralo [ka-te-DRA-lo] - cathedral
kazerno [ka-ZERR-no] - barracks
kontoro - office
laverio [la-VE-ryo] - laundry
staciono [sta-ci-O-no] - station
templo - temple
kapelo - chapel, skolo - school
Vortifado
-estr- (Head of, chief of): polico - police, policestro - police chief,
skolo - school, skolestro - headmaster, urbo - town, urbestro - mayor
Vortaro
al = a la - to the komprenar - to understand
altra - other kredar - to believe
apologiar - to apologise omnibuso - bus
kom - as/for lasar falar - to let fall/to drop
chera - dear/expensive pano - bread
dejuno - lunch parolar - to speak
esperar - to hope pasar - to pass
maro - sea per [perr] - by means of
facar - to do/make quala? - how?
forsan - perhaps quik - at once
fru-dejuneto - breakfast, sat - enough
garsono [garr-SO-no] - waiter sonar - to ring
intencar - to intend to - that (noun)
ja - already telefonilo - telephone
jeristo - manager neglijar - to neglect/to treat
juar [ju-ARR] - to enjoy carelessly
kelka - some, kelke - rather adibe - "to" there (that place)
Konversado
En la hotelo (J=jeristo, M=Sioro Morgan)
J: Bon jorno, Sioro Morgan! Me esperas ke vu pasis bona nokto hike
en la Rejala Hotelo.
M: Yes, sat bona. Ma la lito ne esas/es tre mola. Olu esas/es kelke
harda.
J: Me apologias. Me ne komprenas pro quo. Forsan ulu neglijis sua
laboro. Ni donos a vu altra chambro kun nova lito. Ka vu ja manjis fru-
dejuneto? Me esperas ke vu juis ol.
M: Fakte no! La ovi esis kolda e la garsono lasis falar kelka kafeo sur
mea pano! Do, me intencas manjar mea dejuno en restorerio.
J: Me parolos quik al garsono. Altra garsono servos vu.
M: Bone, forsan me manjos hike. Me ne savas. Me vizitas hodie la
maro. Me prizas balnar. Me iras de hike per la treno.
J: Me kredas ke la treno esas/es chera. La omnibuso esas/es plu chipa.
88 Ido for All
Ho! Pardonez a me! La telefonilo sonas. Til rivido, Sioro Morgan!
Questioni
1. Quale nomesas la hotelo? -> Olu nomesas la Rejala Hotelo.
2. Ka Sioro Morgan pasis bona nokto? -> Yes, sat bone.
3. Quala esis ilua lito? -> Olu esis kelke harda.
4. Quon Sro Morgan manjis kom fru-dejuneto? -> Ilu manjis ovi.
5. Kad ilu juis ilua fru-dejuneto? -> No, ilu ne juis ol.
6. Qua lasis falar la kafeo sur ilua pano? -> La garsono.
7. Adube Sro Morgan iras hodie? -> Ilu iras a la maro.
8. Quon ilu prizas facar? -> Ilu prizas balnar en la maro.
9. Quale ilu iras adibe? -> Ilu iras per la treno.
10. Ka la treno esas/es plu chipa kam la omnibuso? -> No, plu
chera.
Vortaro
butro - butter lenta - slow
febla - weak margarino - margarine
forta - strong piro - pear
grava - heavy preferar A (kam B) - to prefer A
homo - person, (to B)
lejera - light rapida - fast
Generala Questioni
1. Kad elefanto esas/es plu granda kam muso? -> Yes, multople
plu granda kam muso.
2. Ka muso esas/es plu lejera kam hundo? -> Yes, plu lejera kam
hundo.
3. Ka hotelo esas/es plu mikra kam domo? -> No, genarale plu
granda kam domo.
4. Ka vu esas/es la maxim grava homo en vua domo? ->
Kompreneble, yes!
5. Ka treno esas/es plu lenta kam biciklo? -> No, treno esas/es plu
rapida.
6. Ka homo esas/es plu forta kam gorilo? -> No, homo esas/es
multe plu febla kam gorilo.
7. Ka butro esas/es plu chera kam margarino? -> Yes, margarino
esas/es plu chipa.
8. Ka vu preferas pomo kam piro? -> Yes, pomo kam piro.
9. Ka la televiziono esas/es plu bona kam la cinemo? -> No,
kompreninde ne.
10. Ka vu esas/es la maxim inteligenta homo en vua familio? ->
No, regretinde ne.
90 Ido for All
Lesson 11 - Dek e unesma Leciono
Days of the Week

(Noun Form -> Adverbial Form: Another Form)
lundio [LUN-dyo] -> Monday: lundie/ ye lundio - on Monday(s)
mardio [MARR-dyo] -> Tuesday: mardie/ ye mardio - on
Tuesday(s)
merkurdio [merr-KURR-dyo] -> Wednesday: merkurdie/ ye
merkurdio - on Wednesday(s)
jovdio [JOV-dyo] - >Thursday: jovdie/ ye jovdio - on Thursday(s)
venerdio [ve-NERR-dyo] -> Friday: venerdie/ ye venerdio - on
Friday(s)
saturdio [sa-TURR-dyo] -> Saturday: saturdie/ ye saturdio - on
Saturday(s)
sundio [SUN-dyo] -> Sunday: sundie/ ye sundio - on Sunday(s)
Note that capital letters are not used for days or months in Ido.
Vortaro
furtisto - thief horlojeto - watch
policestro - police chief de - of/from
falar - to fall envenar - to come in/enter
Exempli
On Sunday we do not work. - Ye sundio ni ne laboras.
She likes Thursdays a lot. - Elu multe prizas mardii.
On Monday I went to London. - Lundie me iris a London.
He will not come on Monday. - Ilu ne venos ye lundio.
I stayed in bed on Thursday. - Me restis en lito jovdie.
On Wednesday I will go to Paris. - Merkurdie me iros a Paris.
Will you buy the food on Saturday? - Ka tu kompros la manjajo ye
saturdio?
Lesson 11 - Dek e unesma Leciono 91
I was born on Friday, the eighth of May. - Me naskis ye venerdio, la

okesma di mayo.
They disappeared on Thursday in the cinema. - Li desaparis ye jovdio
en la cinemo.
On Monday a thief took the police chief's watch. - Ye lundio furtisto
pren-ganis la horlojeto di la policestro.
Time(1)
Qua kloko es? - What time is it?
Es tri kloki. - It's three o'clock.
Es un kloko. - It's one o'clock.
Es non kloki. - It's nine o'clock.
Ye un kloko - At one o'clock.
Ye sep kloki - At seven o'clock.
Note
1. O'clock is expressed by "kloko", which when used with any
number above one becomes "kloki": un kloko, du kloki, tri
kloki, etc.
2. Ido often uses the 24-hour clock, duadek kloki - 8 o'clock
(p.m.)
Exempli
What time is it? - Qua kloko es?
It's three o'clock. - Es tri kloki.
You ate at five o'clock. - Vi manjis ye kin kloki.
No, he comes at nine o'clock. - No, ilu venas ye non kloki.
I began to work at seven o'clock. - Me komencis laborar ye sep kloki.
At ten o'clock I fell from my bed. - Ye dek kloki me falis de mea lito.
At two o'clock they found the cafe. - Ye du kloki li trovis la kafeerio.
Does the postman come at eight o'clock? - Ka la letro-portisto venas
92 Ido for All
ye ok kloki?
It was six o'clock when their daughter came in. - Esis sis kloki kande
lia filiino envenis.
At four o'clock, on Monday the thirtieth of August she was born. - Ye
quar kloki, lundie, la triadekesma di agosto elu naskis.
La Voyajo
Me arivis a la staciono. La veturo haltis. Portisto advenis.
"Adube vu iras?" ilu questionis. "Me iras a Paris." me respondis.
"Ka vu havas vua bilieto?" - "No!" - "Venez komprar olu en la
kontoro."
Me pagis la veturisto. Me donis ad ilu gratifikuro (tip).
"Hastez!" klamis la portisto. "La treno departos sen vu."
On devas vendar la bilieti plu rapide! Me volus komprar jurnalo. Ube
esas la jurnal-vendeyo? Ho no! Me perdabis mea monetuyo (purse)!
Esas tri kloki. La treno departas. Mea kofro (trunk) esas en la pako-
vagono.
Me dicis en la kordio a mea kofro: "Til la rivido!"
Relative Pronouns
Singular
la yunino QUA amoras me - the girl THAT (or WHO) loves me
la hundo QUA atakis me - the dog THAT (or WHICH) attacked me
Plural
la yunini QUI amoras me - the girls THAT (or WHO) love me
la hundi QUI atakis me - the dogs THAT (or WHICH) attacked me
Note
1. Don't let the fact that there is more than one possibility in
English confuse you. WHO and WHICH can both be replaced
by THAT.
2. Take care not to confuse the relative pronouns with the
interrogative pronouns. In questions QUO is used for WHAT

(things), and QUA and QUI for WHO (people). In statements,
QUA and QUI are used for both WHO, WHICH, and THAT,
may refer to people or things.
3. As the examples show, when THAT is one person or object
then QUA is used, but when it is more than one then QUI must
be used.
As with the interrogative pronouns, if the THAT is having the action
done to it by someone or something in the second part of the sentence
then an -N ending is added:
Singular
la yunino QUAN me amoras - the girl THAT (or WHOM) I love
la hundo QUAN me atakis - the dog THAT (or WHICH) I attacked
Plural
la yunini QUIN me amoras - the girls THAT (or WHOM) I love
la hundi QUIN me atakis - the dogs THAT (or WHICH) I attacked
In these sentences above, "I" is doing the action to "that".)
Note
In English it is very often possible to omit WHOM/THAT/WHICH:
The girl (that) I love. "Quan" and "quin" must never be omitted in
Ido.- La yunino QUAN me amoras....
There is also a conjunction "ke" which means "that". This is used for
independent clauses, when the action in the first verb does not directly
affect anyone or anything in the second part of the sentence: He says
that he is ill - Ilu dicas "ke" ilu esas/es malada.
Exempli
Quo eventis? - What happened?.
Qui parolis? - Who (plural) spoke?
Qua esas ibe? - Who is there?
Quin vu vidas? - Whom (plural) do you see?
94 Ido for All
Quon ilu dicis? - What did he say?

La viro qua parolis. - The man who spoke.
La viri qui parolis. - The men who spoke.
La viro quan vu vidis. - The man whom you saw.
La acidenti qui eventis. - The accidents that took place.
Me ne audis (to) quon ilu dicis. - I did not hear what he said.
Note that "qua" is also used as an adjective: Qua viro parolis? Which
man spoke?
We will learn more about this in Lesson 12.
Vortaro
avertar - to warn oldo - old person
avulo - grandfather plura - several
danjero - danger posho - pocket
kurar - to run pri - concerning/about
kustar - to cost quante? - how much?
lago - lake stacar - to be standing,
linguo - language staceskar - to stand up
mashino - machine stranja - strange
navo - ship tante - so
Exempli
The girls he loves. - La yunini quin ilu amas.
The machine that I saw. - La mashino quan me vidis.
The girls that love him. - La yunini qui amas ilu.
The lakes that she likes. - La lagi quin elu prizas.
The doctor that lives here. - La mediko qua habitas hike.
The language that he speaks. - La linguo quan ilu parolas.
The old man who sleeps here. - La olda viro qua dormas hike.
The policeman that is running. - La policisto qua kuras.
The thief that is standing up. - La furtisto qua staceskas.
The car that the soldier bought. - La automobilo quan la soldato
kompris.
Exempli
The strange men who stood up were policemen.
La stranja homi qui staceskis esis policisti.
The old man/woman who stood on the table fell. -
La oldo qua stacis sur la tablo falis.
The machine that he bought cost a lot of money. -
La mashino quan ilu kompris kustis multa pekunio.
I don't want to speak a language that is so ugly. -
Me ne deziras parolar linguo qua esas/es tante leda.
Her uncle who was born in Derby had several dogs. -
Elua onklulo qua naskis en Derby havis plura hundi.
Soon I shall visit my grandfather who lives in York. -
Balde me vizitos mea avulo qua habitas en York.
I will not run to my father who has fallen in the water. -
Me ne kuros a mea patro qua falis aden la aquo.
The ship that we wanted to see is going along the river. -
La navo quan ni deziris vidar iras alonge la rivero.
How much did the books cost that you have in your pocket? -
Quante kustis la libri quin tu havas en tua posho?
He warned the children who were swimming in the lake about the
danger. -
Ilu avertis la yuni qui natis en la lago pri la danjero.
Ilu avertis la yuni pri la danjero, li-qui natis en la lago.
Countries
For international form, the names of countries and continents are an
exception to the rule that all singular nouns end with -o.
96 Ido for All
The Ido forms are modified from one of the following groups.
1. A number of countries have an internationally known Latinized
form which ends in -A or -IA: Italia, Amerika, Yugoslavia,
Austria, Andora, Angola, Chinia, Japonia.
2. Many countries, including nearly all recent and emerging states
are known throughout the world by their national names and
the stress falls on the last syllable, as if those names would end
with -IA: Peru [pe-RU], Portugal [porr-tu-GAL], Pakistan [pa-
kis-TAN] Viet Nam [vyet-NAM], but Chili [CHI-li]
3. Those countries ending in -LAND take normal -O ending,
Finlando.
Vortaro
aero - air vakanco -holiday
aranjar - to arrange vento - wind
bone - okay vera - true
bonega - excellent varmeta [varr-ME-ta] - mild/ luke
explorar - to explore warm
gareyo - garage vidajo - view, voyajo - journey
Idisto - Idist quale (used before a sentence) -
maro - sea like/how
monto - mountain quala (before a noun) - as/like
montrar - to show Anglia - England
natar - to swim Dania [DA-nya] - Denmark
omno - everything, Hispania [his-PA-nya] - Spain,
opinionar - to think Portugal - Portugal
pluvo - rain Suedia [SWE-dya] - Sweden
propozar - to propose Suisa [SWI-sa] - Swiss,
restar - to stay Suisia [SWI-sya] - Switzerland
to - that (pronoun) Suisiano [swi-si-A-no] - Swiss
To Think
pensar - to think = to use the brain:
Me pensas pri Jane. - I am thinking about Jane.
opinionar - to think = to be of a certain opinion:
Me opinionas ke elu esas/es bela. - I think that she is beautiful.
kredar - to believe can also be used:

Me kredas ke la buxo esas/es vakua. - I think/believe that the box is
empty.
Konversado
(P=Peter, M=Mary)
P: Adube ni iros dum la vakanco?
M: Ni certe ne restos en Anglia. Me ne prizas la pluvo e la vento. Me
multe preferas la suno. Ni iros a varma lando quala Hispania o
Portugal.
P: Ta landi esas/es por me tro varma. Me preferas varmeta lando quala
(ne quale) Suedia o Dania. [quale on preferas ...] La vetero povas esar
bonega ibe.
M: Quon tu opinonas pri voyajo en la monti? La fresha aero, la foresti,
la bela vidaji...
P: No, me preferas la maro. Me deziras natar (swim).
M: Ma, tu povas natar en la lagi (lakes).
P: To esas/es vera. Yes, bone, ni exploros (explore) la monti
(mountains).
M: A qua lando ni iros?
P: Me propozas Suisia. Es multa Idisti en Suisia. Multi de li esas/es
bona amiki. Me aranjos omno. La Suisiana Idisti montros a ni sua bela
lando.
Questioni
1. A qua Peter parolas? -> Ilu parolas a Mary.
2. Ka Mary prizas pluvo? -> No, elu ne prizas olu.
3. Quon elu preferas? -> Elu preferas la suno.
4. Ka Hispania esas/es kolda lando? -> No, olu esas/es varma
lando.
5. Ube esas/es la fresha aero? -> Olu esas/es en la monti.
6. Ka Peter prizas natar? -> Yes, multe.
98 Ido for All
7. Quon Peter e Mary exploros? -> Li exploros la monti.

8. Adube li iros? -> Li iros a Suisa.
9. Qua aranjos la vakanco? -> Peter aranjos omno.
10. Qui montros Suisia a Peter e Mary? -> La Idisti di Suisia.
Generala Questioni
1. Adube vu iros dum la vakanco? -> Me iros a Grekia.
2. Ka vu prizas la suno? -> Yes, nam me esas nordala Europano.
3. Ka la fresha aero esas/es bona por vu? -> Yes, tre bona por me.
4. Ka vu parolas multa lingui? -> Yes, me bezonas parolar multa
lingui.
5. Ka vu havas botelo de lakto en vua posho? -> No, sur la tablo.
6. Ka sep e non esas/es dek? -> 7+9=10? No, to esas/es dek-e-sis.
7. Ka vua automobilo esas/es en la staciono od en la gareyo? ->
En mea gareyo.
8. Ube vu sidas? -> En la berjero (arm-chair).
9. Ka vu intencas manjar balde? -> Yes, nam mea laboro nun
fineskas.
10. Ka vu skribas a plura Idisti? -> Yes, specale ad Idisti en USA.
Lesson 12 - Dek e duesma Leciono 99
Lesson 12 - Dek e duesma Leciono
The Negative for Auxiliary and Quasi-auxiliary

Verbs
The negative in Ido is usually formed by putting "NE" in front of the
verb. But take care with negating auxiliary verbs, for the following
nuances and style are peculiar to Ido.
Mustar - must (expressing absolute necessity, without condition,
indisputably)
Vu mustas NE acendar alumeto, nam la chambro esas/es plena de
gaso. -
You must not light a match; the room is full of gas.
Vu NE mustas acendar alumeto, nam me povas vidar suficante
bone. -
You don't have to light a match; I can see well enough.
Devar - ought to (proper or suitable, by any manner of moral or other
obligation)
Me NE devas helpar vu. - I haven't got any obligation to help you.
Vu devas Ne adulterar. - You should not (ought not to) commit
adultery.
Darfar - may (having the right or permission, without fear of
contradition or interference)
Me NE darfas fumar hike. - I may not smoke here. I must not
smoke here.
Me darfas NE asistar skolo. - I am allowed to stay away from
school.
Povar - can (to be in a state or position that enables an act or deed to
be accomplished)
Me NE povas pagar imposturi. - I can not pay taxes.
Me povas NE pagar imposturi. - I can evade paying taxes.
100 Ido for All
Bezonar - need
Ilu NE bezonis facar olu.- He didn't need to do it. So he didn't do it.
Ilu NE bezonas facir olu.- He need not have done it, though he did
it.
Ilu bezonas NE facir olu.- He shouldn't have done it. Too late.
Audacar - dare
Me NE audacas informar ilu pri la mala informo. -
I do not dare to inform him of the bad news.
Elu audacis NE askoltar mea konsilo. - She dared to ignore my
advice.
Vortifado
-eg- (This increases the size or intensity of the root word):
bona - good -> bonega - excellent
varma - warm -> varmega - hot
domo - house -> domego - mansion
dormar - to sleep -> dormegar - to sleep heavily
-et- (This decreases the size or intensity of the root word):
varma - warm -> varmeta - lukewarm/mild
domo - house -> dometo - cottage
dormar - to sleep -> dormetar - to doze
ridar - to raugh -> ridetar - to smile
forko - garden fork -> forketo - table fork
More on Time
So far we have only learned "o'clock".
06:05 = sis kloki kin
06:25 = sis kloki duadek e kin
06:50 = sis kloki kinadek
03:30 = tri kloki e duimo
01:15 = un kloko e quarimo
01:45 = un kloko e tri quarimi
All times are calculated in minutes past past the hour. Minutes before
the hour are never used in Ido:
du kloki kin (02:05) - five past two, literally 2 o'clock five
(minutes)
du kloki duadek (02:20) - twenty past two
du kloki kinadek e kin (02:55) - five to three
non kloki quaradek e non (09:49) - eleven minutes to ten
For "half past" use "e duimo":
quar kloki e duimo - half past four, lit. 4 o'clock and a half (hour)
kin kloki e duimo - half past five : The "e" is important, as
"kin kloki duimo" could possibly be mistaken for "half a minute
past five".
The same applies to "quarter past" and "quarter to":
sis kloki e quarimo - quarter past six, lit. 6 o'clock and a quarter
(hour)
sis kloki e tri quarimi - quarter to seven, lit. 6 o'clock and 3/4 (hour)
Exempli
2:05 - du kloki kin
3:40 - tri kloki quaradek
17:00 - dek e sep kloki
102 Ido for All
14:47 - dek e quar kloki quaradek e sep

two o'clock (02:00) - du kloki
five past nine (09:05) - non kloki kin
quarter past six (06:15) - sis kloki e quarimo
quarter to seven (06:45) - sis kloki e tri quarimi
twenty five to elven (10:35) - dek kloki triadek e kin
seven minutes to seven (06:53) - sis kloki kinadek e tri
"Qua" as an Interrogative Adjective

"Qua" as we have seen can mean "who/which/that". When placed
before a singular or plural noun "qua" then means "what?" or
"which?": Qua hundo? - What dog/ Which dog? Qua hundi? - What
dogs/ Which dogs?
Qua, Qui, Quo - Summary

Interrogative:
Singular: Qua viro venas? - What man is coming?
Plural: Qua viri venas? - What men are coming?
Singular: Qua venas? - Who is coming?
Plural: Qui venas? - Who is coming?
Singular/Plural Quo venas? - What is coming?
Relative:
Singular: La viro qua venas - The man that is coming.
Plural: La viri qui venas - The men that are coming.
Singular: La treno qua iras - The train that is going.
Plural: La treni qui iras - The trains that are going.
Weather
Verbs in Ido relating to weather are impersonal. The "it" used in
English does not really refer to anything, and must not be translated:
Pluvas - It's raining (pluvo - rain)
Nivas - It's snowing (nivo - snow)
Frostas - It's freezing (frosto - a freeze)
Ventas - It's windy (vento - wind)
Pruinas - It's frosty/ There's a frost. (pruino - frost)
Vortaro
agnoskar - to admit/acknowledge kuzo - cousin
ankore - still/yet loko - place
audar - to hea4 mortar - to die
avino - grandmother nomo - name
cayare - this year (adverb) omni - everybody
danko pro - thanks for pluvar - to rain
decidar - to decide post-karto - post card
divenar - to become praktikar - to practise
ecepte - except prezente - at present
esforcar - to try respondo - answer
fortunoza - fortunate se - if
fotografuro - a photograph ruptar - to break
gambo - leg saluto - greeting
ja - already Skotia - Scotland
hospitalo - hospital trista - sad/sorry
infanteto - baby til nun - as yet/ so far
invitar - to invite vakance - on holiday
kozo - thing venonta yaro - next year
kara - dear (affection)
104 Ido for All
Letro ad Amiko
La 27ma di agosto
Kara Maria
Danko pro la interesanta letro e la bela post-karti quin tu sendis a me.
Me esas/es tre trista audar ke tua avino ruptis gambo kande elu esforcis
klimar Blanka Monto (Mont Blanc) cayare. Elu esas/es tre fortunoza
ke elu ne mortis.
Me havas kuzo qua deziras divenar klimero, ma prezente ilu nur evas
ok yari. Ilu praktikas sur la muro en la gardeno. Til nun ilu ne falis.
Adube tu iros vakance en la venonta yaro? Se tu ne ja decidis, me
invitas tu a Skotia. Ofte pluvas hike en Skotia, me agnoskas to, ma
esas/es multa interesanta loki e kozi quin ni povos vidar. Ni certe
vizitos Edinburgh.
Tu volis vidar mea familio. Do me sendas a tu fotografuro. Tu ja
konocas la nomi di omni ecepte la infanteto qua nomesas Paul.
Skribez balde tua respondo. Mea saluti a tua avino e la familio.
Tua amiko, Roger
Vortaro
quala? - what sort of, what kind revuo [RE-vwo] - magazine
of, what or how is it like? membro - member
renkontrar - to meet societo - society
abonar - to subscribe to libro-listo - book-list
Questioni pri la letro

1. Quala esas/es la post-karti de Maria? -> Ol esas/es interesanta.
2. Qua ruptis gambo? -> Avino di Maria.
3. Quon elu klimis? -> Elu klimis Blanka Monto.
4. Kad elu mortis? -> No, fortunoze elu ne mortis.
5. Qua deziras divenar klimero? -> Kuzo di Roger.
6. Quante ilu evas? -> Ilu evas ok yari.
7. Sur quo ilu praktikas? -> Sur la muro en la gardeno.
8. Kad ilu falis? -> No, til nun ilu ne falis.

9. Se Maria venos a Skotia, kad elu e Roger vizitos Edinburgh? -
> Ho, yes.
10. Quon Roger sendas a Maria? -> Fotografuro di/pri la familio di
Roger.
11. Quale nomesas la infanteto? -> Lu nomesas Paul.
12. Quon Roger esperas recevar balde? -> Respondo de Maria.
Generala Questioni
1. Ka vu parolas Ido bone? -> Yes, nam Ido esas/es marveloze
facila.
2. Ka vu ofte lektas Ido? -> Yes, me prizas lektar libri en Ido.
3. Ka vu povas skribar Ido? -> Komprenende yes ed anke devas
me.
4. Ka vu skribas ad Idisti en altra landi? -> Yes, kelkatempe.
5. Ka vu renkontras altra Idisti? -> No, tre rare. Nam ne esas
multa Idisti.
6. Kad esas/es multa Ido-libri en vua domo? -> No, nur kelka libri
che me.
7. Ka vu kompros altra Ido-libri? -> Yes, me intencas komprar
oli.
8. Ka vu havas libro-listo? -> Yes, la listo de Cardiff.
9. Ka vu abonis Ido-revui? -> Yes, kelka revui.
10. Ka vu esas/es membro dil Ido-Societo? -> Yes, membro di
Franca Ido-Societo e di Nord-Amerikana Ido-Societo.
106 Ido for All
De Certena Lektolibro
---- Lektajo 01
La jorno e la nokto. La somero e la vintro. La vorti e la frazi. Un homo
havas un boko e du oreli. Du homi havas du boki e quar oreli. Un
manuo havas kin fingri. Du manui havas dek fingri e povas aplaudar
altri. Granda e mikra. Multa o poka. Bela o leda. Mea amiko havas du
granda domi. Multa domi havas poka pekunio. Li havas bela flori en la
gardeno. Il havas altra laboro.
---- Lektajo 02
Ante parolar on devas pensar. Me volas lernar la linguo Ido. Tu venas
por laborar. Adube tu volas irar? Me volas kelke promenar. Singla
homo havas nur un boko por parolar, ma du oreli por audar. La infanti
sekrete ludas dop la domo. Quon facas la genitori? La patro skribas
plura letri e la matro lektas bela libro.
---- Lektajo 03
Li ne esas hike. Tu ne esas ibe. Ube ilu esas? Ni ne savas. Vi promenas
ofte.
Me ne esas en la domo. Kad ilu komprenas to? No, ilu ne komprenas.
Ka la infanti ploras? No, li ne ploras, kontree li ridas.
Kad omna homi esas kontenta? No, nur tre poka homi esas kontenta.
Komprero: "Ica piri ne esas manjebla, li esas acerba (sour)."

Vendisto: "Yes, me savas lo, ma me ne manjas li, me vendas li."
"Neteso esas tre importanta. Me balnas omnayare adminime (at least)

unfoye, tote indiferenta kad [lo] esas necesa o ne."
---- Lektajo 04
Mea kuzino havas tri kati, elu multe amas li. Ilu ne pluse parolas kun
elu.
Karlo havas du bela libri, lu ofte lektas oli.
Ka vu savas Ido? - No, ne ja (=ankore ne), ma me lernas ol.
Viri e mulieri esas/es en la restorerio, ili drinkas vino, eli drinkas kafeo
kun lakto.
Gasto: "Pro quo en ica urbo la reda vino esas/es plu chera kam la
blanka?"
Restoristo: "Ka vu opinionas ke ni recevas la farbo gratuite?"
-"Me ne povas dicernar vua jemeli, quankam (although) me vidas li

omnadie."
-"Ma esas/es ya tre simpla, la una nomesas Henriko, e la altra
nomesas Alberto."
-(Ma esas/es ya tre simpla dicernar mea jemmeli, Henriko e Alberto.)
---- Lektajo 05:--- parenti - relatives

La vorti di la frazo.
Mea patro evas quaradek yari. Tua biciklo esas/es ankore nova.
Me ne havas tempo por vizitar vu che vua domo.
La pordo di la domo esas/es klozita. Ni volas nun parolar pri nia linguo
Ido.
Via genitori prestis a me parapluvo.
Li sendas pekunio per la posto a lia parenti. Elu ne volas dicar olu ad
ilu.
A qua apartenas (belongs) ica krayono? Me ne savas a qua olu
apartenas.
Ni vidas la flori di la gardeno. Ilua bona patro esas/es ja mortinta
(dead).
108 Ido for All
Patro: "Ka tu nun savas pro quo me batas tu?"

"Yes", singlutas (sobs) Pauleto, "pro ke tu esas/es plu forta kam me."
Rezumo di la Reguli pri la Puntizado - Punctuation

This "Summary of Punctuation Rules" is offered in Ido as a reading
and comprehension exercise for your enjoyment and practice.
● La punto (.) uzesas por separar la frazi;
● La komo (,) por separar la propozicioni;
● La punto komo (;) por separar frazi gramatikale nedependanta,
ma ligita per la senco;
● La bipunto (:) por anuncar expliko o citajo;
● La klamo-punto (!) pozesas pos frazo klamanta;
● La question-punto (?) pozesas pos propoziciono direte
questionanta (ne pos propoziciono subordinita).
● La cito-hoketi (" ") uzesas por inkluzar omna citajo.
● La parentezi ( ) inkluzas frazo o vorto separenda de la cetera
texto;
● La kramponi [ ] ed embracili { } havas analoga roli; un
embracio { juntas plura linei (dextre) ad una (sinistre).
● La streketo (-) unionas la parti di vorto kompozita; olu indikas
anke la seko di vorto inter du linei.
● La streko (--) indikas chanjo di parolanto; olu devas sempre
uzesar en dialogi. On ne darfas uzar olu vice la parentezi, o
vice la puntaro.
● La puntaro (...) indikas interrupto di la penso.
● L'alineo (new paragraph) indikas chanjo di temo o nova ordino
di pensi.
● La noti (infre di la pagini) devas referesar per numeri (ne per
steli, kruci, etc.)
Lesson 13 - Dek-e-triesma Leciono 109
Lesson 13 - Dek-e-triesma Leciono
The Demonstrative Pronoun

The demonstrative pronoun (this, these; that, those) is "ita", shortened
to "ta", where euphony permits:
Kad ita esas vua libro? - Is this your book?
Ta libri esas mea. - Those books are mine.
When quite necessary to distinguish between "this" and "that" use
"ica" (or "ca") for this, and "ita" (or "ta") for that:
Ica esas bona, ita esas mala. - This one is good, that one is bad.
When it means "this thing", "that thing", use "to" (or "ito", "co",
"ico"):
Quo esas to? - What is this?
Ico esas libro, ito esas plumo.
This (thing) is a book, that (thing) is a pen.
"That which", "what" is translated as "to quo" when used in the most
general sense of "that thing or matter which". When some definite
thing is referred to, use "ta qua", "the one that", (plural: "ti qui").
To quon me dicas esas... - What I say is ...
Yen omnaspeca frukti, prenez ti quin vu preferas. -
Here are all kinds of fruit, take those you like best.
When distinction of gender is necessary, il-, el-, ol- may be prefixed to
these or any other pronouns, except naturally the personal pronouns
themselves:
Ilti facis olu ed elti regardis,
Those (men) did it, and these (women) looked on.
La matro di mea amiko, elqua... - My friend's mother, who...
La matro di mea amiko, ilqua... - The mother of my friend, who...
110 Ido for All
Exempli
They had two daughters who became nurses.
Li havis du filiini qui divenis flegistini. (Onu ne savas quanta
filiinin li havis.)
They had two daughters, who became nurses.
Li havis du filiini ed eli divenis flegistini. (Onu savas ke li havis nur
du filiini.)
I like Mary, who is kind. - Me prizas Mary, nam elu esas benigna.
Onu ne darfas dicar ke "me prizas Mary qua esas benigna", nam
(for) onu devus imaginar altra Mary qua ne esas benigna.
Who would you like to be in this drama? (grammatically - Who would
you like (him/her/yourself) to be in this drama?)
Quan vu prizus ke vu esez en ca dramato? (yourself)
Quan vu prizus kom aktoro en ca dramato? (anybody)
Quan vu prizus vidar en ca dramato? (him/her)
Who do you think will be the next President of the United States?
Quan vu opinionas kom la nexta Prezidanto di USA?
It is hard to determine whom we will vote for in the next election.
Es nefacila determinar ta por qua ni votos en la venonta elekto.
It is hard to say who the members will decide is responsible for the
job.
Es nefacila dicar ta, quan la membri decidos, qua responsos pri la
laboro.
It is the man who I believe robbed the First National Bank.
Lu esas, segun mea kredo, la viro qua furtis la Unesma Nacionala
Banko.
An executive of a large soap company who we understand did not
wish to be quoted, announced a 50 percent rise in soap prices.
Administrero de granda kompanio di sapono, (*ilu) ne dezirante
citesar segun nia savo, anuncis preco-augmento di 50 procento pri
sapono. *ilu can be either included or excluded according to your
taste.
Possessive - "Whose"
Instead of whose, Ido uses of whom, of which, "di qua":
La autoro, pri la libro di qua me parolis. -
The author whose book I spoke of (literally, the author concerning
the book of whom I spoke).
Indeterminate Object - "it", "that"

The pronoun "lo", just like "co", "to", "quo", refers to an indeterminate
object - to a fact rather than a thing:
Prenez ica pomo, me volas lo.
Take this apple, I desire it. = I desire you to do so; "me volas ol"
would mean "I desire it (the apple)". Of course you can also say ...
Prenez ica pomo, me volas to.
Take this apple, I desire "it". = I desire you to do so; but in a peculiar
situation when there are two apples...
Prenez ica pomo, me volas to... would mean.. You take "this" apple,
because I wanna take "that" one.
"Lo" is also used with adjectives to mark the indeterminate sense:
Lo bona, lo vera, lo bela
The Good, the True, the Beautifu
Think of "lo" in Ido as a pronoun: "lo bona" means the situation which
is good, "lo quo esas/es bona", means "that which is good", an
ideterminate object which is essentially good.
112 Ido for All
Action Affixes - para, par, esk, ad, ig, iz, if

para- (warding off): parasuno - parasol, parapluvo - umbrella,
paravento - wind-screen, windshield (US)
par- (completion of action): parlektar - to peruse/ read through
pardrinkar - to drink up, parkurar - to make the circuit of
parlernar - to learn thoroughly
-esk- (beginning of action): dormeskar - to fall asleep, iraceskar - to
grow angry, sideskar - to sit down
Used with noun roots to make a verb, -ESK means to become, to turn:
vireskar - to become a man.
Sometimes used with with adjectives to make a verb, ESK means
becoming, growing, turning (into): pala - pale, paleskar - to turn pale.
When added to the passive participle of a transitive verb, ESK has the
same sense of becoming: vidateskar - to become visible
-ad- (repetition, frequency): dansar - to dance; danso - a dance;
dansado - dancing.
-ig- (with a verbal root, means "to cause to"): dormigar - to send to
sleep; with a non-verbal root, it means "to make, cause to be
(such and such)": beligar - to make beautiful, to beautify.
With transitive verbs, IG has a passive sense (=igar -ata), usually
followed by the preposition "da". The use of -igar with "da" is in many
cases somewhat difficult for English speakers. We recommend the
more direct constructions: e.g.
Me igas la spozino sendar mea letri... instead of "Me sendigas mea
letri da la spozino."
Me igas vu atencar ulo... instead of "Me atencigas ulo da vu."
Me igas vu vidar ulo... instead of "Me vidigas ulo da vu."
There is usually, however, a straightforward English equivalent for
this construction: "to have _ done (by -)":
Me sendigas mea letri da LA spozino. = I have my letter sent by
MY wife.
When in Ido the relationship is apparent, we use the definite article,
LA instead of MEA.
-iz- (to cover, supply, provide with):

armizar - to arm (provide with weapons)
limitizar - to limit (fix a limit to)
adresizar - to address (write address on)
When necessary, the sense "coat, cover with" may be rendered clearer
by prefixing SUR- (= on): surorizar - to gild/ plate with gold
-if- (to produce, generate, secrete):
florifar - to blossom
sudorifar - to perspire
sangifar - to bleed/ lose blood
Konversado
I want to pack this up. - Me volas pakigar ico.
Give me some brown paper. - Donez a me pak-papero.
I want some string. - Me bezonas kordeto.
Have you any sealing wax? - Kad vu havas siglovaxo?
I can give you some paste. - Me povas donar a vu gluo.
That will do. - To konvenos.
Where is the pastebottle? - Ube esas la botelo de gluo?
Here it is. - Yen olu.
There is no brush in it. - Ne esas pinselo en ol.
Here is the brush. - Yen la pinselo.
Now I want a label. - Nun me deziras etiketo.
A gummed label. - Gumizita etiketo
I haven't a gummed one. - Me ne havas un gumizita.
Will this one do? - Kad ica konvenos?
Yes, thanks. - Yes, danko.
114 Ido for All
Jasper Parolas
(kontoro - bureau)
"Saluto! Me nomesas Jasper. Me habitas en Rotterdam, e me laboras
en Leiden.
Me habitas en mikra, moderna domo. Me laboras en granda, anciena
kontoro.
Me prizas vino e muziko. Me adoras bela mulieri, specale se li esas
anke richa.
Me havas nova automobilo. Olu esas mikra, reda e rapida.
Mea familio esas sat granda. Me ipsa esas celiba (unmarried).
Me havas du fratini. Li nomesas Mieke ed Anja. Anja esas mariajita.
Me havas un fratulo. Ilu nomesas Bert. Bert laboras en Zaandam.
Me anke havas matro. Mea matro esas richa. Elu havas multa pekunio.
Me ipsa esas ofte povra. Me ofte havas nula pekunio.
Me ne havas patro. Ilu esas mortinta. Me iras nun. Til rivido!"
De certena lektolibro ---- Lektajo 06

L'infanto ploras. L'advokato (barrister) pledis (pleaded) por l'akuzato.
On vidas per l'okuli, ed on audas per l'oreli. To esas/es tre bon
okaziono.
Il ne havas mult amiki. Me amas ta jentil infanti.
Januaro esas/es l'unesma monato dil yaro.
Li venas del (=de+la) vilajo ed iras al(a+la) urbo.
La stranjeri duktesas dal (=da+la) duktisto (conductor).
"Hike mea onklulo sendas a me cent franki ed ilu skribas: Til rivido!
Ka to koncernas me o la pekunio?"
Instruktisto a dicipulo: "To esas skeleto di mamifero, di qua mamifero
olu esas?"
Dicipulo: "Di mortinta bestio." (skeleto - skeleton mamifero -
mammal)
Profesoro: "Ka vu povas dicar a me quo eventas kun barometro, se ni
sidas kun olu en aerostato (balloon), e se ni acensas an/ad cirkume du

kilometri en la aero"
Kandidato: "La barometro venas kun ni."

Bela, plu bela, maxim bela. Bona, plu bona, maxim bona.
Facila, min facila, minim facila. Kurta, min kurta, minim kurta.
Vu esas/es plu richa kam elu.
Ilu esas/es la maxim laborema (hard-working) de omni.
Ica persono esas/es min inteligenta kam fiera (proud).
Lu esas nur stulta (silly).
Li facas minim posibla bruiso (noise).
Ube vu esis hiere? Hiere me facis bel exkurso (excursion) kun mea
amiko.
Ka tu ja respondis ad il? No, ne ja, ma me intencas skribar ad ilu balde.
Spozino: "Ube tu restis dum tante longa tempo hiere vespere?"

Spozulo: "Che mea bon amiko."
Spozino: "Ed ube restis tua bon amiko?"
Spozulo: "En la taverno (tavern, bar)."
Viro renkontris konocato e dicis ad ilu:

"Hiere me vidis nia amiko Karlo, me preske ne'plus konocis ilu.
Vu es magra, ed anke me es magra, ma ilu es plu magra kam ni du
kune."
116 Ido for All
Lesson 14 - Dek-e-quaresma Leciono
More on Numerals
The cardinal numbers are:
un 1, du 2, tri 3, quar 4, kin 5, sis 6, sep 7, ok 8, non 9, dek 10
cent 100, mil 1000, milion 1,000,000, bilion 1,000,000,000,000.
In the USA billion is 1,000,000,000 but we recommend you to use the
European system, at least for now. Now that the American Banking
System has won hegemony over Europe, ultimately the American
system is likely to gain more acceptance even in Ido.
The stress position of milion [MI-lyon] and bilion [BI-lyon] are the
same as English million [MIHL-yuhn] and billion [BIHL-yuhn].
From these root numerals all others are formed, the adjectival -A being
used to show multiplication and the conjunction E to show addition.
Thus:
dek e un - 11 (ten plus one)
dek e du - 12 (ten plus two)
dek e sis - 16 (ten plus six)
dek e non - 19 (ten plus nine)
duadek - 20 (twice ten)
duadek e un - 21 (twice ten plus one)
triadek e quar - 34
quaradek e kin - 45
kinadek e sis - 56
cent e sepadek e ok - 178
mil e sisadek e sis - 1066
mil e nonacent e duadek e tri - 1923
Lesson 14 - Dek-e-quaresma Leciono 117
As in English, numbers may be given out, e.g., when dictating, by

naming the digits only. The name of the digit 0 is "zero". The last two
numbers given would then be:
1066 - un zero sis sis
1923 - un non du tri
Ordinals are formed by the suffix -ESM: unesma - 1st, duesma - 2nd,
triesma - 3rd, dekesma - 10th, dekeduesma - 12th, centesma - 100th,
milesma - 1000th, omna duesma dio - every second day
Cardinals and ordinals can be used as nouns or adverbs by adding -O
or -E: uno - a unit, duo - a couple, trio - a trio, dekeduo - a dozen,
unesmo - the first one, une - in one manner, unesme - firstly, dekesmo
- the tenth. Note the stress shift in the following two forms: miliono
[mi-li-O-no] - million, biliono [bi-li-O-no] - billion
Fractions are formed by the suffix -IM: duimo - a half, quarimo - a
quarter, dekimo - a tenth part, centimo - a hundredth, du triimi - two-
thirds, sep okimi - seven-eighths
Multiples are formed by the suffix -OPL: duopla - double, centopla -
hundredfold, multopla - manifold
Distributives are formed by the suffix -OP: quarope - in fours/ four at a
time, pokope - little by little, vortope - word for word
The word "times" in counting is translated foye: unfoye - once, dufoye
- twice, trifoye - three times, centfoye - a hundred times
When used as prefixes the numbers (except 3, "tri") have special
forms: mono-, bi-, tri-, quadri-, quinqua-, sexa-, septua-, okto-, nona-:
mono-plano (monoplane), bi-plano (biplane), tri-folio (trefoil), quadri-
pedo (quadruped) etc.
118 Ido for All
What number in a series? - How many-eth?

It is a challenge to translate the following Ido sentences into English.
Quantesma persono de la dextra extremajo en la pikturo esas vua
amoratino? - Which-number person, counting from the right edge
of the picture, is your lover?
Sinistra extremajo -> X X X X X X X X X X O X X X <- Dextra
extremajo
El esas la quaresma persono de la dextra extremajo. Elu esas Sarah.
- She is the fourth person from the right edge. She is Sarah.
Me prenos kelkESMa specimeni por inspektar la qualeso di ica
fabrikerio. - I'll take some-few-eth specimens to test the quality of
this production (line). (Meaning, as they come down the line, I'll
pick one out every once in a while.)
Participles
The present active participle ends in -ANTA: vidanta - seeing. The
past passive participle ends in -ITA: vidita - seen.
These are the two participles most frequently needed; there are six
altogether, the vowels -A-, -I-, -O- being used exactly as in the
indicative and infinitive to form present, past, and future participles, in
both the active and the passive mvoice. This gives us the complete set:
present: vidanta - seeing (act.), vidata - being seen (pass.)
past: vidinta - having seen (act.), vidita - seen (pass.)
future: vidonta - about to see (act.), vidota - about to be seen (pass.)
Konversado
How old are you? - Quante vu evas?
I am ten (years old). - Me evas dek (yari).
She was thirty (years old). - Elu evis triadek.
When I was seven. - Kande me evis sep.
He is aged (elderly). - Ilu esas evoza (grandeva).
The aged gentleman. - La evoza siorulo.
I am forty years of age. - Mea evo esas quaradek yari.

The baby was five months old. - La infanteto evis kin monati.
Sanne Serchas Ofico - Sanne Applies for a Job

Chefo: Bon-jorno, damzelo, sideskez!
Sanne: Danko, sioro.
Chefo: Bone. Quale vu nomesas?
Sanne: Me nomesas Sanne Jansen.
Chefo: Ed ube vu habitas, damzelo Jansen? Quo esas vua adreso?
Sanne: Me habitas ye Vermeer-strado numero 12 (dek-e-du),
Amsterdam.
Chefo: Ka vu naskis en Amsterdam?
Sanne: No. Me naskis en Alkmaar.
Chefo: Hm. Quante vu evas, damzelo Jansen?
Sanne: Me evas dek e non yari.
Chefo: Por ca ofico, on bezonas bona generala savo. Ka vu havas
interesi o hobii?
Sanne: Me koquas. Specale Italiana manjaji. Me ludas teniso, e me
ofte natas en la maro.
Chefo: Ka vu prizas muziko? Forsan vu mem pleas muzikala
instrumento?
Sanne: Yes, me havas gitaro. Ma me ne pleas olu tre bone.
Chefo: Ka vu savas stranjera lingui?
Sanne: Yes, me parolas kelkete la Hispana. Me anke parolas Ido.
Chefo: Me ne savas multo pri Ido. Dicez a me pri ol...
120 Ido for All
De certena lektolibro ---- Lektajo08

Maxim bone on lernas linguo, se on lektas olu laute tam ofte kam
posible.
Matine me levas me sempre tre frue. Ofte ilu kushas su vespere tre
tarde.
Quale standas la malad infanti?
Me ne savas, regretinde me ne ja povis vizitar li.
Multa homi parolas bone, ma agas male. Ne omna bel uceli kantas
bele.
Ni volas restar kune ankore dum kelka tempo.
Ka vi ne volas kelke repozar, vi certe esas/es fatigita (tired).
Ni dankas pro la jentil invito, ma ni prefere volas marchar por balde
arivar adheme.
"Ka ne esas tre interesanta", dicis recente drinkero, "ke intence me
drinkas nur blanka vino, e tamen mea nazo divenas sempre plu reda?"
Kande la profesoro esas/es maxim distraktita (distracted)?
Kande lu pozas sua shui aden la lito, ma kushas su ipsa avan la pordo,
e remarkas l'eroro erste ye la sequanta matino, kande la servisto
komencas brosar e cirajizar (black/polish) lu.

Quante esas/es duadek-e-tri plus non? 23 + 9 = ?
Duadek-e-tri plus non esas/es triadek-e-du. 23 + 9 = 32
Quante esas/es cent minus quaradek-e-quar? 100 - 44 = ?
Cent minus quaradek-e-quar esas/es kinadek-e-sis. 100 - 44 = 56
Un yaro havas triacent e sisadek-e-kin dii. 365 dii
Un dio konsistas ek un jorno ed un nokto.
La unesma dio dil semano esas/es sundio, la duesma esas/es lundio,
l'altra dii
esas mardio, merkurdio, jovdio, venerdio e saturdio.
Un duimo ed un quarimo esas/es tri quarimi. 1/2 + 1/4 = 3/4
Vu debas a me dek franki e sepadek centimi. 10 franki + 70 centimi

Triople tri esas/es non. 3 x 3 = 9
Quante esas/es nonople kin? Nonople kin esas/es quaradek-e-kin. 9 x
5 = 45
Nokte la policisti marchas duope. Ka vu povas dicar a me qua kloki
esas?
Es nun precize tri kloki duadek. Me levas me omnadie ye kin kloki e
duimo.
Me manjas ye sis kloki e me komencas laborar ye sis kloki e duimo.
- "Mea unesma malado konsultis me cadie", dicis la yuna mediko.

- "Me gratulas", dicis la olda mediko, "pro qua maladeso lu sufris?"
- "Me vere povis trovar nul indiko (indication) di maladeso."
- "Ka vu dicis to a lu?"
- "Yes, certe."
- "Vu ne ja lernis sat multe por esar mediko."

El departos morge. Kande tu pagos tua debi (debts)?
Me pagos li tam balde kam [ke lo] esos a me, posibla.
Ni montros a vi, omna (all) nia nova vari (wares).
Ni montros a vi omnu (each one of you), nia nova vari (wares).
Se me ne venos morge, lore me venos posmorge.
Ka vu akompanos me til la staciono? Yes, me akompanos vu tre
volunte.
A: "Vu certe perdos vua stomako-dolori, se vu drinkos omnadie de

mea nova vino."
B: "Me ja probis ol, ma me preferas mea stomako-dolori."
122 Ido for All
(vehar - to go about in any sort of vehicle: ride, drive, sail.)

Filologo vehis per batelo e questionis la batelisto: "Ka vu savas la
gramatiko?"
"No", respondis la batelisto.
La filologo replikis (replied): "La duimo di tua vivo esas/es perdita."
Balde la batelo forte tremeskis pro komencanta tempesto.
"Ka vu savas natar?" nun dicis la batelisto.
"No", konfesis la filologo.
"Takaze vua tota vivo esos perdita", esis la respondo dil batelisto.
Du amiki iris pede a la chefurbo. Arivinte vespere aden mikra vilajo, li

questionis quante ankore distas la chefurbo.
Duadek kilometri, on dicis a li. "To esas/es tro multe.", dicis l'unu, "Ni
volas restar hike dum la nokto, e ni duros nia voyajo morge."
Ma l'altru respondis: "Ni povos ankore tre bone irar til ibe, to ya esos
nur dek kilometri por singlu de ni."
Lesson 15 - Dek-e-kinesma Leciono 123
Lesson 15 - Dek-e-kinesma Leciono
Perfect Tenses
The perfect tenses of the verb, expressing the completion of an action,
are formed by means of the infix -AB-, placed after the root and before
the grammatical ending:
Me parolabis. - I had spoken.
Ilu finabos. - He will have finished.
The perfect imperative, for the completion of an order, does not exist
in English, and requires word and syntax juggling to express. In Ido,
the perfect imperative is simple and clear:
Finabez, kande me arivos. - Be finished/done when I (shall) arrive.
The conditional tense ends in -us:
Me kredus. - I would believe.
Me donus. - I would give.
The conditional perfect takes the -AB- infix:
Elu enfalabus. - She would have fallen in.
Me kredabus. - I would have believed. Me donabus. - I would have
given.
For the present perfect the ordinary past is used:
Ton quon me skribis me skribis. - What I have written, I have
written.
=> Me skribis to quon me skribis. - I have written that which I have
written. (I wrote what I wrote.)
The progressive forms (I am speaking, I was speaking) may be
translated literally, but in most languages the simple forms of the verb
are sufficient, as they are in Ido:
Me parolas - I speak, I am speaking.
Me parolis - I spoke, I was speaking, I have spoken.
Me parolos - I shall speak, I shall be speaking.
124 Ido for All
Me parolus - I should (or would) speak, I should be speaking.

The future participle infix -ONTA translates the English "to be about
to," "to be going to":
Me esas parolonta. - I am going to speak.
Ilu esis parolonta. - He was about to speak.
Kelka homi esas sempre o manjanta, o quik manjonta, o jus
manjinta. - Some people are always either having a meal, or just
going to have one, or just having had one.
The emphatic forms are translated by the Ido simple forms reinforced
by the adverb "ya" ("indeed"):
Me ya askoltas. - I do listen, I am listening.
Me skribis ya. - I did write.
Me atencis ya. - I was paying attention.
Venez ya. - Do come!
Affixes
dis- (separation, dissemination): disdonar - to distribute (by hand),
dissekar - to dissect dissendar - distribute (by letter)
des- (the contrary of any action, quality, etc.): des-honoro - dishonor,
desplezar - to displease, desfacila - difficult, desespero - despair,
despruvar - to disprove, deskovrar - to uncover, desaparar - to
vanish
ne- (really an adverb meaning "not," is much used as a prefix to
indicate negation. It differs widely from des-, which marks the
"direct opposite."): nekredebla - incredible, vole o nevole -
willy-nilly. There is all the difference in the world between a
piece of evidence that does not prove a charge (atesto
nepruvanta) and one that disproves it (atesto despruvanta).
sen- (a preposition meaning "without", is also used as a prefix having
the value of the English -less): senpaga - gratuitous, senviva -
lifeless, senhara - hairless
mi- (half): mihoro - half-an-hour, miapertita - half-open/ajar
mis- (wrongly, amiss): mislektar - to misread, mispozar - to misplace
(Note the verb egarar, to mislay).
-ach- (pejorative, giving a bad sense): populacho - populace, ridachar -

to guffaw, skribachar - to scrawl
Konversado
You look pale. - Vu aspektas pala.
Are you unwell? - Ka vu esas nesana?
I have a cold. - Me havas kataro.
I have caught cold. - Me prenis kataro.
Don't stand in the draught. - Ne restez en la aer-fluo.
Send for the doctor. - Querigez la mediko.
Are you often ill? - Ka vu esas ofte malada?
No, very seldom. - No, tre rare.
I don't remember being ill since I was a child. -
Me ne memoras esir malada depos mea infanteso.
Last year I had a cold in the head. - Lasta-yare, me havis nazkataro.
I had to stay at home for two days. - Me mustis restar en la domo dum
du dii.
But I did not go to bed. - Ma me ne restis en la lito.
Salutado
Bon jorno, sioro. - Bona vespero, amiko.
Bona nokto, damzelo. - Me tre joyas vidar vu.
Me regretus, se me jenus vu. - Ja depos longa tempo me ne vidis vu.
Voluntez enirar, sioro. - Sideskez, me pregas vu. - Facez a me ta
plezuro.
Ka vu ja volas forirar? - Voluntez balde skribar a me.
Multa saluti a vua spozo. - Rekomendez me a vua patro.
Kun plezuro, sioro.
Dormez bone, kar amiko. - Til rivido, morge vespere. - Adio, sioro.
126 Ido for All
La stando
Quale vu standas, sioro? - Me dankas, me standas tre bone.
Quale standas vua spozo? - Lu esas/es kelke maladeta. Lu tusas
(coughs).
Karlo havas dento-dolori. Vu ne havas bona mieno. - Me havas kapo-
dolori.
Vu esas/es rauka (hoarse). - Ka vu havas febro? - Ka vu ja konsultis la
mediko?
Yes, lu dicis, ke me bezonas ante omno repozo.
Me neplus darfas fumar e me devas promenar ofte en la fresh aero.
Obediez exakte lua konsili por ke vu balde esez itere sana.
Konversado en taverno
J: Danko pro la biro, Paul. Me prizas ca taverno multe.... Bone, ube tu
pasis tua vakanco?
P: Ni iris a Francia.
J: Ka vu esis en la sudo o la nordo?
P: En la sudo, naturale.
J: Quala la vetero esis? Tre varma, sendubite. Ta fortunoza homi qui...
P: No, Malega. Pluvegis. Ni ne vidis la suno.
J: Ka vere? Me kredis ke la vetero esas sempre bela en la sudo di
Francia.
P: Ne ca yaro... Se me komprenis bone, Johan, tu ne iris adexterlande.
J: Ho ve, no! Me restis en Nederlando. Ma la vetero esis varma e la
suno brilis. Mea nevulo - la filio di mea fratino - vakancis che me.
P: Quale ilu nomesas, tua nevulo?
J: Frank. Ilu evas dek e du e kreskas rapide. E me nultempe vidis tala
apetito! Me pasis duimo de mea vakanco en la manjajo-butiki.... Ma
askoltez! Me ne audis omno pri Francia. Do, malgre la vetero, ka tu
juis tua sejorno en Francia?
P: Fakte, no. Mea amorato abandonis me.
J: Quo! Ta blondino. Quale elu nomesas? Jannie, ka ne?
P: Yes. Elu renkontris ula kerlo sur la plajo, e foriris a Paris kun ilu.
(kerlo = fellow, chap, blighter(Br.) / guy(US)
J: Ne vere! Desfortunoza tu!
P: Me retrovenis de Francia sole.
J: He, Paul! Askoltez! Ne trublez tu pri Jannie. Obliviez el! Esas multa
altra yunini en la mondo.
P: Yes, me supozas ke tu esas justa.
J: Bone. Me konocas tre atraktiva damzelo qua nomesas Katrien, e me
savas ke, prezente, elu serchas nova amorato...
De Lernolibro Italiana: - 01
Homulo (patro, viro) o homino (matro, muliero, amazono) esas homo.
Infantulo od infantino esas infanto.
En la familio on trovas patro, matro e filii, qui esas filiuli o filiini.
On uzas bovi por l'agrokultivo. (80 years ago in Italy)
La bovi esas tre utila, nam li donas lakto e butro.
La vivo di la homi esas kurta ed ofte plena de chagreni (grief).
Ili havas fratuli, ma ne fratini, ed eli havas fratini, ma ne fratuli.
Me havas ankore tri avi.
On ne povas vivar sen manjar.
Me tre prizas, sidante (sitting) sur la teraso di la domo, regardar la
promenanti (walkers), qui pasas avan me.
On dicas ke ta rejino havas tre granda benigneso (kindness) por la
povri.
Ta qua volas esar felica, devas esar vertuoza (virtuous).
L' artisti e la ciencisti esas grande utila a la homi.
Certe ilu havas grava motivi por agar tale.
Ti quin me vidas ek la dansantini, ne esas bela, nek gracioza.
128 Ido for All
Ta personi vestizas su tre stranje.

Vu desordinas to quon elu ordinas tante bone.
De La Lernolibro Italiana: - 03
Quon vu facis hiere? Me repozis.
Quon vu drinkis? Me drinkis poka vino e multa aquo.
E quon tu manjis? Me manjis poka karno ma multa pano.
Adube on pozis mea imprimuri (prints)?
Ka vu prizas la rankoremi (rancorous) e la venjemi (revengeful)?
Pos dormir multe, ilu volis departar.
Ka vu regardis ta bela skulturi (sculptures)?
El sufras de nevralgio (neuralgia) faciala (facial).
Li esas tre kurajoza (courageous) e vertuoza (virtuous).
Ne trovinte mea libri, me prenis la tui (=*le tua).
Arivinte ye la pedo di la monteto, ni haltis. Vu pagis to tre chere.
Il prenis la maxim bela sigari e lasis *le mikra (=la mikri).
*When you want to drop a plural noun, as in "la tua (libri)", you have
to indicate the plurality by changing either the article "la" to "le" or the
adjective "-a" to "-i" as "le tua" or "la tui", because "la tua" usually
means "la tua librO" not "la tua librI".
De Certena Lektolibro - Lektajo 11

Cadie/Hodie ni promenus, se la vetero (weather) esus bela.
Tu certe parolus altre, se tu savus la vereso.
Volunte me lokacus (would rent) ica bela chambro, se olu esus min
chera.
Por tala chambro vu mustas pagar omnaloke la sam preco, nulu povus
donar a vu chambro plu chipa en ta quartero dil urbo.
Mea fratino esus kontenta, se elu neplus esus malada.
Ka tu laborus, se tu esus richa? Yes, me laborus por mea plezuro.

Ma Anna, me ne povas komprenar pro ke tu ja nun tante ofte disputas
kun tua fiancito. On ya povus kredar ke vi ja esas mariajita (married).
"Pro quo la fishi esas/es muta?" studento questionis sua kamarado
(comrade).
"Naiva questiono!", esis la respondo, "Ka tu povus parolar, se tu havus
la boko plena de aquo."
Kreditanto: "Vu ne povus vehar en tante bel automobilo, se vu pagus
vua debi."
Debanto: "To esas/es vera, me joyas ke vu havas la sam opiniono
quale me."
Spozino: "Me jus recevis mea fotografuri, ma me forjetos li, me
aspektas quale se me esus dek yari plu olda."
Spozulo: "Tu ya povus konservar li dum dek yari, e pose uzar li."
130 Ido for All
Lesson 16 - Dek-e-sisesma Leciono
The Accusative Ending -n: - Me Amoras Tu...

The accusative ending -N is used to make clear who is doing the action
and who is receiving it. Using the ending -N, you can change the word
order to vary the emphasis. Whenever the object precedes the subject
in a sentence, use -N ending to show which is which:
Me amoras tu. - I love you.
Tun me amoras. Tun amoras me. - It is YOU whom I love (not
anybody else).
Amoras me tu. - It is love that I give you.
Amoras tun me. It is love you are getting from me.
Using the accusative ending any time the object is at the left side of the
verb increases the clarity of the sentence:
Me tun amoras. ("Me tu amoras" is gramatically correct, though.)
Kande me en tala cirkonstanco kontre mea povreso tun amoris, tu
refuzis.... - When in such circumstances contrary to my needs, I
loved you, you refused....
Tu esforcis men amorar dum ke me supozis ke tu amoris l'altru. Ho,
ve! - You strove (tried) to love me while I was thinking that you
loved another. Oh my goodness gracious!
You can also add the -N ending when the meaning is too ambiguous.
Me helpos tu vice (instead of) tua fratulo, nam (for) tua fratulo esas/
es tre okupata. - I will help you instead of your brother (helping
you), for your brother is very busy.
Me helpos tu vice tua fratulon, nam me preferas tu kam tua fratulo.
- I will help you instead of (helping) your brother, for I prefer you
to your brother.
The Passive Voice

The passive voice is formed with the verb "to be" followed by passive
Lesson 16 - Dek-e-sisesma Leciono 131
participle:
La puero esas amata. - The boy is loved.
La puero esis amata. - The boy was loved.
La puero esos amata. - The boy will be loved.
The Perfect Tenses in passive coice are formed with the suffix -AB-:
La puero esabis amata. - The boy had been loved.
La puero esabos amata. - The boy will have been loved.
All these forms can be contracted by adding the verb "esas" ("to be")
directly to the root: La puero amesas. - The boy is loved.
However, contracting the -AB- forms in passive voice are clumsy and
hard to follow in conversation. Therefor:
"La puero esabos amata" is preferred to "La puero amesabos".
The present passive participle is most used, but the others are
occasionally required. For example, the past perfect passive can be
translated with the help of the past participle:
La puero esis amita. - The boy had been loved (literally, the boy
was a was-loved-person).
The future passive participle suffix -OTA is used in the same way as
the suffix -ONTA is used in the active voice, to translate "about to be",
"going to be":
Olu esas facota. - It is about to be done.
La letro esas skribota. - The letter is going to be written.
The contracted passive is useful in sentences like the following:
Ica vorto uzesas rare. - This word is seldom used.
It is frequently neater and clearer to avoid the passive by using the
pronoun "on" (one, they, people) with an active verb:
On trovas diamanti en India. - (Active) One finds diamonds in
India, (passive) Diamonds are found in India.
132 Ido for All
The preposition "by" after a passive verb is always translated by "da":

Olu esas recevita da li. - It has been received by them.
The preposition "of" (possessive and genitive case) is "di"; "from" is
"de".
This is Peter's book, received by Paul from John. - Ita esas la libro
di Petro recevita da Paulo de Johano.
The reception of the President of the French Republic by the King
of England. - La acepto di la Prezidanto(n) di la Franca Republiko
da la Rejo di Anglia.
Like other adjectives, the participles can be changed into nouns of the
same sense by changing the final -A into -O or -I:
La parolanto esas la urbestro. - The man-now-speaking is the
mayor.
La kantanto esas yunino. - The person now singing is a young lady.
La disputanti aceptis arbitro. - The contending parties accepted
arbitration.
La batato kriis, ma la batanto duris sua batado. - The one-who-was-
being-beaten cried, but the one-who-was-beating continued his
beating.
La regnati expresas granda kontenteso pri la agi di sua regnanti. -
The subjects (those governed) express great satisfaction with the
acts of their rulers.
They can also form adverbs of manner by changing -A into -E:
Ni progresas astonante. - We are progressing astonishingly
(wonderfully).
Audante la informo, ilu iracis. - Hearing the news, he got angry.
Affixes
-et- (forms diminutives, marking smallness and changing the idea of
the root): domo - house, dometo - cottage, rivero - river, rivereto
- brook, kantar - to sing, kantetar - to hum, ridar - to laugh,
ridetar - to smile.
-ET also serves to form pet-names: matro - mother, matreto -
mamma, Johano - John, Johaneto - Johnny/Jack.
-eg- (forms augmentatives, the opposite of diminutives, denoting
largeness with a change in the idea of the root): domego -
mansion, pluvo - rain, pluvego - downpour.
arki- (denotes pre-eminence): arkiepiskopo - archbishop, arkianjelo -
archangel, arkiduko - archduke, arkifripono - arch rogue.
-estr- (head of, chief of): urbestro - mayor, navestro - ship's master,
policestro - chief constable.
The two following two affixes (-ind-, -end-) should be grouped with
the participle -ot- "about to be".
-ind- (worthy to be ...): estiminda - estimable, aminda - lovable,
kredinda - credible.
-end- (that must be ..., is to be ...): lektenda - that must be read,
Me havas nulo skribenda. - I have nothing to write (that must be
written).
Thus, a problem to be solved (solvenda) is possibly not about to
be solved (solvota) nor even worthy of solution (solvinda).
-es- (forms nouns having the sense "state, condition, quality"):
sanesar - to be healthy
saneso – health
avareso – avarice
beleso – beauty
qualeso – quality
konstrukteso - (state of) construction [compare konstrukto, (act
of) construction.]
konverteso - conversion (act of being converted)
okupeso - state of being busy, occupation
134 Ido for All
Konversado
What is your name? - Quale vu nomesas?
I am called John. - Me nomesas Johano.
Where do you come from? - De ube vu venas?
What is your father's name? - Quale nomesas vua patro?
Where were you born? - Ube vu naskis?
I was born in London. - Me naskis en London.
When were you born? - Kande vu naskis?
I was born in 1897. - Me naskis en mil e oka-cent e nona-dek e sep.
Where do you live? - Ube vu habitas?
I live at the sea-side. - Me habitas an la mar-bordo.
An la Tablo
Sro Brandsma: Mm. La torto esas bona! Ube tu kompris ol?
Sno Brandsma: Me ne kompris olu.Ma facis ol!
Sro B: Olu esas bonega. Ka tu lektis la jurnalo hodie?
Sno B: No. Me esis tro okupata. Ka ulo importanta eventis?
Sro B: Esas altra milito en Sud-Amerika. La Papo esas malada, ma ne
grave. La chefa ministro probable vizitos Chinia en junio.
Sno B: Ka esas irga informo pri la mikra puerino qua desaparis ye
sundio?
Sro B: No. La policisti serchas tra la boski en la regiono di elua hemo.
Sno B: Ka on opinionas ke ulu ocidis el? (boski - small bushes)
Sro B: Me ne savas, mea karino. Voluntez pasigar la salo e la pipro!
Sno B: Ka tu deziras glaso de cidro?
Sro B: Yes. Me queros la botelo. Ube olu esas?
Sno B: En la koqueyo. Ka tu rimemoras quo esas ye la televiziono
canokte?
Sro B: Yes. Ye 8 kloki esas filmo. Un (filmo) tre anciena kun Elvis
Presley. Ye la altra kanelo esas faktala filmo pri minacata animalo-
speci.
Sno B: Me preferas savar pri la animali kam askoltar Elvis.
Sro B: Bone, to konvenas a me.
Hiere ilu venis kom privato, ma morge ilu venos kom rejo.
Kad ulu negas ke la vivanti e la mortonti esos ul-die desaparinti?
Ica brosilo ne brosas tam bone kam ita. (rozieri - rose bushes)
La rentierino (stockholder) regardis amoze (affectionately) sua rozieri.
On bersas (rocks) l'infanteti por dormigar li.
Ni bezonas aquo por lavar e netigar ta chambri.
Uli esperas divenor richa sen laborar.
Omna ta objekti esas bela; ma certe ici plu plezos a nia fratino kam iti.
Vu pozas la supuyo (tureen) adsur la tablo.
Quale vu standas, siorulo? Tre bone, danko siorino.
Vu sufras, me vidas lo (=ke vu sufras) bone.
De Lernolibro Italiana:- 05
Se la yunaro savus e se la oldaro povus, dicas la proverbo.
Preferez libro instruktiva kam libro amuziva.
Quon vu havas facenda? Me havas nur un letro skribenda e du karti
sendenda.
Quon vu trovis en la chambro? Nulo. Se vu sideskus, vu esus plu bone.
Me ne volas sideskar, nam me dormeskus.
Omna Kristani esas membri di Kristo, dicas l' eklezio Kristana.
Inter omna ta kozi, quin vi selektos?
Venez kun me che mea patro por ke ilu esez kontenta.
Ta ligno sponjatra ne esas mem brulebla; olu donus nula varmeso.
Ka vu ne sufras?, vu paleskas e redeskas sucede (in turn).
136 Ido for All
Sideskez e repozez; me volas lo (=ke vu sidez e repozez).

Venez e helpez me. Ne plorez, infanto. Ne ridez sempre.
Vizitez balde tua kamarado. Lernez memore omna vorti e frazi.
Atencez la expliki (explanations). Skribez plu bele.
Ni irez lente adheme, nam esas/es ja dek-e-ok kloki (6:00 p.m.).
Ne dormez kun boko apertita.
Obediez la saja konsili di tua genitori.
Imperez ke ilu tacez (should be silent).
Li venez e naracez omna detali pri l'acidento.
Dicez a me la nomo di vua vicino (neighbour).
Mea vicino nomesas Miller.
Por ke ni povez balde parolar Ido, oportas ke ni tre ofte lektez laute.
Matro: "Quale tu povas dicar al onklino ke elu esas/es stulta. Quik irez
e dicez ad elu ke tu regretas."
La mikra Henriko: "Kar onklino, me regretas ke tu esas/es stulta."
Koquistino bruligis peco de karno qua pezis du kilogrami.

Al patrono (employer) elu dicis ke la kato manjis la karno.
La patrono pozis la kato adsur la balanco, lu pezis precize du
kilogrami.
"Videz", lu dicis, "yen la du kilogrami de karno, ma ube esas/es nun la
kato?"
"Enirez, enirez!", klamis (shouted) vendisto di vesti a rurano (peasant)

qua stacis dum kelk instanti (moments) exter la vetrino (show-case)
por regardar (look at attentively) la vari (wares) estalita (displayed),
"Hike vu recevos la maxim bona vari ye la maxim basa preci."
Rurano: "Ka vu havas kamizi (shirts)?"

Vendisto: "Yes, yes, belega kamizi."
Rurano: "Ka li esas/es neta?"
Vendisto: "Komprenende, komprenende, tre neta."
Rurano: "Voluntez do metar (put on) un de ta neta kamizi."
138 Ido for All
Lesson 17 - Dek-e-sepesma Leciono
The Accusative Ending -n: - Leono Esas Bestio...

As you know quite well, a lion is an animal - leono esas bestio, but an
animal is not necessarily a lion - bestio ne sempre esas leono. But
why? "Is" here really means "belong to" or "be a member of a group".
A lion belongs to the class of animals. But an animal does not
automatically belong to the class of lions.
Leono apartenas a bestio (tigro, elefanto, gorilo, leono, kato,
hundo....)
Leono esas bestio ma bestio ne necese esas leono, nam "esar" ne
egalesas "=".
When you want to tell someone "A lion is an animal, not a fish.", you
can say either "Ye animalo esas leono" or "Animalon esas leono."
For verbs such as "be" and "become" which link two nouns (e.g., X is/
becomes Y), it is often important to distinguish X (the subject) from Y
(the complement). The preposition "ye" or the ending -N (normally the
accusative) marks the complement when necessary.
This happens when the complement precedes the subject:
Quon (=Ye quo) divenas hano? (Quo [complement] <- hano
[subject])
Lu divenas rostajo o vek-horlojo.
But: Quo divenas hano? (Quo [subject] -> hano [complement])
Ovo divenas hano.
However, with "esar" this is not done unless there is a definite
distinction between subject and complement:
Quo esas/es leono? - What is a lion? (Asking for a definition.)
Quon (Ye quo) esas/es leono? - A lion is what? (Asking for a
classification: a lion is part of the cat family, is a carnivore, etc.)
Lesson 17 - Dek-e-sepesma Leciono 139
These descriptions cannot be reversed; a lion is a carnivore, but a

carnivore is not necessarily a lion. The complement in these cases is
broader than the subject, or includes the subject, as the class of
carnivores includes lions.
More Brain-Twisters:
Quon esas vu? Quon > Vu : Me esas studento e samtempe anke
yunulo.
Ica questiono signifikas ke "quon"(studento, yunulo) kontenas "vu".
Quo esis vu? Quo < Vu : Lore ociemo esis me, ma nun laboremo esas
me
Ica questiono signifikas ke "vu" konsistas ek (ociemo, laboremo,
edc.).
When "esas" doesn't mean "belongs to" but really means "equals", you
need not be too specific but can simply say "Quo (instead of "Quon")
esas vu?".
Quo esas vu? Quo =< vu? (vu1, vu2,, quo,, vu5) : Me esas
studento.
Final Twisters:
Ico esas pro ke me amoras tu.
Ico esas [kauzo] pro ke me amoras tu.
Ico/Ica kauzo/ (leono) esas kauzo (bestio) pro ke me amoras tu.
- This reason belongs to many reasons why I love you.
- This is one of the reasons why I love you.
Icon esas pro ke me amoras tu.
Icon esas [kauzi] pro ke me amoras tu.
Icon/Ica kauzon/ (bestio) esas kauzi (leono, tigro..) pro ke me amoras
tu.
- To this reason belongs all the reasons why I love you.
- This is the very reason why I love you.
140 Ido for All
Anekdoto:-- rakontita da B.Y.T.

En antiqua India ed en ula vilajo vivis quar blindi ma tre erudita.
Ye ula dio a la vilajo venis unesmafoye elefanto e li renkontris
l'elefanto.
Omnu de li quik tusheskis l'elefanto nam pro brulanta kuriozeso.
La unesma blindo tushis la rostro (trunk) di l'elefanto e balde dicis:
Elefanto similesas a klariono (military bugle).
La duesma blindo ma tushis la korpo (body) di l'elefanto ed interruptis:
No! No! Elefanto mustas esar la granda muro di edifico (building).
La triesma blindo ya tushis gambo (leg) di l'elefanto e klamis:
No! No! No! Elefanto povas esar kolono (pillar) di domo (house).
La quaresma blindo hazarde tushis la kaudo (tail) e mokante dicis:
Vi stulti (fools)! Elefanto nur esas kordo (rope) ordinara.
Ye la nexta dio senkauze vizitis la vilajon kirurgo (surgeon) di
"Ayurveda" e fortunoze sucesis apertar l'okuli di la quaresma
blindo.....
E lu astonate dicis pos regardir l'elefanto per sua propra okuli: - Icon
esas elefanto. -
Prepositions
Each preposition has a well-defined meaning, and (like all words in
Ido) must be used only when the sense clearly requires it: I bought it of
him, becomes: I bought it from him. - Me kompris olu de ilu.
*Co esas/es Britaniajo; USAani dicas "from him".
("Tamen ni anke dicas "off him".)
He cut himself with his knife, becomes: by means of his knife, Ilu
sekis su per sua kultelo.
The preposition "ye", however, has no definite meaning, and is only to
be used when no other preposition will do:
Ye la duesma (di) marto - On the 2nd of March.
Ilu kaptis la kavalo ye la kolo per lazo. - He caught the horse by the
neck with a lasso.

Me doloras ye la kapo. - I have head-ache (= I ache at the head).
Conjunctions
Conjunctions are followed by whatever mood and tense are logically
required:
Se vu esus malada, - If you were (should be) ill,
Se vu esos malada, - If you are (will be) ill,
Imperez ke ilu venez. - Order him to come (imperative).
Restez til ke ilu venos. - Stay until he comes (will come).
Kande ilu departos, dicez ad ilu ... - When he leaves (= will depart),
tell him ...
Segun ke me esos fatigita o ne, me iros kun vu. - According as I am
(shall be) tired or not, I will go with you.
Preparez chambro pro la kazo se ilu venus. - Prepare a room in case
he comes (should come).
En la kazo ke ilu venos, enduktez ilu. - In case he comes (will
come), show him in.
Conjunctions are often formed from prepositions by adding the word
KE:
pro - because of (prep.); pro ke - because (conj.)
por - for/ in order to (prep.); por ke - in order that (conj.)
dum - during (prep.); dum ke - while (conj.)
depos - since (prep.); depos ke - since (conj.)
til - as far as/ till (prep.); til ke - till/until (conj.)
The prepositions (without ke) are used before a noun, pronoun, or
infinitive; the conjunctions before a sentence:
Depos mea mariajo, - Since my marriage,
Depos ke me esis mariajata, - Since I got married,
142 Ido for All
Affixes
pre- (fore-, pre-, ante-): predicar - to foretell/predict - preavo - great-
grandfather [Compare posnepoto - great-grandson.], predatizar -
to ante-date
prim- (primitive): primavi - forefathers
retro- (back): retrovenar - to return/ come back. - retroirar - to return/
go back, retrosendar - to return/ send back.
ri- (again): ridicar - to repeat/ say again, ripolisar - to repolish.
"Retro" is used as an adverb; the adverb corresponding to "ri-" is
"itere" - again.
-iv- (forms adjectives signifying "able to", "capable of doing"):
instruktiva - instructive, responsiva - responsible, sugestiva -
suggestive
-ebl- (forms adjectives signifying "that can be", "capable of being"):
kredebla - credible, lektebla - legible, nesondebla - unfathomable
-ari- (denotes the "indirect" object of verb (with "to" expressed or
understood): legacario - (person "to" whom something is
bequeathed).
Konversado
Do you like travelling? - Ka vu prizas voyajado?
I seldom travel. - Me rare voyajas.
It is too expensive. - Olu esas tro kustoza.
Not so much as formerly. - Ne tam multe kam olim.
Do you think so, really? - Ka vu tale opinionas, vere?
According to my experience. - Segun mea experienco.
Have you visited France or Germany? - Ka vu vizitis Francia o
Germania?
No, I don't know French or German. - No, me ne savas la Franca nek
la Germana.
They are so hard to master. - Li esas tante desfacile aquirebla.
It is to be hoped that everyone will soon learn Ido. -

Espereble, omnu balde lernos Ido.
Ye Deyuneto
Matro: Sanne, kande esos la Ido-konfero? En agosto?
Sanne: No, en julio. Ye la 21ma.
Matro: Ed ube tu dicis ke olu eventos?
Sanne: En Groningen. En la nova universitato.
Matro: Ka tu intencas asistar?
Sanne: Yes ya. La konfero en Elsnigk lasta-yare esis bonega. E ca-yare
me esperas rividar omna mea amiki.
Matro: Ka ta yunulo de Suisia asistos ca-yare? Quale ilu nomesas?
Erich, ka ne?
Sanne: Me ne esas certa. Me skribis ad il, ma til nun ilu ne respondis.
Ma me savas ke Jean e Marie-Claire de Francia asistos. E Andreas de
Suedia. Qua kloko esas? Me ne deziras perdar la autobuso.
Matro: Esas sep kloki e duimo. Tu havas sat multa tempo. Tu levis tu
plu frue hodie.
Sanne: Me sempre levas me frue! - specale nun ke (now that) la vetero
(weather) esas plu varma (warm) e la jorni plu sunoza (sunny).
Matro: Quale tua chefo standas?
Sanne: Sioro Brink? Ilu ne esis en la kontoro hiere. Ilu iris ad ula
kunveno ulaloke kun la nova sekretariino. Ube ilu obtenis el, me ne
savas. Elu savas nulo. Ed elu esas tam ociema. Me facas la vera
laboro. Avan il, elu tragas* quaze inocenta mieno. Ed elua min kam
decanta vesti.... (ociema - lazy, decanta - decent)
Matro: Sanne, la autobuso! (tragar* - to wear, mieno - countenance)
Kande ni esabis vere tranquila e laborema dum un tota semano, la
skolestro rekompensis ni.
El esis malada hiere, pro ke elu tro manjabis prehiere.
144 Ido for All
La lekteri di ta jurnalo ja plendabis pro olua inklineso a la

materialismo.
Kande vu arivabos hike, belega peizajo charmos vua vidado.
Se ta arbori fruktifabus dum la lasta yari, me tre certe ne tranchabus
oli.
Qua dicos to quon produktabus la pensado di ula ciencisti, se on
helpabus li plu bone?
Multa fumeri mortas de kancero. Nulo trublas mea matro.
La skolani ne ja esas arivinta. Me ne plus bezonas ta brosilo.
Pro quo vu redeskas?
Ka vu shamas esar laudata?
Me ne opinionas esir tro rekompensata.
Ni ne esperis esar tante kordiale aceptata da lia bofratulo.
Li pensos pri to, kande ilu esabos admisata hike.
La kavali esas lojigata en la kavaleyo e la mutoni en la mutoneyo.
Li ne esas respektinda e, konseque, ne aminda.
La paravento ne esabus lacerata, se vu pozabus olu altraloke.
Omna cirkuleri ja esabis disdonata.
Questionite, la exkapitano respondis to ad elu konfidence e mi-voce.
Singlu deziras esar amata.
Vu esos lojigata che mea bomatro.
La legacario (legatee) ne ja esas konocata.
Dum ke li abandonesis da omni, mea bo-matro (mother-in-law)
sokursis (comes to the aid of when in danger) li en lia abandoneso.
On dicas ke to predicesis (was predicted) da nia pre-onklino (great
aunt).
Tam longe kam la tero duros, ta fakto sempre ridicesos por honorizar
lua memoreso.
De ilu tala miskompreni astonas pro lua granda instrukteso.
Lore nia genitori laudesis, kontre ke li nun blamesas.
La konvinkeso produktita en me da vua argumenti efektigis mea
konverteso.
Vi ne ludos, pueri, til ke ca leciono esaabos parlernata.
Depos ke ta domo konstruktesis hike, lua arkitekto ocidesis. Kad ico
astonas vu?
Da qua ico pozesis adsur la tablo?
Ta floro ne esas rozea ma violea.
Quon esos o quon divenos tal autoritato?

Kavalo, kavalulo, kavalino. Kato, katulo, katino.
Me havas tri frati, du fratini ed un fratulo.
La seniora fratino esas/es mediko, la juniora fratino esas/es telefonisto,
e mea fratulo esas/es komercisto.
En ica skolo por pueri la pueruli e puerini instruktesas kune.
Quanta laboristi laboras en ica fabrikerio (factory)? Hike esas/es
okupata
cirkume quaracent (400) laboristuli e cirkume cent-e-kinadek (150)
laboristini.
Existas substantivi qui indikas nur homuli, exemple: patro, viro; altra
substantivi indikas nur homini, exemple: matro, muliero, amazono,
megero (vixen).
La vorto damzelo aplikesas a muliero celiba (unmarried), la vorto
damo uzesas por muliero mariajita o vidvino (widow).
Kom formo di politeso (politeness) on uzas la vorto sioro por omna
homi adulta, sive viri, sive mulieri.
146 Ido for All
Nur kande esas/es necesa, on uzas siorulo o siorino.

Siori, dicas oratoro (orator) al siorini e sioruli qui askoltas lu.
Drinkero atakesis da febro qua duopligis (doubled) sua dursto.

La mediko probis desaparigar samtempe la febro e la dursto.
"Okupez vu nur pri la febro", dicis la malado, "me ipsa sorgos pri la
dursto."
Lesson 18 - Dek-e-okesma Leciono 147
Lesson 18 - Dek-e-okesma Leciono
Indefinite Pronouns
The indefinite pronouns ULA, ULU, and ULO (some specific but
unnamed object or person) are particularly significant because of their
frequent use.
Ula is an adjective: ula libro - some book (a specific book, though I
either don't know or won't tell which).
Ulu is a pronoun referring to a person (=someone): ulu dicis. -
someone (a certain person) said.
Ulo is a pronoun referring to a thing (=something): ulo mankas -
something is wanting.
Irga, irgu, irgo (used in the same way as ula, ulu, ulo) = any whatever:
Irgo konvenos. - Anything whatever will do.
Kelka, kelko = some (an indeterminate number or quantity): kelka
homi - some men
Give me some (quantity of it). - Donez ad me kelko.
Note the difference between "kelka" and "poka";
"kelka" means some, a certain amount, a few (opposed to "nula",
none);
"poka" means some, but little, few (opposed to "multa", much).
Omna, omnu, omno - all/every, Plural, omni - all: omna homi - all men
They all said. - Omni dicis.
Everyone sang. - Omnu kantis.
Everything is here. - Omno esas hike.
Altra, altru, altro - other:
altra foyo - another time.
Someone else will speak. - Altru parolos.
Another thing will show that ... - Altro montros ke ... ,
Nula, nulu, nulo - none, nobody, nothing (the opposite of ulu, etc.).
148 Ido for All
Singla, single - each: singla karti - single cards.

Li venis single. - They came singly.
dek centimi po singla - ten pennies apiece.
The difference between "omna" and "singla" is slight, but clear;
OMNA means every (collectively), while SINGLA means each
(distributively):
Everyone spoke, each in his own language.
Omnu parolis, singlu en sua linguo.
INTER is a preposition, but is often used as a prefix:
Sro Max parolas inter Sro Mix e Sro Mox. Do li inter-parolas.
Mr. Max talks with (between, among) Mr. Mix and Mr. Mox. So,
they are inter-talking (exchanging communication).
Observe that "each other" can be translated as "una la altra" (in the
plural "uni la altri") when the prefix INTER- is unsuitable:
Love one another. - Amez uni la altri. - Amez kom uni la altri.
They talked together (with each other) long. - Li interparolis
longe.
Li donis donaci uni a l'altri. - Li donis donaci kom uni a l'altri.
They gave each other gifts (gave gifts each to the others).
Note that "unu la altra" is not a substantive or noun phrase but is really
an adverbial phrase, and is used to show the sense of "as being" or
"like" or "having the quality of...".
Amez "uni" - Love "the ones", does not mean that you should love
everyone, , but that everyone should love (some) others. The phrase
therefore means that "love" should be "in the manner of" (Ido
"kom") one having love for the others.
Note also that when your "one" or "ones" ("unu" or "uni") refers to not
just "any", but some "special" one or ones, you can use the phrase "la
una la altra/i" or "la uni la altra/i".
Affixes
-aj- (with a verbal root, marks the object of the action expressed by the
verb (transitive or mixed)):
manjajo - food (what is eaten)
drinkajo - drink (what is drunk)
chanjajo - thing changed
With an intransitive verb it marks the subject of the action:
rezultajo - result (what results)
restajo - rest (what remains)
With a non-verbal root, it signifies a thing made of a certain matter,
or possessing a certain quality:
lanajo - woollen article
belajo - beauty/ beautiful thing
molajo - soft part
By extension it expresses "act of ...":
amikajo - friendly act
infantajo - childish prank.
-ur- (marks the concrete result of the action expressed by the verb):
pikturo - a painting
imituro - an imitation (made)
(Compare with imitajo, the thing imitated.)
imprimuro - printed work/ letterpress.
fotografuro - a photograph (picture)
-ar- (collection of):
homaro – mankind
vortaro - vocabulary
"One of a mass" is expressed by -un: greluno - a hailstone.
Where the elements are pieces, rather than individuals, use peco:
sukropeco - lump of sugar.
ex- (ex-, former):
exkonsulo – ex-consul
exoficiro - ex-officer
-um- (is an indefinite affix with no fixed meaning. Consult the
150 Ido for All
dictionary for words in which it occurs):

mondumo - The World/ smart society
foliumar - to thumb/ turn over the leaves of
kolumo - (shirt-) collar
nukumo - neck-flap
Konversado
Are you a chess-player? - Ka vu esas shak-ludero?
I used to know the moves. - Olim me savis la stroki.
I have forgotten the names of the men. - Me obliviis la nomi di la peci.
I couldn't even castle correctly. (at chess) - Me ne povus mem roquar
korekte.
Would you prefer to go out and enjoy the fresh air? - Ka vu preferus
ekirar e juar la fresha aero?
Yes, indeed; the rain is over. - Yes, certe; la pluvo cesis.
Very well; we'll take our umbrellas, in case it begins again. - Bone; ni
prenos nia parapluvi, kaze ke olu rikomencus.
If you are cold, we won't stay long. - Se vu sentos vu kom kolda, ni ne
restos longatempe.
Letro de Suisia
Geneve, Suisia, la 19ma di mayo
Kara Sanne: Danko pro tua letro.

Me ne povis respondar ante nun, pro ke me esis for-heme dum monato
e nur recente retrovenis. Do voluntez exkuzar me.
Yes, me asistos la Ido-konfero en Groningen. Me jus regardis la
programo.
La organizeri (organizers) havas nombro de bona idei.
Me previdas ke la koncerto ye la jovdio esos granda afero.
Jim Lipton prizentos sua nova Ido-kansoni (songs).
Ka tu rimemoras la kansoni di Jim en Elsnigk?
Ka tu recevis la koquo-libro quan me sendis de Venezia, e la du karti

postala de Roma? - Yes, me pasis la monato en Italia.
Recente me skribis artiklo por "Progreso" pri ekologio. Ka tu lektis ol?
Me recevis plura letri gratulanta (congratulating) me pro ol. Un Idisto
en Japonia volas tradukar la artiklo aden la Japona linguo por Japona
revuo. Me donis mea permiso, naturale.
Quale tua genitori standas? Tua patro retretas cayare, ka ne? Quon ilu
intencas agar? Se me ne eroras, ilu pasos la tota jorno sur la golfo-
tereno (links).
Mea onklulo Albert esas ankore depresita pos sua operaco. Me ne
kredas ke ilu asistos la Ido-konfero.
Me avide vartas rividar tu. Mea maxim kordiala saluti ad omni.
Afecionoze tua, Erich XXX
Questioni
1. Ka Erich esis en Italia dum du monati? -> No, dum un monato.
2. Ka ilu asistos la Ido-konfero? -> Yes, ilu asistos.
3. Quo eventos ye jovdio? -> La koncerto.
4. Qua prizentos kansoni? -> Jim Lipton.
5. Ka Erich skribis artiklo pri Japonia por "Progreso"? -> No, pri
ekologio.
6. Ka Erich sendis posto-karto de Venezia? -> No, ilu sendis
koquo-libro.
7. Ube esas Roma? -> Roma esas/es en Italia.
8. Qua retretos ca yaro? -> Patro di Sanne.
9. Qua esas Albert? -> Onklulo di Erich.
10. Kad Albert standas bone? -> No, Ilu esas ankore depresita pos
sua operaco.
Questioni
1. Se me esus richa, me ... komprus la kompanio ube me laboras.
2. Se me povus selektar irga vakanco, me ... selektus vakanco en
152 Ido for All
Grekia.
3. Se me povus renkontrar ...fantomo, me olun kaptus e vendus
por pekunio.
4. Se me esus en karcero (prison)..., me divenus ucelo ed eskapus.
5. Me habitus en ...Grekia, se ...me retretus.
Generala Questioni
1. Qua koloro esas vua okuli? -> Oli esas o bruna o blua o
avelanea (hazel).
2. Ka on tragas* (wears) pijamo en la nivo? -> Komprenende ne!
3. Ka vu sentas vu kom varma prezente? -> Yes, suficante varma
apud herdo.
4. Quante facile vu respondis a la unesma questiono? -> Sen irga
problemo.
5. Quante ofte vu lektas biblioteko-libro? -> 2 o 3 foyi en la
semano.
6. Quante kustas marko postala por letro ordinara? -> Forsan 2 o
3 marki.
7. De ube vua familio venas? -> La mea ne esas de aristokrataro
(aristocracy).
8. En qua komtio (county) vu habitas? -> En Idia di Japonia.
9. Quanta kuzin vu havas? -> 10 kuzi.
10. Ka vu skribas per vua dextra o per vua sinistra manuo? -> Per
mea dextra.
- Quante evas ca puerulo?
- Ilu evas ok yari, e lua fratino esas dek--e-un-yara.
- Ye qua kloko li arivos?
- Ye dek e tri kloki.
- Kande la treno departos?
- Ye du kloki kinadek e sep (minuti). - 2:557

- Qua kloko nun esas?
- Esas dek e un kloki e tri quarimi. - 11:445
- Quala arborin vu plantacos (plant)?
- Me plantacos querki (oak-trees) e fagi (bbeech-trees).
- Quantesma dio di la monato esas?
- La duadek e nonesma (29th) o la triadekessma (30th), me ne plu
savas.
- Kad vu kompris sigareti?
- Yes, sigareti po sisadek centimi ye singlla pako.
- Me manjis tre poke, un bokedo (mouthful),, en la imprimerio.
- Ho! Qual infantalajo!
- Ta trovajo esas precoza.
- La paroko (priest) di ta parokio (parish) esas tre zeloza, quankam
olda.
- Ilu restis dum tri hori. Irgu qua venos, ne aceptez lu.
- Kinople ok esas quara-dek. 5 x 8 =40
- La triimo di dek e kin esas kin. 1/3 x 155 = 5
- Qua pozis to aden la manjo-chambro di niaa gemastri?
- Tre bel aer-navo pasis super nia kapi ca-matine.
- Ka la tir-kesti (drawers) di ta moblo ne plu havas klefo?
- Quon vendis a vu ta moblisto?
- Nur quar stuli ed un mikra skribotablo.
- Kande la pluvo cesabos, forsan aparos en la nubi ciel-arko (rainbow).
- La ter-pomi (potatoes) esas manjajo precooza precize pro ke li esas
chipa.
- Bon jorno, kar amiko, quale vu standas ca-die?
154 Ido for All
- La horo di la morto esas nekonocata da ommna vivanti e tamen olu

venas a li pokope.
- Ilu esas la viro maxim maligna (maliciouss), quan me til nun
renkontris.
- Arivez maxim rapide kam posible.
- Vu esas min laborema kam vua kuzulo, ma la minim laborema ek
omni esas la filio di la vicino.
- Nulatempe, no, nulatempe on vidis tanta hhomi en nia vilajo.
- Donez a me kelka pekunio por komprar dekeeduo (dozen) de ovi.
- Regardez ta grosega (bulky/huge) greluno (hailstone).
- La skolanin laborema ni rekompensos, ma lle ocieman ni punisos
severe.

La kin mondoparti nomesas: Afrika, Amerika, Australia, Azia ed
Europa.
Ultre la Franca e la Germana linguo, ilu savas la linguo internaciona.
Dum un yaro e sis monati me habitis en Paris, dum un yaro me esis en
Berlin, e nun me esas/es en Zuerich.
Tolstoy esis Rusa poeto. Sokrates vivis en anciena Grekia.
Le Goethe esas/es rara. Yen pomi, prenez le bona e lasez le mala.
Tu devas skribar plu bele, precipue le "o" e le "u" esas/es tro male
skribita, on ya povas konfundar li.
Me ne amas la homi qui sempre uzas le "se" e le "ma", me preferas ti
qui uzas le "yes" e le "no".
Alexandro Dumas, qua ne savis la Germana linguo, voyajis sur la

dextra rivo dil Rheno. Uldie ilu eniris albergo (inn) en la Foresto Nigra
por dinear. Ilu deziris manjar fungi, ma quale komprenigar su (make
himself understood)?
Pos kelka reflekto (reflection) ilu desegnis (drew) fungo (mushroom)
sur peco de papero, e montris (showed) olu al albergestro (inn-keeper).
Ica facis vivaca (lively/spirited) signi ke ilu bone komprenis ed

adportis - granda parapluvo (umbrella) ad Alexandro Dumas.
156 Ido for All
Lesson 19 - Dek-e-nonesma Leciono
Lektajo 01
Me lojas en alta domo. Avan la domo esas bela gardeno. Dop la domo
esas korto.
La pordo esas klozita. Me havas klefo. (korto - courtyard)
La eskalero (staircase) esas streta, la fluro (staircase landing) esas
larja.
En la salono esas tablo, stuli, sofao e horlojo. La fenestro esas granda.
Tapiso jacas sur la sulo (=planko-sulo - floor). An la muro pendas
imaji.
La plafono (ceiling) esas blanka. La patro lektas libro. Me skribas.
Me havas du fratini. La yuna/juniora (younger) fratino sutas (sews).
La granda/seniora (elder) fratino esas en la koqueyo (kitchen).
La olda avulo sidas en dorso-stulo (easy chair). La matro koquas
(cooks).
En la koqueyo esas multa utensili. La fairo brulas en la herdo (hearth).
La dishi esas sur la pladi (plates). Flori en vazo esas sur la tablo.
En la dormo-chambro esas du liti, armoro (cupboard), stuli e spegulo.
Furnelo (stove) stacas apud la pordo. Me dormas en la lito (bed).
La genitori (parents) esas bona. Me esas volunte heme.// Me prizas
esar heme.
Lektajo 02
On mustas flegar (take care of) sua korpo. Sana anmo lojas nur en sana
korpo.
Omnadie me lavas mea vizajo, la kolo, la pektoro e la manui per
sapono.
Ofte me balnas. Somere ni balnas en la fluvio (large river).
Me pektas (combs) mea hari e netigas mea denti.
Lesson 19 - Dek-e-nonesma Leciono 157
Mea hari esas nigra e mea denti esas blanka.

La pelo (skin) esas bruna e la labii esas reda. Mea patro havas blonda
barbo.
Vespere me promenas kun mea amiko en nia gardeno. Ni parolas la
mondolinguo.
Nia okuli vidas la bela flori. La flori emisas (emits) sua agreabla
odoro.
La nazo flaras lia odoro e nia oreli audas la kanto dil uceleti.
Nia pulmoni respiras la pura aero. La nervi divenas tranquila.
Cadie me iras a mea kuzulo e lua amiki.
Li kantas, ludas e rakontas interesiva rakonti. Ni esas gaya.
Se pluvas, me lektas libro heme. La ventego ululas (ululates) cirkum la
domo.
La nokto esas tenebroza (dark/gloomy/tenebrous).
Ma mea chambreto esas lumoza (full of light) e mea kordio esas
joyoza, nam la libro montras a me bona homi e bela landi.
Ankore en la dormo me sonjas (dream) pri to.
Lektajo 03: - Vicino - Neighbor

Hiere me vizitis nia vicini. Li esas olda. Me konocas li depos mea
infanteso.
Li havis quar filii, tri filiuli ed un filiino. Un filiulo mortis frue.
La genitori edukis amoze (affectionately) l'altri.
La filiuli esis adolecanti, lore la mondo-milito komencis.
Ili eniris la armeo (army). L'unun balde kuglo (bullet) atingis.
Il mortis quik. L'altru retrovenis sana.
Il mariajis yunino e vivas nun kun sua spozino en altra urbo.
Nur la filiino restis che sua olda genitori. Elu flegas li sorgeme
(carefully).
Me adportis a li frukti e dicis multa saluti de mea genitori.
158 Ido for All
La oldulo esis afabla e naracis a me pri sua yuneso.

La oldino jacis en la lito; elu esas malada.
Elua filiino adportis ad elu medikamento; ma la malado ne volis
drinkar ol.
Forsan elu mortos balde. Me vizitus elu omnadie, se me povus.
La bona vicini amis me sempre. Li joyos, kande me rivenos.
Konverso
A: Bona jorno, siorino!
B: Bona jorno, siorulo!
A: Quale vu standas?
B: Me dankas tre bone e quale standas vu?
A: Me esis malada e mustis konsultar la mediko; ma nun me esas sana.
B: Quon la mediko dicis?
A: Ilu dicis: "Irez ofte aden la foresto e repozez multe!"
B: La saneso esas valoroza.
A: Yes, me obedios la konsilo dil mediko.
B: Til rivido, siorulo! A: TIl rivido, siorino!
Lektajo 04
La vespero esas koldeta. Vespere me iras rapide a la vilajo.
La rapida kavalo portas la kavalkero. Naracez a me la historio, ma
kurte.
Avan la foresto esas prato (meadow). Ni kuras ad-avane. Quanta
pomin tu havas?
Quante me joyas! Ica farino (flour) esas blanka, ma ita esas griza.
Ca floro odoras forte; iti havas bela kolori.
Ti qui ne laboras, anke devus ne manjar.
Ilca esas richa, ma elta esas povra. Me savas to. Me ne povas
komprenar ico.
Ni iras a la ruro. Quante la flava cereali (cereals) stacas belege sur

l'agro!
Inter la spiki on vidas blua aciani (cornflowers) e reda papaveri
(poppies).
Ibe rurano falchas (mows down) la frumento (wheat).
Hike du kavali tiras plena veturo. Pomieri (apple-trees) stacas sur ca
agro.
La pomi ne ja esas matura, ma ta prunieri portas multa matura pruni
(plums).
Dop la vilajo esas viteyo (vineyard). La vitberi (grapes) divenas dolca,
nam la suno brilas varmege de la cielo (sky/heaven) sennuba.
Cirkum la vilajo esas multa legum-gardeni. En ici fazeoli (kidney-
beans), pizi (peas), karoti, salado e kaulo (cabbage) kreskas.
Se la rurano ne kultivus l'agri (fields), l'urbano ne havus nutrivo.
Nun ni hungras (are hungry) e durstas (are thirsty).
En restorerio ni drinkas taso de kafeo e manjas peco de pano kun
butro.
Lektajo 05: - Lumoza Expliko

Du rurani parolis pri la telegrafo.
"Quale olu agas por transportar la novaji (=nuntii* - news) tante
rapide?
"Esas tre simpla.", l'altru respondis. "On tushas l'una extremajo
(extremity) di la metalfilo (wire) e l'altra extremajo skribas quale per
plumo."
"Me quik klarigos lo por tu. Ka tu havas hundo?" - "Yes."
"Quale lu aspektas?" - "Lu esas tenua (thin) e havas longa kaudo
(tail)."
"Nu, kande tu fulas (tread on) la kaudo, ka lu ne aboyas?" - "Yes,
certe!"
"Nu, supozez ke lua hundo esus sat longa por atingar Stockholm de tua
160 Ido for All
vilajo. Esas nula dubo ke lu aboyus en Stockholm, se tu fulus lua

kaudo hike. Yen to quo esas la elektrala telegrafo." (aboyar - to bark)
Lektajo 06: - Acensar e Decensar la Vagono

Cadie esas la unesma agosto, la komenco di la vakanco.
Ye venerdio ni ankore sidis sur la skolbenki e sudorifis (sweated).
Dum la lasta leciono l'instruktisto parolis pri la Nigra Foresto. Omnu
ja revis pri obskura abieto-foresti e la migrado sur altaji eskarpa
(steep).
Me recevis bona atesto e departas ca-matine kun mea fratino a nia
geonkli.
La kofro ja esas preparita; parapluvo, bastono e mantelo esas pronta.
Nia patro donas a me 250 mark.(abieto - fir-tree/spruce-tree) "Til
rivido, kara patro; adio, bona matro! Ni skribos balde."
Yen la fervoyo-staciono! Me serchas la gicheto (wicket/ticket window)
por komprar du bilieti por Triberg. Li kustas 35 mark.
Amaso de voyajanti pulsas (push) sur la kayo (platform). Ni vartas la
treno.
Nun la konduktoro klamas : "Atenco!" La treno arivas ye 10 kloki.
Ni acensas (go up) la vagono (car) e trovas bona plaso en libera
angulo.
Pos 5 minuti la trenestro siflas (whistles). La treno moveskas.
Apertez la fenestro por ke me povez regardar la bel naturo e respirar
(breathe) la fresha aero. Ni vehas rapide. Vespere la treno proximeskas
a staciono.
"Triberg!" Ni decensez (go down)! "Yen la bilieto.", "Danko."
Lektajo 07: - En la Hotelo - (kontoro - reception

desk)
Dum nia unesma migrado sur la montaro ni arivis due pos 9 hori an la
monto-lago e ni nun acensas a la hotelo por pasar la nokto ibe. Fine,
yen la hotelo. Olu stacas che 1345 metri super la maro.
En la teretajo (ground floor), apud la enireyo sinistre, esas la kontoro.

"Ka ni povas havar du chambri?"
"Yes, siori, en qua etajo vi deziras lojar?"
"Ni preferas la triesma etajo."
"Ka me darfas demandar via nomi?"
"Ni nomesas Helmut e Gertrud Naumann. Qua precon vu demandas?"
"Kinadek mark po un chambro e po dio."
"To ne esas tro chera."
"Voluntez sequar me. Numeri 37 e 38 esas libera."
"Ni enirez. Bela chambri kun vasta vido adsur la monti e vali dil
cirkumajo."
"Hike esas la klosheto elektrala. La chambristino venos, se vu sonigos
unfoye; pos dufoya sonigo la servistulo venos.", "Bone."
Nun ni decensas aden la manjo-salono. La supeo esas pronta.

Kelka gasti ja sidas an la tablego. Olca esas belete kovrita.
Cirkum la porcelan-plado jacas kultelo, forkteto, kuliero e boktuko
(napkin).
"Garsono, adportez a ni un botelo de Rhen-vino e du glasi."
Me komendas duima hano kun legumo e desero. La manjajo esas tre
bona.
"Garsono, pagar!", "La duopla supeo kustas: dek e kin mark per du
esas triadek mark, pluse vino po sep mark, 30 plus 7 esas 37 mark."
"Voluntez vekigar ni ye quar kloki; ni volas vidar la sun-levo. Bona
nokto!"
162 Ido for All
Lektajo 08:- L'anciena Urbo

L'anciena parti di nia urbo existas ja depos la mez-epoko. Olim komto
(count) invitabis komercisti por ke li establisez su an la komercala
strado; nam la trafiko bezonis merkati. Richa komercisti sequabis
l'invito e balde li esis konstruktinta urbo e fortifikabis (had fortified)
olu per muri.
La butiki plenigis su. Anke kelka mestieristi, exemple bakisti, buchisti,
masonisti, seruristi (locksmiths), taliori ed altri esis veninta.
Pokope la mestiero (trade/handicraft) florifis (blossomed). An la
rivereto habitis la peskisti e la tanagisti (tanners); en streta (narrow)
stradeto la shuifisti (shoemakers) fasonis (fashioned, formed) la ledro
(leather). La menuzisto (cabinet-worker/joiner) fabrikis mobli en sua
laboreyo, e la veturifisto veturi (vehicles). En altra stradeto la texisti
(weavers) texis la telo (linen) o la lano, quan la mulieri filifabis (had
spun). La potifisto (potter) e la forjisto (blacksmith/forger) ne darfis
mankar.
Quon la mastro fabrikabis, ton lu expozis avan sua domo o dop la
fenestro. Olca divenis ilua vetrino (show-case).
Dum la merkato-dio granda turbo (crowd, throng) esis sur la merkato-
placo. Omna komercisto e mestieristo ofris vende sua vari (wares).
La rurani vendis ligno, bestiaro, farino edc. e kambiis (exchanged) po
to vesti, ornivi (ornaments) ed utensili. *La mestiero havis ora sulo
(soil).
Se la triadek-yara milito ne destruktabus (hadn't destroyed) multo, ni
povus admirar (could admire) ankore plu multa domi anciena (old) del
(de+la, of the) unesma florifado (flourishing) di nia urbo.
* "havar ora sulo" esas Germanajo. Co dicas ke "Handwerk hat

goldenen Boden". "Ora sulo" signifikas "ferma fundamento
ekonimiala". Do la proverbo dicas: Per bona mestiero onu bone
manjas.
Lektajo 09:- La Foxo e la Tortugo (tortoise), Indiana

Fablo
Olim foxo chasis apud la maro tortugo (tortoise), quan lu vidis
unesmafoye.
Havante apetito por manjar sua kaptajo lu penadis parmordar (crunch
completely) la harda skalio (shell), ma olua fermeso (firmness) esis plu
forta kam la dentaro (set of teeth) dil foxo. Iracoze lu haltis por
meditar (think over).
"La hungro tormentas me", lu dicis, "me mustas serchar altra vildo
(wild game); ma antee me portos ica stranja ento (entity) a mea
kaverno por pose lacerar (rend) olu quiete (calmly)." La tortugo
pavoreskis (became afraid).
Lu dicis: "Severa foxo, me ya vidas ke me mustos mortar, pro to me
pregas, se tu volas kurtigar mea dolori e quik facar manjajo a tu, lore
pozez me aden la maro, e mea skalio (shell) divenos mola (soft), sen
peno tu manjos me."
"Esas vera, tu esas justa", triumfis la foxo, "me nur astonesas ke me
ipsa ne pensis a to." Lu portis la ruzozo (the sly) al maro e pozis lu
aden la aquo.
Esante en sua elemento la tortugo quik eskapis. De sekura disto
(distance) lu mokis la foxo, qua troteskis (fell into a trot) shamante
(ashamedly).
Merkez: Anke la maxim ruzozo trovas sua mastro.
Lektajo 10
L'autuno: Sempre plu multe la suno perdas sua varmeso. La nokti esas
kolda, e matine blanka pruino (frost) jacas (lies) sur la prati
(meadows).
Nun la kultivisto mustas hastar por rekoltar la produkturi dil agro.
La frukti koliesas (are gathered). La grapi tranchesas de la viti ed
manjesas kom saporoza (succulent) donajo di la naturo o presesas en la
presilo.
Dum ke la migrant uceli flugas a la sudo, por eskapar la ruda (rude)
vintro, la vitkultivisti festas sua rekoltofesto per kantado e dansado.
164 Ido for All
La gardeni vakuigesas; omnaloke la terpomi ekterigesas.

Kande apene l'agri esas vakua, sekalo (rye) e frumento (wheat)
semesas.
La bovi, mutoni e kapri (goats) esas duktita de la monti aden la vali;
nam supre nivo (snow) falis sur la herbi. La laborinta rurano regardas
kontente sua kelero (cellar) e garbeyo (barn).
"Laboro esas la ornuro dil civitano, prospero esas la rekompenso dil
peno."
Balde la yuna semajo kovresos dal nivo. Ube antee la agro esis
kultivita, ibe la leporo (hare) e la kapreolo (roe-deer) chasesos dal
chasero (hunter).
La naturo dormeskas e vekos erste, kande la printempo (spring)
vekigos ol.
Lesson 20 - Duadekesma Leciono ** Revizo 165
Lesson 20 - Duadekesma Leciono ** Revizo
Lektajo 11:- La Tri Guti

Alba, la bona feino [fe-I-no] (fairy), qua protektas la fianciti (fiances),
Alba, qua habitas la pupilo (pupil) blua di la virgini (virgins) inocenta,
pasante ulmatine proxim rozo, audis sua nomo enuncesar da tri guti.
Proximigante su e sideskante en la kordio dil floro, elu questionis
gracioze:
"Quon vi deziras de me, guti brilanta?"
"Venez por solvar questiono", dicis l'UNESMA. Alba: "Pri quo vi
parolas?"
"Ni esas tri guti diferanta, de origini diversa; ni deziras ke tu dicez, qua
de ni esas la maxim meritoza, la maxim pura." Konseque Alba dicis,
"Me konsentas. Parolez, guto brilanta." E la UNESMA guto dicis:
"Me venas elu la nubi alta, me esas filiino di la granda mari.
Me naskis en la granda oceano antiqua e potenta.
Vizitante maro-rivi (seashore) e litori (seaboard), sukusite (shaken) en
mil tempesti, me absorbesis da la nubo. Me iris til l'alta regioni ube la
steli brilas, e de ibe rulante (rolling) inter la fulmini (lightning), me
falis aden la floro en qua me nun repozas. Me reprezentas la maro.",
finis la UNESMA.
"Nun esas tua foyo, guto brilanta," la feino [fe-I-no] dicis a la
DUESMA.
"Me esas la roso (dew), qua entras la lilii [LI-lyi]; me esas la fratino dil
opalea (opal-coloured) lumo dil luno, la filiino dil nebulo, qua
difuzesas kande la nokto obskurigas la naturo. Me reprezentas l'auroro
(dawn)."
"E tu?" Alba questionis la TRIESMA, la guto minim granda e lore
tacanta.
"Me havas nula merito (worth/merit)." Alba: "Parolez! De ube tu
venas?"
166 Ido for All
"Ek la okuli di fiancitino (fiancee); me esis la rideto, me esis la kredo,

me esis la espero, pose me esis l'amoro ... cadie me esas lakrimo
(tear)."
L'altri ridis pri la guteto, ma Alba, apertante sua brakii, prenis elu kun
su e dicis: "Ica esas la maxim meritoza, ica esas la maxim pura."
L'UNESAMA : "Ma me esis la maro!" La DUESMA : "E me
l'atmosfero!"
"To esas vera; ma ica esas la kordio..", dicis e taceskis (became silent)
Alba.
Ed elu desaparis en l'azuro (azure), kunportante la TRIESMA, la
humila guto.
Lektajo 12:- Lingui Internaciona/Interkomprenigilo

(Means of Communication)
La lingui di preske omna nacioni de India til Atlantiko decendas de
komuna origin-linguo. Ica linguo diferenciesis, e la nacioni separis su.
La relati kun stranjera landi esis neimportanta en anciena tempi, pro ke
la moyeni (means) dil cirkulado (circulation) esis primitiva.
Tamen sempre existis lingui qui mediacis la trafiko, precipue la
komerco. To pruvas ke linguo internaciona esas necesa e nekareebla
(indispensable).
La linguo dil Greki dominacis (had predominated) longatempe en
l'oriento.
Interne di la frontieri dil Romana imperio la Latina divenis
dominacanta; olu restis la linguo di la cienco (science) en preske
(almost) tota Europa til aden la moderna tempo. La Latina ankore
uzesas ekleziale mem hodie.
En la 17. e 18. yarcenti, Francia atingis la kulmino (culmination) di
sua povo, la Franca divenis la linguo dil dipolomacisti (diplomats) e
nobeli.
Nuntempe la linguo dil Angli havas la prerango en la mondo-komerco.
Ma anke la Germana esas ample difuzita: en Austria, Hungaria,
Polonia, Rusia, ed en l'esto di Europa, olu ofte esas l'interkomprenigilo
por multa mikra nacioni. - Das kleinste Haar wirft seinen Schatten. - (-
>Lektajo 13)
Futurale la konkurenco dil naturala lingui en la mondo-trafiko cesos.

Nula de li esas sat (sufficiently) facila, exakta e bela ke olu povus
divenar (become) internaciona helpolinguo. Lo rekomendas Ido kom
la solvuron.
En Berlin, London e New-York, en Arjentinia e Japonia, omnaloke
(everywhere), adube komercisti e ciencisti voyajos, Ido komprenesos e
parolesos. Ultre to omna naciono kultivos e konservos la pureso e
beleso di sua matrolinguo.
En irga fora futuro existos "nova linguo por omni", unesme (for the
first time) kom komercala linguo, pose generale kom linguo dil
mentala komunikado, tam certe kam ultempe existos aernavigado.
(written 80 years ago in Germany)
Lektajo 13:- Vestaro - Bezonesas Dicernar "Portar"

e "Tragar*".
Me volas vizitar cavespere la teatro; pro to me mustas quik chanjar
mea vesti.
Ube esas la kamizo (shirt) e la kalzi (stockings)?
La kamizo esas male glatigita (ironed); mem butono mankas (is
missing).
Yen agulo (needle) e filo (thread), sutez (sew) nova butono an la
kamizo!
Ka la boti (boots) esas cirajizita (polished)? Ka la vesti (clothes) esas
brosita (brushed)? Donez a me la pantalono (trousers), la vestono
(jacket) e la flava jileto (waistcoat)!
La kolumo (collar) esas sordida, me metos (put on, not wear) un neta.
La bruna kravato (necktie) ne plezas a me, me preferas la verda.
Nun me ornas me per l'arjenta kateno (chain) dil horlojeto (watch).
Posh-tukon (=naz-tuko - handkerchief) e gantin (gloves) me ne darfas
obliviar.
Mea klefi (keys) e la burso (purse, wallet) esas en la posho (pocket).
La felta chapelo (felt hat) e la mantelo (mantle) pendas an la vesto-
portilo (hanger). La fuluro (fold <- fular+ur) dil mantelo esas lacerita
168 Ido for All
(torn).
Portez (carry, not wear) olu morge al talioro (tailor) por ke ilu reparez
ol.
Se mea salario esus plu granda, me komprus peliso (pelisse) e shapko
(fur cap), nam la vetero koldeskas. La furisto (furrier) demandas tro
chera preco.
La siorini ofte iras aden la teatro, vestizita per veluro (velvet) e silko, o
li tragas* precoza denteli (lace-works). Tala luxon (luxury) me ne
amas.
Nivas, metez la kauchuka (caoutchouc) surshui (overshoes) e la getri
(gaiters)!
Yen la parapluvo (umbrella). Granda plezuro!
Proverbi (ek: Proverbaro da Peus).

Ne omno oresas quo brilas. - All is not gold that glitters.
Omnu havas sua propra gusto. - Every man to his taste.
L'unesma ateston esas la vesto. - Fine clothes make the man.
Defekton di naturo ne kovras veluro (velvet). - You can't make a silk
purse out of a sow's ear.
Extere ornita (embellished), interna sordida (dirty/sordid). - A wolf in
sheep's clothing.
- Das kleinste Haar wirft seinen Schatten. - Tread on a worm and it
will turn.
La maxim mikra haro (hair) jetas sua ombro. - Even a worm will turn.
Lektajo 14:- En la Teatro

( staco-placo = galerio [ga-LE-ryo] - gallery )
La reprezento komencas precize ye 6:30 kloki (sis kloki e duimo).
La demando pri l'eniro-bilieti esas tre granda. Se on volas obtenar
bilieto an la gicheto (wicket/ticket window), on mustas ibe instalar su
(queue up for) ye ja duima horo (30 minutes) ante olua aperto.
"Me demandas bilieto por la duesma rango, sinistra latero, staco-
placo."
"Me regretas, ica plasi esas parvendita, nur partero (pit/parquet circle)-
lojio (box/loge) esas ankore recevebla.", "Quante kustas la bilieto?"
"9.50 mark inkluzinte la taxo po l'uzo di la vesteyo (dressing room)."
On pleas la kanto-maestri de Nuernberg da Richard Wagner.
Me preferas opero kam dramato e komedio kam tragedio.
La kurteno levesas. La ceneyo vidigas l'internajo di kirko.
Kantistino kantas per sonora voco. Anke la tenoro kantas ecelante.
L'orkestro-chefo direktas tre vivace (spiritedly).
Omna muzikisti di ca orkestro esas artisti. Pos singla akto eventas
pauzo.
Aparte la 3. akto esas belega. On vidas la gaya Johannis-festo sur la
prato.
Walter ganas per sua premio-kanto la filiino dil or-forjisto (goldsmith).
La kurteno (curtain) abasesas (is lowered). La audantaro (audience)
aplaudas (applauds, claps) entuziasmigite (enthusiastically), la kantisti
dankas joyoze. Wagner ne nur esis genio (genius) kom kompozisto ma
anke bona poeto.
En 1825 Goethe dicis ad Eckermann:

"Ta, qua esas ne tote blazita (jaded/blase') e suficante yuna, ne facile
trovas loko, ube lu povas esar tam bone sorgata kam en la teatro.
On postulas de vi tote nulo; vi ne bezonas apertar la boko, se vi ne
volas.
Kontree vi sidas tote komfortoze (comfortably) quale rejo ed IGAS
"(a) vi" komode (conveniently/suitably) REPREZENTAR omno
(behave like a king), e REGALAR (treat) via spirito e sensi, quale vi
nur povas dezirar to.
Yen poezio, pikt-arto, kant-arto e muziko, arto dramatala e mem plu
multo.
Se omna ica arti e charmi di yuneso e beleso agas kune dum un
vespero, sur alta nivelo dil arto, lore to esas festo nekomparebla ad irga
altra."
170 Ido for All
Lektajo 15:- La Muso e la Leono (da Aesopos)

Leono dormis en sua kaverno (cave); cirkum lu trupo de gaya musi
ludis.
Un/Una de li jus esis kliminta adsur salianta (protruding) rokaji, falis
adinfre e vekigis la leono qua retenis (kept) lu per sua grandega pedo.
"Ho ve", la muso pregis, "esez jeneroza a me kompatinda,
neimportanta kreuro! me ne volis ofensar tu, me nur facis mispazo e
falis de la rokajo.
Quale mea morto utilesus a tu? Lasez vivar me /Lasez (a) me vivar/, e
me volas esor/esur gratitudoza a tu dum mea tota vivo!, se me vivus."
"Forirez!", la leono dicis jeneroze e lasis forkurar la museto. Ma pose
lu ridis e dicis: "Esor gratitudoza! Nu, ton me dezirus vidar, quale
museto povus manifestar sua gratitudo a leono. To ne semblas esor
posibla"
Pos kurta tempo la sama muso kuris tra la foresto e serchis nuci (nuts)
por su. Subite (suddenly) lu audis la plendala mujado (roaring) di
leono.
"Lu certe esas en danjero!" la muso parolis en su ed iris a la loko, de
qua la mujado sonis. Ibe lu trovis la jeneroza (generous) leono
cirkumplektita (intertwined) da forta reto (net) quan la chasisto
pozabis injenioze por kaptar (capture) per to animali granda e forta.
La kordi (pieces of rope) tante kontraktesabis (shrank together) ke la
leono povis uzar nek sua denti nek la forteso di sua pedi por lacerar
(tear) li.
"Vartez, amiko," dicis la museto, "cakaze me povas helpar probable
maxim bone." Lu adkuris, parrodis (gnawed completely) la kordi qui
entravis (fettered) lua avana pedi, e fine divenis ke li (la pedi) esas
libera. La leono laceris la cetera (remaining) reto e riatingis tale sua
libereso per la helpo da la museto di qua vivon olim lu ipsa sparis
sualatere.
Nobla esez la homo, helpema e bona, nam to distingas lu de omna enti
quin ni konocas. (Johann Wolfgang von Goethe 1749-1832)
Lektajo 16:- Du Komercala Letri

Milano, 16. marto 1921.
Sioro Zahn e kompanio, mashin-fabrikerio Mannheim (Germania)
Me dankas pro la sendo dil preco-listo.

Nuntempe agrokultivala (agricultural) mashini demandesas tante multe
ke me mustas balde riplenigar (refill) mea magazino (warehouse).
Nia kompristo (buyer) vizitos vu pos kelka dii; ilu havas la promiso
(=expekto - expectation) komendar (order) pasable (fairly) granda
nombro de mashini, se vu grantos konvenanta rabato (discount) ed
avantajoza pago-kondicioni.
Specale me bezonas motor-plugili (ploughs), semo-mashini (sowing-

machines), falcho-mashini (mowing-machines), fen (hay)-rastili (rake)
(haymaker) e drash-mashini (flail/threshing-machines).
Konsiderante la plucherigo (soaring) extraordinara pro la transporto-
preco ed importaco-taxo, me nur povas komprar, se la preco
kalkulesos ad/kom/ye la maxim basa [preco kam] posible.
Me ja recevis avatajoza ofri da Angla firmi; tamen me havas l'espero
agreabla, filigar (spin/ make into threads) per ica kompro la relati
aferala qui existis ante la milito inter nia firmi, por la profito di la du
parti.
Kun granda estimo, Giovanni Rienzi, Dante-strado 17, Milano (Italia)
Mainz, 8. februaro 1921.

Sioro P. Thorbecke, Rembrandt-placo 11, Amsterdam (Nederlando).
Vua sendajo del 29. januaro arivis cadie.

La vari esas nereprochebla, pezo e nombro esis justa.
172 Ido for All
Me komisis (appointed) la Rhenana banko asignar a vu la sumo de

2864 florini.
Me pregas vu quik sendar a me la sequanta vari:
500 kilogrami de rizo, singla kg po 4 mark;
100 kg de kakao, maxim bona qualeso;
200 kg de saguto (sago); 220 kg de Braziliana kafeo;
90 kg de teo, mezvalora mixuro (mixture);
4000 buxi de lakto sukrizita (sugared); 360 kg de fromajo (cheese)
de Edam;
50 litri de palm-oleo (palm oil); fine 5 kg de pipro (pepper) muelita.
Koncerne la preci me fidas a vu pro mea multyara experienco pri la

loyaleso di vua firmo, e me supozas, ke la livrajo esos tam bona kam la
lasta.
Kun respektoza saluti, vua devota (devoted), Walter Schutz
La pasero e la kolombo
Puerulo kaptabis pasero (sparrow) e vidis pose kolombo (dove) sur la
tekto.
"Ita esas plu bona", ilu pensis, lasis riflugar la pasero ed acensis la
tekto, por kaptar vice (= instead of) lu la kolombo.
Ma ica ne vartis il, ma lu forflugis.
Sidante sur la tekto, sen pasero e sen kolombo, la puerulo memoris la
proverbo: Plu bona (esas) pasero en la manuo kam kolombo sur la
tekto.
Lektajo 17:- Linguala Stilo

La skopo di la linguo internaciona esas l'interkompreno adminime en
Europa. Ne suficas havar internaciona vortaro e gramatiko inter lingui
Europala, se la frazi ne esas omnaloke komprenebla (por diferanta
nacionani). La vortordino esez naturala segun la reguli dil Ido-
gramatiko. La maxim bona moyeno por komprenesar esas facar kurta
frazi. Qua bone skribas, facas multa punti. Ne akumulez la subordinita
frazi.
Anke en Ido existas bona e mala stilo. La naturala lingui havas multa
idiomaji, quin on devas uzar, mem se li esas nelogikala. "Ido ne havas
idiomaji*", singla nociono havas un vorto e singla vorto signifikas nur
un nociono.
Do on evitez l'idiomaji dil naturala lingui; li ne komprenesas en omna
landi. Skribez simple e klare, lore tu espereble skribos en bona stilo.
--- * Ma poke fanfaronanta reklamajo por Ido da olima Idisto
Germana, ---
--- nam omna lingui sur la tero havas plu o min idiomaji e ne-logikeso,
---
--- quin tamen Ido adminime esforcas eskapar per sua anmo por
facileso. ---
Lektajo 18:- Pri Idiomaji (idioms) e Propra Kustumo

di Naturala Lingui
Lernar stranjera lingui esas multe desfacila por ordinara populi
(=plebeyi).
Nam sempre restas/os nekonteble multa neregulozeso (irregularities)
gramatikala ed anke en dicmanieri, idiomaji nacionala, pos "omna
esforcado (endeavour)" bone lernar la linguo di irga intereso ed
importo. Logikeso ne suficas ma la rezulton decidos nur suficanta
tempo e pekunio por parlernar la linguo.
Quale onu povus facile memorar omna idiomaji di linguo lernata?
Exemple: rain cats and dogs, fight like Kilkenny cats, let the cat out of
the bag...
174 Ido for All
Quale onu povus facile dicernar per dicionario la korekta signifiko di

frazo? Kande USAani dicas "I'm MAD about the event.", onu ne povas
komprenar la vera signifiko per simple konsultar la dicionario; mad -
fola Advere la frazo ne signifikas ke "Me esas FOLA pri l'evento" ma
to dicas ke "Me IRACAS pri l'evento." ed altrafoye "Me
ENTUZIASMAS pri l'evento."
... HoLala!
Tala kozi numeroza abundas e nule cesas kande onu lernas irga
stranjera linguo. Advere nur la richi povas facile lernar sua stranjera
linguo, se li deziras.
La plebeyi nur povus disponar sua bona logikeso, sen havar suficanta
pekunio. Ido esas/os la unika internaciona linguo por omna laboristi
sur la mondo, pro ke onu povas facile lernar Ido inter sua limitizita
tempo e pekunio. Do ni lernez Ido, Ido mustos kultivar nia mento per
sua logikeso por omni.
......skribita da laboristo, Idisto ed Idiotisto, Bebson Y. Hochfeld

Advanced Lessons (21 - 30) 175
Advanced Lessons (21 - 30)
English Idioms and Ido

xxx Averto por la lernanti di(n) "advanced lessons (21-30)" xxx
De ca leciono me montras a vi "kelka experimenti por Ido" quale omna
skribisti facas sua experimenti en sua propra linguo por plu charmar
olu kontre gramatiko autentika pro ke ja existas ferma linguo ne'facile
movebla pro ula experimenti. En Idia anke existas la ferma modelo di
Ido quala ta bela di Sro Jean MARTIGNON e tre poka altri, do pliz*
unesme lernez tala model'atra Ido en lua IdoStab che
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/idostab/
e pose, vu povos selektar "qua esas bona o ne" de mea experimenti
ne'autentika.
176 Ido for All
Lesson 21 - Duadek-e-unesma Leciono
Possessive Case
The English possessive case has to be turned round and translated by
the preposition "di":
The father's dog - La hundo di la patro
The mother's meeting - La asemblo di la matro
A mother's meeting - Asemblo di matro
A beggar's revenge - Venjo di mendikisto
With prepositions "to" and "at", the possessive case is translated by
preposition "che":
She lives at her uncle's house - Elu lojas che sua onklulo.
He went to his tailor's (shop). - Ilu iris che sua talioro.
The possessive case was formerly used with all nouns. We still find
traces of it in expressions like,"an hour's walk", where there is no real
possession, and preposition "de" is to be used.
an hour's walk - un horo de marcho, or, marcho de/dum un horo
A few expressions where the possessive case is found can be rendered
by simpler forms:
at arm's length - ye brakio-disto
for mercy's sake - pro kompato
a hair's breadth - har-dikeso
to-day's news - la ca-diala nuveli*
for form's sake - por la formo
Another form of possessive is the adjectival noun:
a railway carriage - fervoyala vagono, or, vagono di fervoyo
the park gate - la parkala pordego, or, la pordego di la parko
Possessive marks (-'ens or -'ns : not yet officialized in ULI). When
ambiguty can not be avoided, special possessive marks could be used.
Co esas la stulteso di Marx, qua esas extraordinara. --->
Lesson 21 - Duadek-e-unesma Leciono 177
Co esas Marx'ens stulteso, qua esas extraordinara.

Co esas la stulteso di Marx, qua'ns personeso esas extraordinara.
Ci esas la liti dil soldati, di qua gambin onu ruptabas.
Ci esas la soldati'ns liti'ns gambi, quin onu ruptabas.
Ci esas la liti dil soldati, qui'ns gambin onu ruptabas.
Possessive: That
The possessive case at the end of a sentence often has to be translated
by the pronoun "that":
He said his writing was better than his brother's (that of his brother).
- Ilu dicis ke lua skribajo esas plu bona kam ta di lua fratulo.
She liked her sister's best (that of her sister). - Elu maxim prizas ta
di sua fratino.
It is as good as my grandfather's (as that of my grandfather). - Olu
esas tam bona kam ta di mea avulo.
It is the old man's (that of the old man). - Olu esas ta di la oldulo.
(active verb): It belongs to the old man. - Olu apartenas a la oldulo.
Partitive Article
When the indefinite adjectives "some","any" are used with words of
quantity in place of "a","an", they are not to be translated.
The children have some bread. - La infanti havas pano.
Did he get any money? - Kad ilu recevis pekunio?
He wrote without any ink. - Ilu skribis sen inko.
In such cases the word "some" or "any" could easily be left out.
Did he get money? etc. - Kad ilu recevis pekunio?
If the word "some" or "any" cannot be left out, then it is an adjective
or a pronoun, and must be translated:
Whether he got any or not, I don't know.
Kad ilu recevis kelka o ne, me ne savas.
178 Ido for All
Apparent Plural
Note the following and all similar:
bellows - suflilo
breeches - pantalono
scissors - cizo
tongs - tenalio
billiards - biliardo
contents - kontenajo
dregs - lizo
alms - almono od almoni
means - moyeno o moyeni
news - novumo o novumi
Some nouns of quantity remain singular in English when preceded by
a number :
They had three brace of partridges and six dozen oysters.
Li havis tri pari [de] perdriki e sis dekedui [de] ostri.
How to translate "adverbs" in English

(A one-point lesson...)
The BOOK on the desk is mine.
- "on the desk" is an "adjectival" phrase, when it describes
"BOOK".
An ant FOUND the book on the desk.
- "on the desk" is an "adverbial" phrase, when it describes
"FOUND".
Lesson 21 - Duadek-e-unesma Leciono 179
Noun/(Noun phrase) as an Adverb

We work "eight hours every day".
Ni laboras dum ok hori omna'die /(ye) omna dio.
They walked "ten miles".
Li marchis larje de dek milii [MI-lyi].
They always traveld "second class".
Li sempre voyajis per la duesma klaso.
They decided go "their separate ways".
Li decidis irar sur sua separita voyi.
Adverb as a Quasi-noun
"Now" is the time to rise up for peace.
Nun (La prezento) esas la tempo por staceskar por paco.
How far is it from "here" to the police station?
Quanta esas la disto de hike (ca loko) a la polic-staciono?
Adverb as an adjective
The long, cold winter is "over".
La longa, kolda vintro esas par'finita.
Adverb as a Conjunction
"Once" you hesitate, you are lost.
Se un'foye tu hezitus, tu quik egaresus.
She got up "directly" (as soon as) the alarm clock rang.
Elu levis su quik kande la alarm-klosho sonis.
Elu levis su tam balde kam la alarm-klosho sonis.
180 Ido for All
How to Translate "It"

It was me who first introduced the two.
Esas me' ta qua unesme introduktis la du. =
Ta qua unesme introduktis la du' esas me.
Some Idists write it as...(Kelka Idisti skribas quale ...)
Esas me qua unesme introduktis la du.
But this sentence is equivalent to ...
Me, qua unesme introduktis la du, esas. =
Me, qua unesme introduktis la du, existas. =
Existas me, qua unesme introduktis la du.
When "esas" means "exists" ...
There exists a witness who saw the crime. - Esas l'atestanto qua
vidis la krimino. ->
There existed (in the park) the witness who saw the crime. - Esis
(en la parko) l'atestanto qua vidis la krimino. =
There was found (in the park) the witness who saw the crime. -
Trovesis (en la parko) l'atestanto qua vidis la krimino. =
In the park existed the witness who saw the crime. - (En la parko)
esis l'atestanto qua vidis la krimino. =
The witness who saw the crime was in the park. - L'atestanto qua
vidis la krimino esis (en la parko). =
When "esas" means .. It "is" a who, which, or that does/did so and so,
use "ta qua":
Ta qua vidis la krimino (en la parko) esis l'atestanto. =
(En la parko) esis l'atestanto' ta qua vidis la krimino. =
Esas l'atestanto' ta qua vidis la krimino (en la parko). ->
Esas l'atestanto' ta qua vidis la krimino.
Lesson 22 - Duadek-e-duesma Leciono 181
Lesson 22 - Duadek-e-duesma Leciono
How to Translate THAT

If "that" joins two sentences, use "ke":
I see that you are here. - Me vidas ke vu esas hike.
If "that" means "who", "whom", "which", use "qua" as subject, "quan"
as object (if before the verb):
The cat that was here. - La kato qua esis hike.
The dog that you saw. - La hundo quan vu vidis.
If it means "that" person, use "ita", "ta":
That man is too old. - Ita/ta viro esas tro olda.
If it menas "that" thing, use "ito","to":
That is no use. - Ito/to ne utilesas.
If it means "that" kind of, use "tala":
That person! Well, I never! - Tala persono! Ne-kredebla!
If it means "in order that", use "por ke" (with imperative):
I tell you now that you will be prepared. - Me dicas olu a vu nun
por ke vu esez preparita/pronta.
THAT Should Never Be Omitted

"That" is very often omitted in English, but should never be omitted in
Ido:
The book (that) I gave you - La libro quan me donis a vu.
I think (that) he will come. - Me opinionas ke ilu venos.
"That" is generally omitted in English after verbs like "to think", "to
hope", "to wish", "to believe". It is critically important to pay attention
to this rule, as the correct use of the word "ke" is the key to a good
international style for English-speaking students.
182 Ido for All
Other Words Omitted

All other words omitted in English have to be inserted in Ido:
It was he mentioned the fact (= he who mentioned). - Esas ilu' ta
qua mencionis la fakto.
He knew the man we were speaking of (=of whom we...). - Ilu
konocis la viro pri qua ni parolis.
Do what he will (=let him do...), he cannot... - Ilu facez quon ilu
volas, ilu ne povas...
If a man was great while living (=while he was living),... - Se homo
esis famoza dum ke ilu vivis,...
He gave the boy a penny (=a penny to the boy). - Ilu donis ok
centimi a la puero.
Show me it (=show it to me). - Montrez olu a me.
Whose, of Which
"Whose" and "of which" are translated "di qua/qui" or sometimes
"qua'ns/qui'ns":
The boy "whose" book I saw (= the boy of whom I saw the book).
La puero di qua me vidis la libro.
La puero qua'ns libron me vidis.
The sword which Hector gave Ajax was that on "whose" point Ajax
fell.
La glavo quan Hektor donis ad Ajax, esis ta sur la pinto di qua
Ajax falis.
La glavo quan Hektor donis ad Ajax, esis ta sur qua'ns pinto
Ajax falis.
The books, the binding "of which" you like.
La libri di qui vu prizis la binduro.
La libri qui'ns binduron vu prizis.
Infinitive Clause
The infinitive clause is another important case in which "that" ("ke")
as a conjunction should be used. It is possible to translate such clauses
like this:
I want you to come. - Me volas vu venar.
He ordered them to go away. - Ilu imperis li de-irar.
But it is preferable to translate infinitive clauses by using "ke" like
this:
I want you to come. - Me volas ke vu venez.
He ordered them to go away. - Ilu imperis ke li de-irez.
Such phrases occur most frequently with verbs of "command" and
"desire".
Imperative Clause
The subject of an imperative clause can be omitted only when it is
"vu" or "tu".
Come here as soon as (it is) possible.
Tu venez ad'hike tam balde kam (lo esez) posibla. ->
Venez ad'hike tam balde kam posibla.
If the command is directed to someone (or something) other than
"you", the subject cannot be omitted:
Spring come to Europe as soon as possible! (Said in winter...) -
Printempo venez ad'en Europa tam balde kam posibla! (Dicita en
vintro.)
Prayer go to hell so that the sinner has a chance to repent. - Prego
(prejo*) venez ad'en l'inferno por ke la pekinto povez repentar.
pregar: to beg, entreat, beseech, and also to pray to God
prejar* : to say a prayer (religious meaning only)
(In Ido, putting an asterisk* after a word announces that the word is
not officially approved by the Ido language governing body.)
184 Ido for All
Comparative
She is beautiful. - Elu esas bela.
She is as beautiful as her sister. - Elu esas tam bela kam sua fratino.
She is more beautiful than her sister. - Elu esas plu bela kam sua
fratino.
She is less beautiful than her sister. - Elu esas min bela kam sua
fratino.
She is no less beautiful than her sister. She is as beautiful as her sister.
- Elu ne esas min bela kam sua fratino.
She is no more beautiful than her sister. Both of them are ugly. - Elu
ne esas plu bela kam sua fratino. L'amba esas leda.
No one is more beautiful than her sister. - Nulu esas plu bela kam elua
fratino.
No one is as beautiful as her sister. - Nulu esas tam bela kam elua
fratino.
Her sister is the most beautiful woman of all. - Elua fratino esas la
maxim bela muliero del omni.
She has no less than (=as much as) 50 dollars. - Elu havas ne'min kam
kinadek dolari. = Elu havas tam multa kam kinadek dolari.
She has not less than (=at least) 50 dollars. = Elu ne havas min kam
kinadek dolari. = Elu havas ad'minime kinadek dolari.
She has no more than (=only, just, exactly) 50 dollars. = Elu havas
ne'plu kam kinadek dolari. = Elu havas nur/precize kindadek dolari.
She has not more than (=at most) 50 dollars. = Elu ne havas plu kam
kinadek dolari. = Elu havas ad'maxime kinadek dolari.
How to Get Dad and Mom from Father and Mother

For a more familiar form of "mother" and "father", use the suffixes
"ch" and "ny":
Father : Patro -> Dad : Pacho
Mother : Matro -> Mom : Manyo
In English we make Anthony into Tony, and Katharine into Kate or
Kitty. In Ido we can get similar names by putting -ch- for a male, or
-ny- for a female, after one of the first few letters of the full name.
Thus, from Michael we form Micho; and from Katherine we make
Katanyo or Kanyo.
Why You Need "di" Between Noun and Infinitive

Phrases like "power of comprehension" (or "lack of understanding")
are understood in Ido in the form "power to comprehend" (or "inability
to understand"), using an infinitive after a noun.
Without the "of" between the noun and infinitive, you would say:
One must by one's own power of comprehension deal with the
matter.
= One must by one's own power to comprehend to deal with the
matter. (This is awkward English, but suits the purpose here.)
Lu mustas per sua esforco komprenar traktar l'afero.
(In Ido, "lu" means "he, she, or it", typically replaced with "one" in
English. The Ido indefinite pronoun "on" for the English "one"
could work here, but "on" has more of a broader societal or
indefinite group sense of "they, we, people", etc. than we would
like for these examples.)
One must, by one's own power, to comprehend to deal with the
matter.
Lu mustas, per sua esforco, komprenar traktar l'afero.
One must, by one's own power to comprehend, to deal with the
matter.
Lu mustas, per sua esforco komprenar, traktar l'afero.
Inserting "di" between the noun and its following infinitive clarifies
186 Ido for All
the intended meaning:

One must by one's own power of comprehension, deal with the
matter.
Lu mustas, per sua esforco di komprenar, traktar l'afero.
One must, by one's own power of comprehension, deal with the
matter.
Lu mustas, per sua esforco, komprenar (quale) traktar l'afero.
Lesson 23 - Duadek-e-triesma Leciono 187
Lesson 23 - Duadek-e-triesma Leciono
How to Translate WHAT

If "what" means "that which", use "to quo" or "to quon", according to
sense:
What is here is good. (=That which is here is good.)
To quo esas hike, esas bona.
(In this sentence "which" is the subject of "is".)
What you say is right. (=That which you say is right.)
To quon vu dicas, esas justa.
(Here "which" is the object of "you say".)
Note. - In the correlation "to quo", or "to quon", the "to" can be
omitted after a verb.
I heard what he said. - Me audis quon ilu dicis.
I know what they are. - Me savas quo li esas.
If "waht" is a aquestion and means "what thing", use "quo" or "quon":
What is it? - Quo esas?
What is the matter? - Quo eventas?
What do you want? (= you want what thing? ,"what" being the
object.) - Quon vu volas?
As an adjective, use "qua, quan":
What carriage? - Qua veturo?
What day? - Qua dio?
As an exclamation, use "quo!":
What! Is it true? - Quo!, ka vera?
For "what" followed by "a" ("what a..."), translate "what" by "quala":
What a wind! - Quala vento!
188 Ido for All
See the "Letters" appendix for a discussion between Idists regarding

the differences in the usage of "qua" and "quo" - A letter for a French
Idist: pri la difero "qua" e "quo"
Indefinite Adjectives and Pronouns

SOME, ANY: See previous lessons.
NO, before a noun of quantity = not before the verb:
I have no bread (=I not have bread.) - Me ne havas pano.
NO, before a noun of individuality = not one: "nula"
No man will say. - Nula homo dicos.
EITHER (= the one or the other):
Either of them will do (= one or other will suit).
Una od altra konvenos.
Either book will do (= one book or the other will suit).
Un libro o la altra konvenos.
("Either ... or" is a conjunction, translated by "sive ... sive")
NEITHER (=nor one nor the other):
Neither (one nor the other) door was open. - Nek una nek la altra
pordo esis apertita.
FEW = poka
A FEW = kelka
SEVERAL = plura
MANY, MUCH = multa (too many, much = tro multa).
SUCH, meaning "quality" = tala, meaning those = ti.
Such as we are (= such a quality we have) - Tala quala ni esas.
Such as like it (=those who like it) - Ti qui prizas olu.
ALL, meaning everything = omno.
meaning everybody = omni.
as an adjective = omna.
All I have said. - Omno quon me dicis.
Lesson 23 - Duadek-e-triesma Leciono 189
All were there (= all were present). - Omni asistis.

All trouble, all efforts. - Omna peno, omna esforci.
ALL THE, meaning the whole = la tota.
All the town was ablaze. - La tota urbo flagris.
EACH OTHER = una altra.
ONE ANOTHER = una altra (or verb commencing by inter-).
They loved each other. - Li amis una altra.
They loved one another. - Li amis una altra. Li inter-amis.
They took each other's hats. - Li prenis la una la chapelo di la altra.
NOT ANYTHING, NOTHING = ne ... ulo, nulo
NO ONE, NONE = ne ... ulu, nulu
"One" is translated by "un" as a number, "una" as an adjective
showing unity, "unu" as a pronoun of person:
One and one make two. - Un ed un facas du.
The One Holy Church. - La Una Santa Eklezio.
The one said this, the other said that. - Unu dicis ico, la altru
dicis ito.
"One" after demonstrative (this one, that one, the other one), and
after adjectifves (a young one, a good one) is omitted:
This one said this, that one said that, and the other one said the
other thing. - Ica dicis ico, ita dicis ito, e la altra dicis la altro.
The little one was tired. - La puereto esis fatigita.
"One" after an adjective, is often translated by a repetition of the
noun.
She had a doll, a beautiful one too. - Elu havis pupeo, vere bela
pupeo.
THE ONES, as a pronoun = uni;
The ones were long, the other were short.
Uni esis longa, l'altri esis kurta.
ONES, after an adjective, is not translated:
190 Ido for All
Give me two small ones. - Donez ad me du mikra.

SELF, the pronoun "self" is translated by "ipsa":
Who was there? Only myself. - Qua esis ibe? Nur me ipsa.
When "myself","himself",etc., are used after the simple pronoun
(I myself, she herself, etc.), or after a noun (the king himself),
translate the simple pronoun or noun, and add "ipsa" as separate
word:
They themselves told me. - Li ipsa dicis to a me.
She saw it herslef. - Elu ipsa vidis olu.
She saw the thing itself. - Elu vidis la kozo ipsa.
The word "ipsa" should be placed next to the word it refers to.
"Self" as a noun is translated by "persono":
My whole self. - mea tota persono.
Using "Quale" and "Kom"

A quale B - A and B are similar but not the same character.
Quale means - (in comparison) as, like : as in the manner of
Matro quale mortinta patro reprimandis sua kindi*' ma ne suficante
bone. (kindi* : children).
A kom B - A and B are the same character with different qualities
Kom means - as in the capacity, character, role, quality of :
being in the capacity, character, role, quality of :
to be in the capacity, character, role, quality of.
Patro anke kom matro sorgis sua kindi*, nam ja mortabis la matro.
Lesson 24 - Duadek-e-quaresma Leciono 191
Lesson 24 - Duadek-e-quaresma Leciono
How to Translate SHALL

If "shall" is a simple future, use -OS:
I shall be here tomorrow. - Me esos hike morge.
If "shall" means "duty", use "devar" or the imperative:
He shall do it. - Ilu devas facar lo.
Thou shalt not bear false witnes. - Tu ne false atestez.
How to Translate WILL

If "will" is a simple future, use -OS:
He will write to yo. - Ilu skribos a vu.
If "will" means "emphasis", use "ya" with future:
I will do it. - Me ya facos lo.
If"will" means "to be willing", "to be so good", use "voluntar":
Will you do me a favour? - Ka vu volutas facar favoro a me?\
As a description of a frequent or repeated act or event, "will" is not
translated (except by a paraphrase or by -AD-):
Sometimes he will look in of an evening.
Kelka-foye ilu venas vizitar ni en la vespero. ...or
Eventas kelka-foye ke ilu venas vizitar ni. ...or
Ilu vizitadias ni vespere.
192 Ido for All
How to Translate SHOULD

If "should" is a simple conditional, use -us:
I should be glad to have it.
Me esus felica havar ol, or, Se me havus ol.
If "should" means "ought", use "devas":
You should write to them. - Vu devas skribar a li.
For a conditional sense, use "devus", not "devas". Compare:
"You ought (devas) to do it if you can." (possible) and
"You ought (devus) to do if if you could." (not probable).
At beginning of the sentence, use "se" ("if") with the future tense:
Should you require my services. - Se vu bezonos mea servi.
How to Translate WOULD

If "would" is a simple conditional, use -US:
He would not forget it. - Ilu ne oblivius ol.
If "would" means "insistence", use "volis" (=did want):
I tried to stop him, but he would do it.
Me probis haltigar il, ma ilu volis facar ol.
If "would" means "habit", use -AD-:
She would sit on that little chair. - Elu sidadis sur ta stuleto.
In the phrase "would that", use either "Se nur" ("if only") with
conditional or "Deo volez ke" ("God wills that...") with imperative:
Would that we were younger again! - Se nur ni esus itere yuna.
Would that peace reigned everywhere! - Deo volez ke paco omna-
loke regnez!
How to Translate MAY

If "may" means "perhaps", use "forsan":
It may rain. - Forsan pluvos.
It may be so. - Forsan esas tale.
If "may" means "permission", use "darfar" or a paraphrase:
May I come in? - Ka me darfas en-venar?
You may not do it (=you are not allowed to do it.) - Vu ne darfas
facar ol.
You may not do it (=perhaps you won't do it.) - Forsan vu ne facos
ol.
How to Translate MUST

With a personal subject, use the personal verb "mustar":
I must go. - Me mustas departar.
When the subject cannot, or need not, be expressed use the impersonal
verb "oportar":
We must go now. - Oportas departar nun.
Sometimes an adjective in -END- suffices:
A book that must be read. - Libro lektenda.
How to Translate CAN AFFORD

afordar* (= can afford) : to have sufficient time, money, means, etc.
I can't afford the time, nor the money. - Me ne afordas (facar lo) per
la tempo, nek per la pekunio.
I can't afford a car. - Me ne afordas havar automobilo.
I cannot afford to die yet. - Me ankore ne afordas mortar.
I can afford to be frank. - Me afordas dicar libere e honeste.
194 Ido for All
In other verbs than afordar*

I can't afford (cannot find) the (free) time. - Me ne povas trovar la
tempo libera.
I can't afford it. -
My means do not permit. - Mea moyeni ne permisas .
I am not able to sustain or support the expense of it. - Me ne
povas sustenar o suportar la spensi di.
I am not rich enough. - Me ne esas sat richa.
Habitual Act
The word "used to", when it really means "a habit", is translated by
affix -AD-:
We used to walk up and down for hours. - Ni iradis e venadis dum
hori.
Compare with:
We (are now) walk up and down for hours. - Ni iras e venas dum
hori.
We (one time) walked up and down for hours. - Ni iris e venis dum
hori.
Change of Tense
In Ido tenses do not govern each other:
I thought it was raining. - Me pensis ke pluvas.
(= I thought that it is raining. "It is raining", I thought.)
He found she was tired. - Ilu trovis ke elu esas fatigita.
(= He found that she is tired - she was tired at the time he found it.)
The English present perfect with date is translated by present tense and
the word "since".
I have known it these four days. - Me savas lo de quar dii.
(= I know it from four days.)
I have been here two months. - Me esas hike de du monati.
I had been in Rome a week when I received your letter.

(= I was in Rome from a week ...)
Me esis en Roma de un semano, kande me recevis vua letro.
The English simple past tense with "for" becomes a past tense with
"dum" in Ido:
I was there for two months (=during two months). - Me esis ibe
dum du monati.
She used it for one year. - Elu uzis oll dum un yaro.
"Small Talk" Questions and Phrases

The following examples will explain better than any rule how to
translate conversational phrases that fall into the category of "small
talk":
Are you tired? - Ka vu esas fatigita?
I am not tired. - Me ne esas fatigita.
You are tired, aren't you? - Vu eass fatigita, ka ne?
You aren't tired, are you? - Vu ne esas fatigita, ka yes?
I am not tired; are you? - Me ne esas fatigita; ka vu (esas)?
I am tired; aren't you? - Me esas fatigita; ka vu ne (esas)?
He is tired, isn't he? - Ilu esas fatigita, ka ne?
He isn't tired, is he? - Ilu ne esas fatigita, ka yes?
I have finished; have you? - Me ja finis; ka vu (anke)?
I have! - Me anke!
Has he? - Kad ilu (anke)?
He hasn't. - Ilu ne.
You'll come, won't you? - Vu venos, ka ne?
She won't come; will you? - Elu ne volas venar; ka vu volas?
I don't know, I am sure. - Me tote ne savas.
Oh! do! please! - Ho, yes! (venez) me pregas!
196 Ido for All
Note: Some Idists use "ka No?" for "ka ne?" and "kad Yes?" for "ka
yes?"
Bluto, Tu esas ne'polita, ka No?
No, me ne esas ne'polita, Popeye.
or
Bluto, Tu esas ne'polita, ka Ne?
No, me ne esas ne'polita, Popeye.
Olive, Tu ne esas ne'polita, kad Yes?
Ma Yes, me deziras esar ne'polita precipue por tu, Bluto.
or
Olive, Tu ne esas ne'polita, ka yes?
Ma Yes, me deziras esar ne'polita precipue por tu, Bluto.
How to Translate "It"

It was in 1989 that the Berlin Wall was taken down.
Esis en 1989 (l'evento) ke la muro Komunismal di Berlin
demolisesis.
It is a virtue never to tell a lie.
Esas vertuo jame* (nulkande) mentiar. = Jame* mentiar esas
vertuo.
There is a virtue of never telling a lie.
Esas vertuo di jame* mentiar. = Vertuo di jame* mentiar existas.
I found the dress beautiful.
I found the beautiful dress. = Me trovis la bela robo.
I found the dress (to be) beautiful. = Me trovis la robo esar/ye bela.
Note here the use of "ke" to signal a dependent (explanatory) clause:
I found the tiger running.
I found the tiger running. - Me trovis la tigro kuranta? No! Me
trovis ke la tigro esas kuranta.
I found the running tiger. - Me trovis la kuranta tigro.
I found the tiger to be running. - Me trovis la tigro esar/ye kuranta.

Me trovis la tigro kurar. = Me trovis ke la tigro kuras.
Last night I found you beautiful in that dress.
Hiere nokte me trovis tu esar/ye bela en ta robo.
Hiere nokte me trovis ke tu esas bela en ta robo.
Noun Plus "Di" Plus Infinitive, Again

The soldier found the place to die.
La soldato trovis la loko mortar? No! La loko ne mortas. (The place
is not dying.
La soldato trovis la loko di mortar. - The soldier found the place of
(for) dying (to die).
198 Ido for All
Lesson 25 - Duadek-e-kinesma Leciono
How to Translate the English -ING

English verb forms ending in -ING are typically present participles
that can be translated in Ido with the verb suffix -ANTA. The
following rules cover most cases:
Use --ANTA only if the word ending with -ING is a true verbal
adjective qualifying a noun, and therefore can be replaced by a verb
phrase using "who" or "which":
A crying child, a child who cries. - Krianta infanto.
A gratifying result, a result which gratifies. - Kontentiganta rezulto.
In most other cases, -ING merely signifies a noun of action:
to beat - a beating, to brush - a brushing, to institute - instituting
Such nouns in Ido have the simple termination -O, which, when the
root is a verb, precisely means action:
to beat - batar, a beating – bato
to brush - brosar, a brushing – broso
to institute - institucar, the instituting (of something) - instituco
To convey an idea of particular duration of an action, use -ADO
instead of -O: to dance - dansar, a dance - danso, dancing - dansado
Young people are fond of dancing. - La yuni prizas dansado.
Angling (fishing) is a pleasant pastime. - Peskado esas agreabla
tempo-pasigivo.
Constant travelling is bad for the nerves. - La sempra voyajado
nocas la nervi.
In the last two examples, the simple form "pesko" would mean
catching a fish once, not catching fish generally, and "voyajo" would
be a specific or single journey, not travelling in general.
Lesson 25 - Duadek-e-kinesma Leciono 199
At the beginning of a sentence or clause, the word ending in -ING

should be translated by the adverb ending -ANTE, if it could be or is
preceded by a preposition or conjunction like "while", "in","on":
Replying to your letter (=in reply to your letter). - Respondante a
vua letro.
On coming in, I saw her. - Enirante, me vidis elu.
I spoke to him standing (=while standing). - Stacante, me parolis ad
ilu.
Taking his hat, he went out. - Prenante lua chapelo, ilu ekiris.
If the word ending in -ING is the auxiliary to "have", then the past
participle ending -INTE of the second (following) verb must be used:
Having spoken thus, he sat down. - Tale parolinte, ilu sideskis.
Having been in the place, I know it. - Esinte en la loko, me konocas
ol
Or, Because I had been in the place,.... - Pro ke me esis en la loko,...
After a preposition, the word ending in -ING is the equivalent of an
infinitive, since English prepositions, except "to", take a participle:
Before going away (= before to-go-away). - Ante departar.
After speaking (= after to-have-spoken). - Pos parolir.
Instead of writing (= instead of to-write). - Vice skribar.
After answering her letter. - Pos respondir ad elua letro.
Note. - "While" is a conjunction ("during" being the corresponding
preposition):
While running, they fell down. - Dum ke li kuris (Dum lia
kuro), li falis.
There are other cases that cannot be classified under any of the above
general rules. Here are some examples for reference:
(a) Angry for being disturbed (= angry because one distrubed him)
Iracante pro ke on trublis ilu.
(b) Particular ways of doing things (= to do things).
Specala manieri facar kozi.
200 Ido for All
(c) He was far from appreciating her good qualities (= he certainly

did not value highly her good qualities).
Ilu certe ne alte prizis elua bona qualesi.
(d) He agreed with her in liking sweets (= he agreed with her in that
thing, that they both (they two) liked sweets).
Ilu akordis kun elu en to ke li du prizis sukraji. ...or
Ilu akordis kun elu en prizar sukraji.
(e) I can't help loving the child (= I cannot not-love the child).
Me ne povas ne amar la infanto.
(f) They hindered (kept) him from running. - Li impedis ke ilu
kurez.
(g) She intended coming yesterday (= she intended to come).
Elu intencis venar hiere.
(h) Out of hearing (= not able-to-be-reached by a call).
Ne-atingebla per voko, or Exter voko (out of call), or
Ja ne-vokebla (= already not call-able).
(i) A boarding-house - gasteyo
An eating-house - restorerio
A dining-room - manjo-chambro
A walking-stick - promen-batono
A sitting-room - saloneto
A swimming-bath - nateyo
A writing-table - skribo-tablo
A drawing-pencil - desegno-krayono
A camping outfit - acesori di kamp(ad)o
If the word ending in -ING is the subject of a verb, use either the
infinitive or the noun form in Ido: Smoking is bad for the health. -
Fumar esas mala por la saneso.
(7) If the word ending in -ING is preceded by "to be" (am, is, was), use
the simple form of the verb: I am calling you. - Me vokas vu.
Lesson 25 - Duadek-e-kinesma Leciono 201
How to Translate the English "To"

I didn't know where to get the bus.
Me ne savis ube acensar l'omnibuso.
I need something with which to write.
Me bezonas ulo per qua (onu povez) skribar
Hobbies give a person something to love and something in which to
find freedom.
Hobii* donas ad onu ulo por amar ed ulo en qua (onu povez) trovar
libereso.
He had the kindness to take me to the hospital.
Ilu montris l'amikeso di portar me a la hospitalo.
Che ilu existis l'amikeso di portar me a la hospitalo.
Che ilu esis l'amikeso di portar me a la hospitalo.
Ilu do povis montrar l'amikeso di facar altra kozi (querar
ambulanco).
(Or, excluding "di" from the above examples)....
Che ilu esis l'amikeso portar me a la hospitalo.
Portar me a la hospitalo esis l'amikeso che ilu.
Portar me a la hospitalo esis l'amikeso por ilu.
Ilu do ne pensis pri l'amikeso di facar altra kozi.
You are to apologize to her for it.
Vu devas exkuzar vu ad elu pro to.
The ring was not to be found anywhere.
Onu nul'loke povis trovar la ringo.
How to Get the Most out of -ir, -ar, -or and -ur*
(This essay in Ido on a lesson well-learned demonstrates the use of the
past, present, future, and conditional infinitive forms.)
La kakio* (Japanese persimmon) esas dolca frukto kande olu esas tre
202 Ido for All
matura. Tamen kande olu esas pre'matura, la kakio* esas fulminante

bitra en la boko.
Yel lasta yaro me hazarde manjis kakio* pre'matura pro ke me
mis'komprenis olu ye/esar suficante matura. Me nun regretas ke me
manjis kakio* pre'matura. =
Me regretas manj-ir kakio pre'matura.
Me nun anke hazarde manjas kakio* pre'matura pro ke mea okuli
senileskas. Ho, ve! Me multe regretas ke me manjas kakio* pre'matura
pro acidenteto. =
Me regretas manj-ar kakio pre'matura. == Me ne darfas sputar olu
avan dami.
Tamen mea cerebro anke senileskas. Me promisis ad un de mea amiki
ke me morge manjos kakio* pre'matura por pruvar mea kurajo virala
kom puniso pro pario. Me ne povas ne regretar pro mea foleso ke me
manjos kakio* pre'matura. =
Me regretas manj-or kakio pre'matura.
Me multe regretas ke me promisis stultajo ad un de mea amiki. = Me
multe regretas promisir la stultajo a mea amiko.
Se me ne promisus, me nun esus tre sekura e felica. Me wishas es-ur*
plu prudenta. Do "formo di -ur*" esas tre utila en Ido.
Lesson 26 - Duadek-e-sisesma Leciono 203
Lesson 26 - Duadek-e-sisesma Leciono
List of Prepositions
DE, from, since. of (in quantities): unu de li - one of them
DE-POS, since, after:
DI, of (possession and genetive):
DA, by (authorship or after passive verb):
A, AD, to (direction, object, intention):
pensar a - to turn one's thoughts to, think of
amo a Deo - love of God
irar a ... - to go to ...
ADEN, into:
ADSUR, on to:
EN, in:
EK, out of (with motion, choice, material):
vazo ek oro - a vase of gold
irar ek la chambro - to go out of the room
EXTER, outside (without motion):
SUR, on:
SUPER, above:
SUB, under (with or without motion):
INFRE DI, at the bottom or foot of, below
INTER, between, among:
TRA, through (in crossing only):
CIS, this side of:
TRANS, the other side of, across (with or without motion):
PRETER, beyond, leaving behind:
204 Ido for All
LOR, at the time of:

ANTE, before (in time):
POS, after (in time):
AVAN, in front of, before (in space):
DOP, behind, after (in space):
KORAM, in the presence of:
CHE, at, to (the house of):
APUD, next to, by, beside:
AN, on, at (contiguity):
an la tablo - at (the) table
an Seine - on the Seine
CIRKUM, around, about (place, time, quantity, etc.):
KONTRE, against:
PRO, because, on account of:
POR, for, in view of, in order to:
PER, by means of, through:
PRI, concerning, of, about, relating to, on:
KUN, with (in company with)
SEN, without (privation):
ULTRE, beyond, in addition to:
PROXIM, near, close to (not touching):
PO, for, at the price of, in exchange for:
DUM, during:
TIL, till (prep.) as far as:
till la pordo - as far as the door
MLAGRE, in spite of, notwithstanding:
VICE, instead of, in place of:
[ But vice-prezidanto (prefere a) -> neben*-prezidanto ]
SEGUN, according to:

ALONGE, along:
VERS,towards:
YE, at (indefinite preposition):
Final Prepositions
The humorous "prepositions" rule in English is, "Prepositions are not
something you should end a sentence with."
In Ido, the rule is "Prepositions must always be placed before a noun
or pronoun.":
This is the book he spoke of (= of which he spoke). - Yen la libro
pri qua ilu parolis.
What are you talking about (= about what ...)? - Pri quo vu parolas?
It is frequently possible to combine a final preposition with its verb, or
to form a phrase:
This is the stick he came with (= which he brought). - Yen la
bastono quan ilu ad-portis.
The doctor was sent for (= one caused-to-be-fetched ...). - On
querigis la mediko.
The bag he came for (= which he fetched). - La sako quan ilu
queris.
This will do to go on with (= at the beginning). - Ico konvenos en la
komenco.
The boat had not been intended to be lived in. - La batelo ne esis
destinita por habitado.
The church had not been preached in for many years. - On ne
prekikabis en la kirko dum multa yari.
206 Ido for All
Prepositions as Adverbs
We know prepositions are used before a noun or pronoun:
Near the brook. - Proxim la rivereto.
In Ido, prepositions can be changed to adverbs with the adverbal
ending -E, and can then stand alone in a sentence without requiring a
following noun or pronoun:
The brook ran near. - La rivereto fluis proxime.
All prepositions can take the -E ending to become adverbs:
dum - during, dume - meanwhile
lor - at the time of, lore - then
pos - after, pose - afterwards
ante - before, antee - previously
kontre - against, kontree - on the other hand, contrariwise
The -A ending makes the preposition into an adjective: "antea" means
"previous", "posa" - subsequent, "kontrea" - opposing.
However, "in" and "out" ("en", "ek") in a positional non-motion sense
have their own forms: "interne" for "in" or "inside", and "extere" for
"out" or "outside".
Sense According to Place

Some prepositions are used as adverbs in English with a different
sense:
About an hour. - Cirkum un horo.
They ran about. - Li kuris hike ed ibe.
On the bell. - Sur la klosho.
They rang on. - Li sonigadis.
Over the way. - Trans la voyo.
The storm was over. - La sturmo esis finita. La sturmo cedabis.
Up a tree. - Supre di arboro.
The door is shut up. - La pordo esas tote klozita.
Turn around the horse. - Turnez cirkum la kavalo.

Turn the horse around. - Turnez la kavalo.
Prepositions as Verbs
Prepositions, in English, may be attached to a verb, and act like an
adverb to modify the sense of the verb:
To walk in, ride in, creep in, run in, float in (= to enter by walking,
riding, creeping, running, floating). - Enirar marchante, vehante,
reptante, kurante, flotacante.
I wind about and in and out. - Me sinuifas, eniras, ekiras.
He was trudging through woods, up hill and down dale. - Ilu pene
trairis boski, acensis kolini, decensis vali.
It was blown off into the dirt. - Olu esis deportata da la vento aden
la fango.
The consequence of this peculiar use is that an intransitive verb can
apparently take a direct object:
Will you (= would you be willing to) row me to the bridge? - Ka vu
voluntas rem-vehigar me a la ponto?
The child will cry her eyes out (= will ruin her eyes with tears). - La
infantino ruinos sua okuli per lakrimi.
Kiss away her tears (= dry her tears, with a kiss). - Sikigez elua
lakrimi per kiso.
He was argued into allowing the fact (= he was made obligated by
arguments to accept the fact). - Ilu esis obligata per argumenti
aceptar la fakto.
Adjectives are also used in the same way:
They walked themselves dry. - Li per marcho sikigis su.
Further Discussion on Prepositions in "Letters"

See the correspondence in Ido, "Submarine:- Navo sub maro od Maro
sub glacio'strato?" in the "Letters" appendix.
208 Ido for All
Lesson 27 - Duadek-e-sepesma Leciono
Passive Voice Translated by On/Onu

In English, the passive voice does not show the actor, the author of the
action. "The father is loved" does not tell us who is doing the loving.
In Ido, the indefinite pronoun ONU (or ON) takes the place of the
unknown actor, and allows you to keep the sentence in active voice:
Onu amas la patro ("someone unnamed" loves the father).
This avoids such passive constructions as: He was not told the whole
truth. - Onu ne dicis ad ilu la tota verajo ("someone unnamed" did not
tell him the whole truth).
In English; the pronoun "we" is used when the speaker wants to
associate himself with the statement: We are all mortal. - Ni omna esas
mortiva.
But when the statement applies to everybody, "on/onu" should be used
instead of "ni":
When we hear but one bell, we hear but one sound.
Kande onu audas nur un klosho, onu audas nur un sono.
The same is true of the pronouns "they","you" and the expressions
"people", "somebody":
They manage those things better in America. - Onu administras ta
kozi plu bone en Amerika.
You cannot eat your cake and have it. - Onu en povas manjar sua
kuko e konservar ol.
People say it its their own fault. - Onu dicas ke olu esas lia propra
kulpo.
A man is not always lucky. - Onu ne sempre esas fortunoza.
Lesson 27 - Duadek-e-sepesma Leciono 209
Preposition before Infinitive

Any preposition can be used before an infinitive, as the infinitive is the
equivalent of a noun:
A place for studying - Loko por studiar
A place for study - loko por studio
Without sleeping. - Sen dormar.
Without sleep. - Sen dormo.
Before starting. - Ante departar.
Before depature. - Ante departo.
Without having spoken. - Sen parolir.
Preposition "to" is not translated if it is part of the infinitive: I want to
come. - Me volas venar.
If it means "in order to", use "por": He wrote to come. - Ilu skribis por
venar.
If you could use the form ending in -ING with nearly the same sense,
the "por" is not necessary: To be or not to be (= being or not being) -
Esar o ne esar.
Watch for instances where an infinitive is placed with an adjective,
and "to" means neither "in order to" nor an infinitive:
Easy to learn (= easily learnable). - Facile lernebla.
Difficult to understand. - Desfacile komprenebla.
They have only themselves to blame. - Li ipsa esas sola blaminda.
Impersonal Verbs
Verbs like "to rain","to snow","to hail" have no real subject; therefore
the English pronoun "it" is not translated:
It rains. - Pluvas.
It snowed. - Nivis.
It is going to hail. - Esas balde grelonta.
210 Ido for All
The same is true when the pronoun "it" does not refer to anything:
It is you. - Esas vu.
For personal sensations or feelings - "I am cold." - translate such
phrases by means of "sentar" - to feel - used reflexively: Me sentas me
kom kolda (I feel me as cold). Vu sentos vu kom tro varma (you feel
you as warm).
You could use "ye" instead of "kom" as in - Me sentas me ye kolda
(kondiciono). Vu sentos vu ye tro varma (situeso).
"There is, there are" can simply translated by forms of the verb "to be",
the real subject being the word that follows the verb form:
There is a hill outside the town.
Esas kolino exter la urbo.
Existas (there is) kolino exter la urbo.
There are twelve hens in the cage.
Esas dek-e-du hanini en la kajo.
Existas (there is) dek-e-du hanini en la kajo.
But when "there is" points to a person or thing, use "yen":
There he is (= There he comes!). - Yen ilu venas!
Time of Day:- Review

"An hour" is "horo", but time by the clock is expressed by "kloko" or
"kloki":
What time is it? - Qua kloko esas?
It is two o'clock. - Esas du kloki.
At half-past two. - Ye du kloki e duimo.
Always express quarter-hours and minutes past the last hour, not
before the next one:
A quarter to eight (= three-quarters after seven) - Sep kloki e tri
quarimi, (quaradek-e-kin minuti).
Twenty to ten (= 9:40). - Non kloki quaradek.
Continental timetables, military times, and other special applications
Lesson 27 - Duadek-e-sepesma Leciono 211
use the 24-hour clock:

Twelve noon. - Dek-e-du kloki (twelve o'clock)
One p.m. - Dek-e-tri kloki (thirteen o'clock).
Arithmetic: - Review
The words "plus","minus", "multiplied by", "divided by", are
translated plus (pronounced [plus]), minus [MIN-us], per [perr], sur
[surr]:
2 + 3 - 1, du plus tri minus un.
4 x 2 = 8, quar per du facas ok. or, tet*(=4) per du esas/es ok.
9 / 3 = 3, non sur tri facas tri.
*An alias for the number "quar" is "tet*", abbreviated form of "tetra",
Greek "four". For rapid mental arithmetic you can pronounce "tet"
rather faster than "quar". You can use tet* when calculating with a
soroban, a Japanese abacus.
Days, Months, etc.: - Review

The names of the days of the week are (usually no capitals):
sundio, lundio, mardio, merkurdio, jovdio, venerdio, saturdio.
The names of the months are (also usually no capitals):
januaro, februaro, marto, aprilo, mayo, junio, julio, agosto,
septembro, oktobro, novembro, decembro.
Unoficial but sometimes used names of the last four months would be:
sepTemBRo - bofronto*, oKTobRo - kuturato*, NOvEMbro -
zamenofo*, decembro - yar'exodo*:
januaro (1), februaro (2), marto (3), aprilo (4), mayo (5), junio (6),
julio (7), agosto (8), bofronto* (9), kuturato* (10), zamenofo* (11),
yar'exodo* (12).
The names of the seasons are: printempo (spring), somero (summer),
autuno (autumn), vintro (winter).
212 Ido for All
The international hotel custom is followed in naming the chief meals"

breakfast - dejuneto, lunch - luncho*, dinner - dineo, supper -
supeo.
The corresponding verbs are: dejunar, lunchar*, dinear, supear.
What are "Ergative" Verbs?

An ergative (or "mixed") verb is a verb that can be either transitive or
intransitive, and whose subject when intransitive corresponds to its
direct object when transitive:
Mea laboro komencas, duras, cesas (intransitive);
Me komencas, duras, cesas mea laboro, or, laborar (transitive).
Ergative verbs fall into several general groups:
• Verbs suggesting a change of state - break, burst, form, melt,
tear, transform, begin, continue, end
• Verbs of cooking - bake, boil, cook, fry
• Verbs of movement - move, shake, sweep, turn, walk
• Verbs involving vehicles - drive, fly, reverse, run, sail
I start the music -> The music starts.
Me komencas la muziko. -> La muziko komencas.
I stop the playing -> The playing stops.
Me cesas la pleo. -> La pleo cesas.
Ifinish the work -> The work finishes (is done).
Me finas la laboro. -> La laboro finas.
I turn the wheel of reincarnation -> The wheel of reincarnation turns.
Me turnas la roto di riinkarnaco. -> La roto di riinkarnaco turnas.
I continue the fight - > The fight continues.
Me duras/durigas la kombato. -> La kombato duras.
Lesson 28 - Duadek-e-okesma Leciono 213
Lesson 28 - Duadek-e-okesma Leciono
List of Principal Conjunctions

ED, E, and:
OD, O, or:
OD ... OD, either ... or:
NEK, nor:
NEK ... NEK, neither ...nor:
OR, now (in argument)
NAM, for (= because):
DO, then, so (= therefore):
MA, but:
TAMEN, however, nevertheless, yet:
YEN, here is, here are:
LORE ... LORE, now ... then
KAD, KA, (question word) whether:
KE, that:
SE, if:
SIVE ... SIVE, whether ...or:
SE NE, if not:
SE ... NUR, NUR SE, provided that:
ECEPTE SE, unless:
QUALE SE, as though
QUANKAM, although:
PRO QUO? why?:
POR QUO? what for?:
DE KANDE, as soon as, since when:
214 Ido for All
POR NE, lest (with infinitive):
Compound Conjunctions
In addition to the conjunctions formed from prepositions by adding
"ke", many can be formed from adverbs in the same way:
TALE KE, so that, in such a way that:
TANTE KE, so much that:
TAM LONGE KE, as long as:
KAZE KE, in case:
KONDICIONE KE, on condition that:
UNFOYE KE, once that:
OMNAFOYE KE, each time that:
TAM OFTE KE, as often as:
TIME KE, for fear that:
TANTE PLU ... KE, all the more ... that:
QUANTE PLU ... TANTE PLU, the more ... the more:
QUANTE MIN ... TANTE MIN, the less ... the less:
TANTE PLU BONE KE, all the better ... because:
Translate Meaning, not just Words

Word-groups or phrases in Ido rely on the general rule is that every
word means one definite idea, and can be combined with another word
also meaning one definite idea, to form the exact equivalent of
meaning for any English phrase, even when the English words have
lost the precision of their original meaning. These example will help
clarify the concept:
SE means "if", NUR means "only", SE NUR (=if only) is translated
"provided that".
DE means "from", KANDE means "when", DE KANDE is translated
"since when?" or "how long?".
PRO means "on account of", QUO means "what thing", PRO QUO is
translated "why?"
QUIK means "immediately", KANDE means "when", QUIK KANDE

is translated "as soon as".
PRO means "on account of", TO means "that (thing)". PRO TO is
translated "that's why".
QUANTE means "so much", MIN means "less", TANTE means "thus
much", QUANTE MIN ... TANTE MIN is translated "the less ... the
less".
For instance:
Quante min me manjas, tante min me drinkas. - The less I eat, the
less I drink.
De kande vu lojas hike? Me lojas hike de un monato.
How long have you lived here? I have lived here one month.
De kande ilu arivis ... - As soon as he arrived ...
Apene ilu arivis, kande elu klozis la pordo. - He no sooner arrived
than she closed the door.
Exempli
Prepare a room in case he comes (should come). - Preparez chambro
pro la kazo se ilu venus.
In case he comes (will come), show him in. - En la kazo ke ilu venos,
enduktez ilu.
Very well; we'll take our umbrellas, in case it begins again. - Bone; ni
prenos nia parapluvi, kaze ke olu rikomencus.
Do Something, And Do Something Else

Very often, between an imperative and an infinitive, "and" cannot be
translated by "ed":
Take care and behave yourself. -> Take care that you behave
yourself. - Sorgez ke vu kondutas bone.
Be careful and see that he does it. -> Carefully see that he does it. -
Sorge atencez ke ilu facas ol.
Be sure and come. -> Fail not to come. - Ne faliez venar.
216 Ido for All
As
The word "as" conveys so many different ideas, that several examples
of its translation are more useful than trying to develop rules:
He came in as I spoke (= while I spoke). - Ilu envenis dum ke me
parolis.
It happened as I told you (= in the way in which I told you). - Lo
eventis quale me predicis a vu.
They were as like as two peas (comparison). - Li esis tam simila
kam du pizi. Li tam similesis una a l'altra kam du pizi.
Great as he is, he is not infallibel (= although he is great). -
Quankam ilu esas granda, ilu esas eroriva.
Much as I regret it.. (= however much ..) - Irge quante me regretas
olu ...
Such as have anything to say .. (= those who) - Ti qui havas ulo
dicenda ..
It's pluck as does it (= which causes success). - La audaco esas to
quo sucesigas.
As you are angry, you should not speak (= because you are angry). -
Pro ke vu iracas, vu devas silencar.
Kom e Quale - "As" and "Like"

"Kom" and "quale" both translate "as", or "like", but while "kom"
implies identity, "quale" only marks resemblance:
He was received like a king.
(and he was a king). - Ilu esis aceptata kom rejo.
(though he was not a king). - Ilu esis aceptata quale rejo.
He appeared as Hamlet (in the character of Hamlet).
(he looked like Hamlete) - Ilu aparis quale Hamlet .
(he was Hamlet in the theatre) - Ilu aparis kom Hamlet .
I do not speak as an expert (as one who was an expert would).
Me ne parolas kom experto.
Nor
At the beginning of a sentence or clause, "nor" means: "and not"
Nor was he tired. - Ed ilu ne esis fatigita.
Nor ... either is translated "nek ... anke":
I am not tired, nor he either. - Me ne esas fatigita, nek ilu anke.
Ek Don Quijote de la Mancha

Ek la unesma chapitro dil Injenioza Hidalgo DON QUIJOTE DE LA
MANCHA:
Ula vilajo-n en la Mancha, di qua nomon me preferas ne memorigar,
ne tre multa tempo ante nun habitis hidalgo, qua havis sen-uza lanco,
anciena shildo, tenua kavalo e kurema levriero.
Why "ula vilajon" but not "ula vilajo"? Because "Ula vilajon" here
really means "En ula vilajo".
Putting the suffix "-N" on a word can replace an appropriate but
suppressed preposition.
Me pensas la ideo. -> Me pensas pri la ideo. -> Pri la ideo me
pensas. -> La ideon me pensas -> Me pensas la ideon. = Me pensas
pri la ideo.
-Oro and -ilo

Sometimes, what looks like a suffix in Ido is not a suffix, but is
actually part of the root word. For instance, "bulo" is a ball, and
"buleto" is a small ball, but "buletino" is not a small, female ball - it is
a "bulletin", a pamphlet or periodical publication.
In the same way, "konduktar" is to conduct. An electrical conductor or
conduit is "konduktilo" (a device which conducts). But the conductor
on a train is "konduktoro".
You might think, from that example, that -ORO is a suffix in Ido. But -
it's not. "Oro" means "gold". There is no official "-ORO" suffix
meaning "person".
For instance, a male train conductor is "konduktorulo", and a female
train conductor is "konduktorino", which shows that the root for train
218 Ido for All
conductor is "konduktor-", including the "-or" ending as part of the

root.
To show that a verb has been transformed into a noun to mean a tool
for performing the action of the verb, use -ILO:
konduktar (to conduct, transmit) - konduktilo (electrical conductor
or conduit)
kondensar (to condense) - kondensilo (condenser)
In unofficial usage, to narrow the scope of meaning, to make a word
that means a device with the specific function of the verb and not just a
tool for doing an action, you may see the unofficial suffix -ATOR*:
kondensatoro* is not just a tool for condensing (that would be
kondensilo) - but the specific electical device we call a condenser. The
asterisk on an Ido word signals that the word is not official Ido.
This distinction between tool, device, and person appears in dictionary
definitions. It is worthwhile to pay attention to all nuances of meaning
in definitions in Ido-English and English-Ido dictionaries like the Dyer
dictionaries, or pure Ido dictionaries like Pesch's. Give special
attention to any words that are flagged with an asterisk (*), because
words so marked may be in common usage, but are not "official" Ido
words. Using asterisk-marked words might make your Ido expressions
less-understandable to those who use "classic" Ido.
For an additional explanation (in Ido), see the "Pri la sufixo -oro"
letter in the "Letters" appendix.
Lesson 29 - Duadek-e-nonesma Leciono 219
Lesson 29 - Duadek-e-nonesma Leciono
List of Principal Adverbs

MAXIM(E), most:
MINIM(E), least:
PLUSE, further, moreover:
MAXIM ... POSIBLE, most .. possible: maxim granda posible - the
greatest possible
MINIM(E) ... POSIBLE, least .. possible:
TAM .. KAM POSIBLE, as .. as possible:
ADMAXIME, at the most:
ADMINIME, at least:
PROXIME, approximately, near:
KELKE, a little:
POKE, little:
SAT(E), enough:
TRO, too much:
SAM-TEMPE, at the same time:
NUL-TEMPE, never:
SEMPRE, always:
KUNE, together:
NUN, now:
ANTE NUN, ago, before now
OLIM, once upon a time, formerly:
FRUE, early:
TARDE, late:
ERSTE, only, no earlier than:
CA-DIE, today:
220 Ido for All
HIERE, yesterday:
MORGE, tomorrow:
CA-VESPERE, this evening:
PRE-HIERE, the day before yesterday:
POS-MORGE, the day after tomorrow:
JUS, just (in the past):
QUIK, at once, immediately:
ANKORE, still:
JA, already:
NE .. JA, not yet:
INTERNE, inside:
EXTERE, outside:
SUPRE, up, upstairs:
INFRE, down, below:
AVANE, in front:
DOPE, behind:
RETRO, backwards:
DEXTRE, on the right:
SINISTRE, on the left:
FORE, far away:
CIRKUME, around:
FORSAN, perhaps:
KOMPRENENDE, of course:
KOMPRENEBLE, conceivably, understandably:
MEM, even; still (with comparative):
YA, indeed:
NUR, only:
PRECIPUE, chiefly:
APARTE, apart, separately:

ITERE, anew, afresh, again:
OKAZIONE (DI), apropos (of):
OPORTUNE, by the way, by the bye:
BUT
The word "but" can be:
(1) a conjunction, joining two statements: I like peas, but I do not like
beans. - Me prizas pizi, "ma" me ne prizas fazeoli.
(2) a preposition, before a noun or a pronoun in the objective case: All
but him like it. - Omni "ecepte" ilu prizis ol.
(3) an adverb, explaining a verb, an adjective, or another adverb: I had
but one friend. - Me havis "nur" un amiko.
(4) a pronoun, subject of a verb: There is no one but loves her. -
"Nulu" esasa "qua" ne amas elu.
(5) a verb, expressing an action; (6) a noun, expressing a thing done:
But me no buts. - No "opozez" a me "kontre-dici".
EVER
The word "ever" may mean (1) all time, always (2) at any time:
(1) The Maple-leaf for ever. - La acer-folio por sempre. - I shall love
you for ever. - Me amos vu sempre, sempre.
(2) If he ever comes, ... - Se ilu ul-tempe venos, ...
Ever, in compound words like "whenever", "wherever", "whoever", is
translated
"irge", "irga", etc.:
Do whatever you like. - Facez irgo quon vu volas.
Whatever might be his anger... - Irge quala/quanta esas ilua iraco.
Whoever they may be ... - Irge qui ilu esas ...
222 Ido for All
Whenever I hear the birds singing, - Irge kande me audas la uceli

kantar,
Whichever is here, - Irge qua esas hike,
Give me anything whatever, - Donez a me irgo.
Let it be ever so small, - Irge quante mikra olu esos,
We have bought ever such a tiny cottage, - Ni kompris tote mikra
rurdometo.
JUST
The word "just" can be
(1) an adjective meaning "correct", translated "justa": He made a very
just remark. - Ilu facis tre justa remarko.
(2) an adjective meaning "righteous", translated "yusta": Be just and
fear not. - Esez yusta e ne timez.
(3) an adverb meaning "the moment before now", translated "jus": She
has just come. - El jus arivis.
(4) an adverb meaning "the moment now coming", translated "quik":
She is just coming. - Elu esas nun venanta (quik venonta). I will just
do it, and then I am ready. - Me quik facos lo, e lore me esos pronta.
(5) an adverb meaning "exactly", translated "exakte","juste": It's just
the thing I want. - Olu esas juste to quon me deziras
BOTH
"Both", as a pronoun, is translated "we two", "they two", "the two":as
an adverb, "at the same time together"; or, in many cases, by the use of
"also":
They both went to the station. - Li du iris a la staciono.
We were both agreed. - Ni du konkordis.
Both the men were drunk. - Omna du viri esis ebria.
Both I and my brother think so. - Me ed anke mea frato opinionas
tale.
All the tourists were both hungry and thirsty. - Omna turisti sam-
tempe hungris e durstis.
The address was both on the paper and on the envelope. - La adreso
esis sur la papero ed anke sur la kuverto.
224 Ido for All
Lesson 30 - Triadekesma Leciono
Order of Words
English, having few inflexions, has to arrange its words logically,
subject, verb, object: I love him. - Me amas ilu.Generally, this word
order works well, and is the clearest manner of expression in Ido.
The adjective (if there is only one, and it's not too long) is bettter
placed before the noun: A long way. - Longa voyo. (Voyo longa would
also be correct.)
Adverbs are also normally placed before the word they modify: He
truly said he fully understood. - Ilu vere dicis ke ilu tote komprenas.
The adverbs "ne" and "tre" must always be placed before the word the
modify. Other placements change the meaning of the phrase:
I like him very much. - Me tre amas ilu.
Not entirely (= not quite). - Ne tote.
Entirely not (= not at all). - Tote ne.
Accusative
Any noun, adjective, or pronoun can be made an accusative, but only
when it is the direct object of a verb and placed before the subject.
Show you are dealing with an accusative by adding -N:
A fine story, he told me! - Bela rakonton ilu facis a me!
It was they that I called. - Lin me vokis.
The pronoun "il","el","ol", are abbreviations for "ilu","elu","olu", and
their accusatives would be "ilun","elun","olun": She it was whom I
loved so! - Elun me tante amis!
But the accusative is not necessary, if the subject comes before the
object in the sentence:
I saw them (=I them saw). - "Me li vidis" is correct, but. "Me lin
vidis." would be clearer.
Use the accusative whenever the object comes before (on the left side
of) the verb. e.g. I love you. - Me tun amoras.
Lesson 30 - Triadekesma Leciono 225
Compound Words
Nouns can be united as in English to do away with a preposition:
A tea-cup (= a cup for tea). - te-taso (= taso por teo).
A steam-ship. - vapor-navo.
The -O- between the words depends on the euphony: skribo-tablo or
skrib-tablo, but tablo-tuko (not tabl-tuko). The hyphen is often better
inserted: fervoyo-vagono (rather than fervoyovagono).
When the compound is formed with adjectives or adverbs, it may be
useful to write the adjectival or adverbal termination:
English-speaking people. - Angle-parolanti.
Sky-blue - Ciel-blua.
Sunburnt - Sun-brulita
A dark-eyed, curly-headed little boy. - Nigr-okula loklo-hara
pueruleto.
Compound words formed with prepositions take the preposition first
and remain in the same order as in English: Subterranean - Sub-tera
Such compound words do not require the usual affixes, as the relation
is expressed by the preposition: national - nacionala, international -
internaciona
Again: natural - naturala, supernatural - supernatura, because -ala
means "pri", naturala -> pri naturo, fenomeno supernatura ->
fenomeno super naturo, so "fenomeno supernaturala" is understood the
mean "fenomeno pri super naturo".
For compound words formed by a preposition and a verb, do not make
combinations that alter the object of the verb. For instance:
I see the stones at the bottom through the water. - Me vidas la stoni
di la fundo tra la aquo
"Tra-vidar" is "to see through". To use tra-vidar in this sentence, you
have to be careful about what is seen, and what is being seen through:
Me tra-vidas la stoni di la fundo en la aquo (not: me travidas la aquo).
The adjective "travidebla", therefore, cannot mean "transparent": it
only applies to the stones, and means "visible through (the water)."
226 Ido for All
The word "transparent" is "diafana": Stoni travidebla tra diafana aquo.
Impersonal Verbs
Impersonal verbs are used without a subject, and are followed by an
infinitive:
oportas - it is necessary
importas - it is important
konvenas - it is convenient
decas - it is proper
suficas - it is sufficient
Oportas levar ni frue morte. - We must get up early tomorrow. (It is
necessary to raise ourselves early tomorrow.)
Other impersonal verbs can be formed by the use of "esar" with an
adjective:
Esas utila vakuigar la barelo. - It is useful to empty the barrel.
Derivation
The derivation of words constructed by adding affixes to roots is a
powerful feature of Ido. However, you cannot simply add any affix to
any root to come up with an understandable derivation. You have to
respect the logical relation of the words and affixes, as there are some
combinations that might be grammatically legal, but logically
unworkable.
For example, to derive the verb "to address" from the noun "address"
("adreso", on a parcel or letter), you must think of what one does with
the address. In English, you can use the noun directly as a verb, and
say "address the envelope", or "address the audience", or even
"address the golf ball", and be correct with all the senses of meaning.
In Ido, you address an envelop by covering it with an address, so use
the "-IZ-" affix to mean "to cover": adreso -> adresizar (not "adresar").
To address an audience, use "parolar". The difference is in the logical
relation, which Ido expresses to a very precise degree.
When the root is a verb of action, the noun derived from it must
logically relate to the action itself. You cannot derive the verb "to
brush", from the noun "brush", because the action is in the root, not in
the object. The root is the verb of action, "brosar", and the derived
noun "broso" can only mean the act of brushing. To name "a brush" as
a noun, describe the "instrument used for brushing" by using the affix -
IL- for "instrument" on the verb for "brush" to create "brosilo". The
act, "broso", is quite different from the instrument, "brosilo", though
the both can be dreived logically from the root "bros-" of the verb
"brosar".
In addition to the affixes that can only be affixes, many roots are used
as affixes, to form a kind of compound word. Thus the root AG- of the
verb "agar" meaning "to act, do, wield", is used with the roots for
many names of instruments, particularly when the name of the
instrument came first, and the word for the action describing its use
developed later. "Martelo" is a hammer. To hammer something is to
wield a hammer, "martelagar". Using the verb "martelagar" includes
the sense of having the tool at the time of the action:
He hammered (at) the picture. - Ilu martelagis la pikturo.
To hammer with some other tool, for instance a rock, requires the affix
-UZ- ("to use"), since the affix -AG- automatically includes a hammer
as the tool:
He hammered (at) the picture with a stone - Ilu marteluzis la pikturo
pri la stono.
In the same way we have: klefagar - to lock, from klefo - a lock;
butonagar -to button, from butono - a button; frenagar - to apply the
break, from freno - a brake; pedalagar - to pedal, from pedo (foot) ->
pedalo (foot-board or pedal).
Titles of Courtesy
In addressing noble persons, etc., use the word "Sinior(ul)o",
"Siniorino", followed (when necessary) by the name of the dignity:
Sinioro Rejo, me humile pregas..
Sinioro Episkopo di London.
Siniorino Komto - The Countess..
Yes, Sinioro, - Yes, your Honor, your Worship.
228 Ido for All
Elision
The final "a" of "la" and of adjectives, particularly derived adjectives
in -AL-, may be dropped when when the meaning is clear without it:
Ilu parolis a l'infanto.
La nacional sentimento.
The accent remains on the same syllable as if the "a" was inserted. The
definite article "la" may be contracted with certain prepositions: dal =
da la, dil = di la, del = de la, al = a la
Compound Words, Again

A noun can be the root (that is, subject) of a compound with any
element, except those prepositions that would change the role of the
noun from a subject to an object:
A steam-ship - vapor-navo : A ship (the subject) that moves by
means of steam.
But for "submarine", translating directly as "sub-maro" would mean
the ocean (the subject) is below something. The subject is changed into
an object by the verb-like action of the preposition.We need to position
the ship below the ocean to make "submarine". So, for a "below water
ship" we to apply an adjective to describe "moving under water" to a
ship that does the moving:
under-water ship - sub'mara navo (places the ship under the water)
Other prepositions showing positional relationships also work better as
compound adjectives than they might as compound nouns:
international - inter'naciona (positioned among nations)
supernatural - super'natura (positioned above or beyond nature)
fenomeno super'natura (phenomenom happening beyond nature)
Translating English words that contain prepositions requires some
thought:
forearm - "avan-brakio" would be a part at the fore of (in front of)
the arm, which is the hand.
230 Ido for All
"avana-brakio", changing the preposition "avan" into the adjective

"avana", positions the object as part of the arm, not separately in
front of it, as that part of the arm in front of the elbow, or the
(English) forearm
What is a "vice-president"?
Because Ido draws upon a number of languages to build an
internationally-accepted vocabulary, official words and roots
sometimes fit most contributing languages, but not all of them. For
instance, the office meaning of "vice" in Ido is "alternative". That
means a "vice-presidanto", strictly speaking would be an "alternative
president", or a person working in parallel with and equal to the
current president. However, the internationally-accepted meaning of
vice-president is "sequentially second", a person standing-by to
replace the current president if necessary.
Some day, in the far distant future, we may all be speaking Ido as our
primary language. Until that day, bear in mind that there may be subtle
differences in understanding among native speakers of different
languages, and be willing to rephrase your Ido statements when it
would be helpful to clarify your meaning.
Appendix - Notes on Derivation 231
Appendix - Notes on Derivation

We have as a word basis the invariable stem, ordinarily termed
{{root}}, which is selected on the principle of maximum
internationality or facility. Disregarding the particles and adverbial
forms, these roots fall naturally for the most part into three classes :
(1) Verbal roots indicating an action, as : ir(ar), ba(tar), salt(ar). (
2) Nominal roots denoting an object, as : hom(o), dom(o). puer(o).
(3) adjectival roots expressing a quality, as : bon(a), facil(a), avarl(a).
These roots, plus the appropriate terminal letters : -ar, -o, -a, -e,
constitute the fundamental grammatical forms.
The addition of these grammatical finals : -ar, -o, -a, -e, is termed
{{immediate}} or {{direct}} derivation. {{Mediate}} or {{indirect}}
derivation is accomplished by means of affixes (prefixes and suffixes),
as : des-, refro-, -estr-, -in-. The sum of the words that can logically be
formed from any one root by mediate or immediate derivation
constitutes the {{word family.}}
It is a fundamental principle that a root expresses one basic
signification, modified as it may be by the different affixes, each of
which in turn carries one invariable sense. One root, one meaning; one
affix, one meaning. Knowing the form (spelling) and meaning of a
root, we can logically and clearly express all related ideas by use of the
proper affix. This characteristic is termed the principle of
{{unasenceso}}, one sense, one word, uniqueness in signification,
unambiguity.
For example, the fundamental idea of music is expressed by the root :
muzik-, this idea of music therefore is carried in all corms of the root:
nouns, adjectives, or what not. The suffix -isto indicates a person
occupied professionally with something. Muzik-isto can therefore only
signify a (professional) musician. Given the verbal root : dorm-art to
slccp, we know that the substantive form is dormtadlo and means sleep
as a substantive and cannot refer to a sleeper or a sleeping place. There
is thus a reciprocal relation between form and sense. This carries with
it a second principle, that of {{reversibility}} which Professor
Couturat formulated as follows :
{{ Every derivative must be reversible; that is to say, if one passes
232 Ido for All
(forward) from one word to another of the same family by virtue of a

certain rule, one must be able to pass inversely from the second to the
first in virtue of the rule which is exactly the reverse of the
preceding. }}
Given pac-o, peace, pac-ar can only signify to be at peace, in a state of
peace.
Pac-ar cannot signify to pacify, because if it did the substantive could
only mean pacification, the making ol peace. To express the idea of to
pacify, pacification, we must add the suffix -if- which adds to the root
the idea of: to make, render, cause to be. Pac-if-ar therefore logically
expresses the idea of to pacify (someone) and pac-if-o translates
pacification.
If we should depart from the substantive kron-o, a crown, the
immediate verbal form kron-ar could have no rational meaning. Kron-
ar, as derived from kron-o in the sense of a crown, cannot logically
express the idej of : to crown (someone), because the meaning of the
substantive inversely derived from {{to crown}} is and can only
logically be : the act of crowning, the coronation, not the crown itself.
To express the idea of : to crown (someone), we use the suffix -iz-
which adds to the root the idea of : covering, furnishing, providing.
{{To crown}} is only logically expressed, therefore, by kron-iz-ar
(kron : crown, plus -izar : to cover with). From this verbal form, we
logically get kron-izo, meaning coronation.
This capability of reversing a derivative form and arriving at the
original meaning is the practical test of the rightness of a derived form.
Attention is especially called to this point because in our {{natural}}
languages, especially the English, almost any simple noun may be
used as a verb without change of form ---- we {{ship goods}}: and
{{ship a crew}} and send the goods and the crew to the ship. We
understand such meanings from an inspection of the sentence as a
whole and because we are familiar with the diction. In a logically
constructed language to be used by diverse linguistic groups such use
is not admissible. It ls an obvious fact that a substantive derived from a
verb, can have logically no other meaning than the state or action
expressed by the verb and, consequently, no verb can be directly
derived from a noun unless the noun expresses an act or condition, in
which case the verb must signify to do that act or be in that condition.
This is likewise true in regard to the impossibility of deriving verbs
directly from adjectives - we must add the appropriate verbal suffix (-
Appendix - Notes on Derivation 233
ig, -esk, -if) or, for passive senses, the proper form of the verb esar.
Substantives from Adjectives

If the adjective expresses a quality essentially human (or animal), the
substantive denotes a person (or animate object) : saj-a, -o, wise
(person) ; blind-a, -o, a blind (person or animal) ; katolik-a, -o,
catholic (person). If the adjective expresses a quality essentially non-
human, the substantive denotes a thing : acid-a, -o, acid (adjective and
noun) ; rekt-at -o, (a) straight (line) ; kav-a, -o, hollow (adjective and
noun).
If the quality expressed by the adjective is applicable to both animate
and inanimate objects, the substantive form in -o can logically stand
for either form of abject, and the meaning must be obtained from the
context. Where there is likely to be doubt as to the meaning of the
substantive (whether person or thing) the ambiguity can be removed
by adding -ulo, -ino for persons and -ajo for things. For example :
bono, alt-o, perfekt-o may refer to either persons or things that are
good, high, perfect, but bon-ulo, alt-ulo, perfekt-ulo can only apply to
persons, and bon-ajo, alt-ajo, perfekt-ajo can only denote inanimate
objects.
234 Ido for All
Appendix - Prefixes
anti-: contra-: against, counter, opposing. Used only in a few scientific
terms : anti-bakterio, bactericide ; anti-vermo, vermifuge.
Ordinarily the preposition "kontre" is used instead of and in the
same sense as anti-: kontre-Juda, (kontre-Yuda*) anti-semitic;
kontre-skorbuta, anti-scorbutic. The use of anti- therefore should
be confined strictly to cases where the prefix has been definitely
approved by the scientific and technical committees.
arki-: arch-, of eminent degree, chief. Used especially in titles : arki-
duk(ul)o, archduke; arki-episkopo, archbishop.
bo-: indicates relationship by marriage, as : bo-patrulo, father-in-law;
bo-fratino, sister-in-law.
bi-: two-, Used in scientific terms, as : bi-kapa, bicephalous ; bi-loba,
bilobate. The numeral "du" can be used to express the same idea:
du-kapa, two-headed, bicephalous.
Note : Mono-: quadri-: quinqua-, sexa-. septua-. okto-, nona- are
likewise prefixes often used with technical terms.
des-: (as found in the English words : destruct, destroy) denoting the
direct opposite of the idea to which it is prefixed, as : des-
agreabla, disagreeable; des-charjar, to unload; des-equilibr-igar,
to unbalance; des-bel-igar, to disfigure.
Note : For the difference between des- and ne- see note under ne-
in the dictionary. It should have been added that in distinction
from ne-, which expresses simple negation, sen- expresses the
idea of privation or lack, as : sen-denta, without teeth; sen-hara,
hairless.
dis-: denotes separation or dispersion; apart, asunder: dis-part-igar, or
dis-pec-igar, to dismember; dis-pozar, to dispose, lay out; dis-
ruptar, to disrupt; dis-donar, to distribute (promiscuously). Used
with verbal roots.
elk*-: e-. electric. As in elk*-letro, e-mail
The Ido "e-" (EH) as a prefix for communications by computer
(e-mail), is too short and too inaudible for speech, compared to
the sound of the English "e-" (EE). The non-official prefix
"elk-" is developing some following among Idists.
ek- {prep}: out of (motion from; made or extracted from; fractional
Appendix - Prefixes 235
part of), out from, (US) out (forth from), of (made of); el portis
ol ek la chambro - she carried it out of (US: out) the room; irar
ek la domo - go out of (US: out) the house; sis ek dek - six out of
ten;vazo ek oro - gold vase; ek'irar - to go out, get out, walk out;
ek'apareskar - to appear to be, to turn out to be; Ek'apareskabas
ke ni lernis en la sama skolo.
ex-: ex-, late, former, retired. Indicates one who formerly held a
position : ex-prezidanto, ex-president; ex-oficiro, a former
officer.
gala-: gala-. This is properly an adjective but is used in a few instances
as the first element of a composed word: gala-festo, gala
festival; gala-robe, a gala robe.
ge-: denotes both sexes taken together : ge-patri, father and mother,
parents; ge-siori, Mr. and Mrs-, ladies and gentlemen.
Note: This prefix is to be used only when it is desired to
emphasize the presence of both sexes. In direct derivation
(simple endings in -ar, -o, -a), substantives in general denote
undetermined sex, therefore, simple "patri" translates the idea of
parents, and "siori" that of ladies and gentlemen. In modern
standard Ido "ge-patri" has been replaced by "genitori".
mi-: half; partly, semi-, demi-, in the sense of less than is usual, full
and normal: mi-cirklo, half-circle; ml-horo, half an hour; mi-
fratulo, hall-brother; mi-lumo, half-light, twilight; mi-ombre,
half-shade, partial shadow; ml-mortinta : half-dead (cf. quaz-a, -
e); mi-mond-umo : demi-monde.
neben*-: vice-. Indicates one who would act in the place of an
authentic person in the position in case of emergency. neben*-
prezidanto, vice-president, vice-chairman
mis-: denotes erroneous, wrong action; used with verbal roots: mis-
komprenar, to misunderstand; mis-pronuncar, to mispronounce;
mis-prezentar, to misrepresent; mis-uzo, misuse.
ne-: (adv. used as prefix) not, non-, un-, in-, im-, ir- : ne-savar, to be
ignorant of; ne-posibla, impossible ; ne-populara, unpopular; ne-
responsiva, irresponsible; (cf. des-).
par-: (used especially with verbal roots) denoting perfection or
thorough completion of an action: par-lernar, to learn
236 Ido for All
thoroughly; par-plugar, to plow thoroughly; par-lektar, to read

thoroughly or through to the very end; par-facer, to do
thoroughly, to complete; par-irar, to go (through) to the end.
para-: (with substantive roots) denoting protection against, something
to ward off : para-fairo, a screen or protection against fire, a fire-
guard; para-fulmino, some sort of a protection against lightning,
a lightning conductor; para-pluvo, a protection against rain, an
umbrella; para-vento, a wind-shield.
pra-: pra-, before ; replaces the preposition "ante" in composed words:
pre-datizar, to antedate; pre-destinar, to predestine; pre-dicar, to
predict; pre-hiere, (on the) day before yesterday ; pre-avino,
great-grandmother.
pseudo*-: pseudo, false, counterfeit, as in English. A rarely used
prefix.
quadri-: quadri-, quadru-: quad- ; four ; used chiefly in scientific
words: quadri-latera, quadrilateral; quadri-peda : quadruped.
retro-: (with verbal roots) retro-, backtward), inverse action : retro-
agar, to retroact; retro-irar, to go back(ward).
ri-: (with verbal roots) re-, back (to an original or former state or
position) again (in the sense of repetition or restoration) ; ri-
elektar, to re-elect ; ri-enirar, to re-enter; ri-donar, to give back
(again); ri-facar, to do over again, remake; ri-dicar, to say again,
repeat.
sen-: -less, without, free from : Indicates absence, lack, privation,
destitution sen-kapa, headless; sen-kulpa, guiltless; sen-arma,
without arms, weapon-less; sen-denta, toothless;
stif(a): step-: Indicates that the person spoken of is a relative only
through the second marriage of a parent and is not a relative by
blood: stif(a)-filiino, step-daughter stif(a)-matro, step-mother.
Note : The prepositions en, ek, for, kun, inter, de, etc. are also used as
prefixes, as: en-irar, ek-irar, also some original adverbs, as: plu-
alt-igar, plu-bel-igar
Appendix - Suffixes 237
Appendix - Suffixes
-ach-: imparts a pejorative (contemptuous, disparaging) sense to the
composed word: hund-acho, cur; infant-acho, brat; medik-acho,
quack; parol-ach-ar, to jabber, prate; rid-(et)-achar, to giggle;
dolc-acha, sickly sweet, mawkish.
-ad-: added to verbal roots to denote the repetition or continuation of
the act : parol-adar, to speak (at length); salt-adar, to keep
jumping.
Note: The following examples show the distinction between -ado
and -o: pafar, to shoot; pafo a single shot; paf-ado signifies a
repeated discharge, a volley; from fraper, to strike, we get frap-o,
a single blow; frap-ado, a beating.
-ag-: (the root of the verb ag-ar, to do, acct) used with the names of
instruments and the like to indicate the action done with the
instrument: martel-agar, to hammer; buton-agar, to button;
kanon-agar (or pafar), to shoot a cannon; manu-agar, to handle;
kruc-agar, to crucify.
Note: This suffix is necessary because if such word were
verbalized by direct derivation (using simply -ar), the substantive
inversely derived from the verb would logically refer to the act,
not the instrument (to the hammering, buttoning, not to the
hammer(s), button(s). By using the separate suffix (-ag-), the
substantive of the act is martel-ag(ad)o, buton-ag(ad)o, and the
primitive words: martelo, butono refer to the instruments.
-aj-: with nouns and adjectives: it denotes an object possessing the
quality of, or made out of, the material expressed by the original
word: mol-ajo, a soft material or object; bel-ajo, a beautiful
object; lign-ajo, something made of wood, woodwork. It may
also denote an act: amik-al-ajo, an act of friendship ; infant-al-
ajo, a childish act. With transitive or mixed verbs, it has a
passive sense, referring to the object, and being identical with
-ata- or -ita-: send-ajo, (send-ata, send-ita), something sent;
chanj-ajo (chanj-ato, chanj-ita), something (which is) changed;
manj-ajo, something eaten ; (cf. -ur). With intransitive verbs: it
has an active sense and is equivalent to -anta-: rept-ajo,
something which creeps (rept-ero is a preferable form); exist-ajo,
something existing.
238 Ido for All
Note (1) : With transitive verbs the active sense is ordinarily

expressed by -iv-, as : garnis-ar (tr.) to garnish, embellish;
garnis-ivo is then something which embellishes; garnis-ajo
would refer to the object embellished ; orn-ivo is something
which ornaments, an ornament; orn-ajo, would refer to
something (which is) ornamented, not the ornament itself.
Note (2) : In this connection it may be said that the suffixes -iv-
and -em- have essentially an active sense; while -ebl-, -ind-,
-end-, have an essentially passive meaning.
-al-: With nouns, it denotes: relating to, pertaining to, appropriate to:
autun-o, autumn; autun-ala, autumnal; rej-o, king, queen; rej-ala,
royal; nacion-ala, national; sexu-ala, sexual. It is frequently
equivalent to the genitive : aquo di river-o = river-ala aquo. As a
practical rule: an adjective in -ala is appropriate wherever it can
be replaced by the genitive of the substantive it is derived from:
riverala = di rivero.
Note (1): -al- should not be appended to proper names to form
adjectives; dramati da Shakespeare, Shakespearean dramas. The
use of -al would signify dramas relating to or analogous to those
of Shakespeare.
Note (2) : Difference of meaning and use between -a and -ala: -a
is the primary grammatical final of the great class of words
which fundamentally express quality: blu-a, simpl-a, facil-a. It
carries the signification of: which is..., who is...; consequently,
blu-a, (which is) blue; simpl-a, (what is) simple; facil-a ago, an
act which is easy. Added to nominal roots denoting a substance
it has the same meaning: marmor-a statuo, a statue made of
marble, which is marble; or-a vazo, a (made of) gold vase; aqu-a
voyo, a water-way (a way composed of water). The suffix -ala is
the ordinary adjectival termination appended to that large class
of roots which are nouns in their fundamental significance. It
expresses the idea: pertaining to, relative to, as we find it used in
thousands of English words. (except where the adjective is used
to denote a substance out of which a thing is made, composed of,
as in marmor-a, or-a, aqu-a). We therefore say: puer-ala ago, a
childish act, an act appropriate or suitable to a child, (not puer-a
ago, which could only logically signify: an act which is a child!);
aqu-ala ludi, water sports, sports relating to, pertaining to water
(not aqu-a ludi, which could only mean: sports made of water!).
nacion-ala legi, national laws, (nacion-a legi can only mean:
laws which are a nation!); on the other hand, an aqu-a voyo, a

water-way (as a canal), widely differs from an aqu-oza voyo, a
way (road) full of water (puddles). Note that where there is a
composed word, such as: internacion-a, the adjective form is
always in -a, not -ala: the idea being that the first part of the
composed word (inter-) sufficiently indicates the relationship.
Also after roots compounded with sen- the -a is always used, not
-ala, -oza,: sen-esper-a, hopeless, not sen-esper-oza !; sen-viva
korpo, a lifeless body.
-an-: denotes a member, inhabitant, partisann, adherent, as: senat-ano,
senator; vilaj-ano, villager; eklezi-ano, a church member.
-ar-: denotes a collection, group, set (of oobjects or beings). It is to be
generally understood as referring to the most extensive
collective; hom-aro means humanity, not a group of persons; (cf.
Talmey's Text Book, p. 42). However, this suffix is quite
frequently found to be used vaguely for any group of persons or
collection of objects.
-ari-: indicating the object of an action, the recipient of an action or
one upon whom a right, especially legal, is conferred. In many
cases, it corresponds to the English suffix -ee: pag-ario, payee ;
grant-ario, grantee; don-ario, donee.
-atr-: like (-ish); of the nature of, or having nearly the same
appearance, qualities or characteristics; similar: flava, yellow;
flav-atra, yellowish; sponj-o, sponge: sponj-atra, spongy; metal-
atra, metallic; used ordinarily with non-verbal roots, and
referring to things, not persons (cf. -em-).
Note : The root simil- is used in the same sense as -atr-. The
golden era of jazz.: L'epoko or-atra di jazo. L'epoko or-simila di
jazo.
-e-: colored, having the color of: or-o, golld; or-ea: golden; lakt-o,
milk; lakt-ea : milk-colored; sang-o, blood; sang-ea: blood-
colored; (sango-koloro: blood-color).
-ebl-: like -able, -ible; added to transitive verbal roots to express
possibility. It has an essentially passive sense (cf. -iv-): vid-ar, to
see; vid-ebla, visible; rupt-ar, to break; rupt-ebla, breakable;
kred-ebla, credible.
240 Ido for All
-ed-: contents of; (-ful); denotes the quantity which fills something or
(with verbal roots) the quantity determined by the nature of the
act: glas-o, a glass; glas-edo, a glassful; manu-o, a hand; manu-
edo, a handful; glut-ar, to swallow, glut-edo, a swallow (quantity
determined by the act of swallowing); pinch-ar, to pinch; pinch-
edo, a pinch, a nip (quantity determined by the act of pinching or
grasping with finger tips).
-eg-: denoting augmentation, intensity, a higher or extreme degree:
pluv-o, rain; pluv-ego, a downpour or torrent of rain; varm-a,
warm; varm-ega, hot; grand-ega, immense, very big. It is
possible to use this suffix also with verbal roots. manj-eg-ar = to
hugely eat, to devour. The students burst into laughter. La
studenti rid-eg-eskis.
-em-: joined especially to verbal roots signifies: (persons) inclined to;
disposition, bent: atak-ar, to attack; atak-ema, agressive; babil-ar,
to chatter; babil-ema, talkative, gossipy; labor-ar, to work; labor-
ema, industrious; (cf. -atr-).
-end-: used to form adjectives from verbal roots; has an essentially
passive sense ; indicating something to be or which must be
done: kred-ar, to believe, kred-enda, (something) which must be
believed; pag-ar, to pay; pag-enda, something which must be
paid; solv-ar, to solve; solv-enda, something which must be
solved; (cf. note under -ind-).
-er-: denotes a person occupied in a customaary, though not
professional activity or occupation: fum-ar, to smoke, fum-ero,
smoker, (one who habitually smokes); dans-ero, dancer (but not
a professional); fotograf-ero, an amateur photographer. This
suffix is also used for animals (or even things) to denote a
characteristic action: rept-ar, to crawl; rept-ero, a reptile (cf. -ajo
with intransitive verbs); rod-ar, to gnaw; rod-ero, a rodent; klim-
ar, to climb; klim-ero, climber (a plant, for instance, which has a
tendency to climb).
Note: It differs from the present participle in that -ero refers to an
habitual act, while -anto indicates a person performing a mere
act at the present time. dans-anto is simply a person now dancing
(possibly one who never danced before); dans-ero, refers to a
person accustomed to dance (though not professionally); (cf.
-ist).
-eri-: denotes an establishment, especially industrial: imprim-erio, a

printing establishment; distil-erio, a distillery; lakt-erio, a dairy;
chapel-erio, a hat factory ; (cf. note under -ey-).
-es-: corresponds to the English suffixes -ion, -ness, -ity, -ship, etc.;
used abstractly; denoting with non-verbal roots a state or
quality: infant-o, a child; infant-eso, infancy, childhood,
childishness; malad-a, sick; malad-eso, sickness ; bel-eso,
beauty; qual-eso, quality; vir-eso, manliness, virility. With verbal
roots, it denotes a passive state: exhaust-ar, to exhaust; exhaust-
eso, exhaustion (state of being exhausted); expans-ar, to expand;
expans-eso, expansion.
Note: This suffix is the root of the verb es-ar (to be).
-esk-: forms intransitive verbs denoting: to begin to, become, start, get,
come to be: dorm-ar, to sleep; dorm-eskar, to fall asleep; irac-
eskar, to fly into a rage, begin to be mad; pal-a, pale; pal-eskar,
to turn pale; rich-a, rich; rich-eskar, to get, become rich. petr-o,
stone; petr-eskar, to become a stone.
-estr-: head of, chief of: urb-o, city; urb-estro, mayor; nav-o, ship; nav-
estro, captain.
-et-: forms diminutives or indicates a smalller degree or qualitative
change: mont-o, mountain; mont-eto, hill; river-o, river; river-
eto, a brook; bel-a, beautiful; bel-eta, pretty; varm-a, warm;
varm-eta, lukewarm; rid-ar, to laugh, rid-etar, to smile; dorm-
etar, to sleep a little, take a nap. It is also used as an affectionate
diminutive: patrul-eto, daddy; patrin-eto,little mother, dear
mother.
-ey-: denotes the place of (or for) the action or object characterized by
the root (generally a room or building): kaval-o, horse, kaval-
eyo, place for a horse or horses, a stable; koqu-ar, to cook; koqu-
eyo, a place for cooking, a kitchen; manj-ar, to eat; manj-eyo, a
place for eating, a dining room.
Note: This suffix can be sufficiently distinguished from -eri by
the following examples : lav-ar, to wash; lav-eyo, is a place for
washing, a wash-room; lav-erio, is a washing establishment, a
laundry; manj-eyo is simply a place to eat; manj-erio is an eating
establishment: a restaurant; (cf. note under -i-).
-i-: denotes a domain, province, country, depending upon the authority
242 Ido for All
of the person involved: rej-o, king, queen; rej-io, kingdom; duk-

o, duke, duchess; duk-io, a duchy; episkop-io, diocese; parok-io,
parish.
Note: With the suffix -ey-, instead of -i-, the above words would
refer to residences, palaces, castles: duk-eyo, a ducal palace;
episkop-eyo, residence of a bishop. rej-eyo, royal palace.
-id-: denotes offspring, descendant: izrael--ido, an Israelite; rej-ido, the
offspring of a king ; Napoleon-ido, a descendant of Napoleon.
This suffix refers only to offspring of persons. For progeny other
than of persons, -yun- is used: bov-yuno, a veal; kaval-yuno, a
foal; (cf. -yun-).
-ier-: with persons, it denotes an individual characterized by a certain
attribute, object or peculiarity: kuras-o, cuirass, armor; kuras-
iero, armor-clad-person; rent-o, annuity, rent-iero, annuity-
holder, annuitant, person of independent means. -ier- can also
designate a tree or plant which bears, produces: pom-o, an apple,
pom-iero, an apple tree; roz-o, a rose; roz-iero, a rose bush. With
things, it denotes a holder, stand, etc. into which the object is
appropriately put: sigar-o, cigar; sigar-iero, a cigar-holder; plum-
iero, a pen-holder; kandel-iero, a candlestick.
Note: This last use of the suffix is somewhat similar to the use of
-uyo, but -uyo refers to a case, box, chest, sheath: sigar-uyo, a
cigar box; plum-uyo, a box for pens; kandel-uyo, a receptacle for
candles.
-if-: added to nominal roots to form intransitive verbs denoting: to
generate, produce, secrete : sang-o, blood; sang-ifar, to bleed, to
lose blood; urin-ifar, to secrete urine, to urinate; sudor-o,
perspiration; sudor-ifar, to perspire; pom-ifar, to bear apples;
flor-ifar, to flower. This suffix is particularly useful to indicate
the manufacture, making of tools and other articles: martel-o, a
hammer; martel-ifar, to make, manufacture hammers (to hammer
something is expressed by martel-agar); martel-if-isto, a hammer
maker.
-ig-: added to adjectives and nouns to form verbs with a transitive
sense, denoting: to make, render, transform into: petr-o, a stone;
petr-igar, to petrify; fil-o, a thread, fil-igar, to transform
(something) into thread; bel-a, beautiful; bel-igar, to beautify;
rekt-a, straight, rekt-igar, to straighten; larj-a, broad; larj-igar, to
broaden.
Note 1: This suffix is also used as an independent verb meaning :

to make, to render, to cause: (igar richa = rich-igar = to enrich).
With intransitive verbs, it gives an active sense (= ig-ar xxx-
anta), thus transforming them into transitive verbs: dorm-ar, to
sleep ; dorm-igar, to put (someone) to sleep (= ig-ar dorm-anta);
pac-ar, to be at peace; pac-igar, to pacify; mort-ar, to die; mort-
igar, to cause to die, put to death. With transitive verbs, it has a
passive sense (= ig-ar xxx-ata), usually followed by the
preposition da; skrib-igar = igar skribata. Examples of this use
can be found in the dictionary under da and ig-ar (cf. Talmoy's
Text Book, pp. 48, 49 and note 21).
Note 2: The use of -igar with da and transitive verbs in a passive
mode is an awkward construct for English speakers. More direct
constructions in active voice may be a better choice: me igas
Robert skribar letro = I let Robert write a letter, (instead of: me
skribigas letro da Robert = me igas letro skribata da Robert = I
let a letter be written by Robert).
-ik-: means "sick of", "suffering from"; refers to a person having the
disease, not the disease itself: artrit-o, arthritis; artrit-iko, an
arthritic; alkohol-iko, an alcoholic patient. tuberklos-o,
tuberculosis; tuberklos-iko, a tubercular patient.Note: In such
cases, the suffix -ala would be an adjective referring to the
disease, not to the person who has it: artrit-o, arthritis; artrit-ala
doloro, arthritic pain.
-il-: added to verbal roots, it denotes the instrument, the tool or the
means of performing an action: bros-ar, to brush; bros-ilo, a
brush; paf-ar, to shoot; paf-ilo, a shooting instrument, as a gun ;
telegraf-ilo: a telegraphing instrument; bar-ar, to barr; bar-ilo, a
barrier.
Note : In cases where there are many kinds of instruments to
perform a particular action, more appropriate words should be
used, if they are available, in place of -il-, which carries a
general meaning: skrib-ilo may refer to any kind of writing
instruments: pen, pencil, typewriter, etc...; therefore it is
ordinarily desirable to use in place of -il-, the words: plumo,
krayono, skribmashino; tranch-ilo (tranch-ar = to cut) may refer
to any cutting instrument, therefore kultelo should be used when
a knife is meant. Use fusil-o in place of paf-ilo when a gun is
meant.
244 Ido for All
-in-: signifies an individual of the female sex : frat-o, brother or sister;

frat-ino, sister; spoz-ino, wife; bov-ino, cow.
-ind-: with verbal roots, creates adjectives which signify: deserving to
be, worthy of, meriting: laud-ar, to praise; laud-inda,
praiseworthy, laudable; respekt-inda, respectable, deserving of
respect.
Note : This suffix clearly differs from -end- : libro lekt-inda, a
book worth reading; libro lekt-enda, a book which must be read ;
Carthago destrukt-inda, Carthage is worthy of destruction;
Carthage destrukt-enda, Carthage must be destroyed. The first
indicates an opinion, the second, an intention, a resolution.
-ism-: denotes a system, doctrine, cult: social-ismo, socialism;
imperial-ismo, imperialism; Katolik-ismo, Catholicism.
-ist-: denotes a person engaged permanently in some occupation,
profession: botanik-isto, botanist; pord-isto, doorkeeper; dent-
isto, dentist; kant-isto, a professional singer; (cf. -er-). By
extension, -ista, -isto refers to the adherent of a party, system,
doctrine: social-isto, socialist.
Note: A merchant may be distinguished from a producer by
using xxx-vend-isto for the former and xxx-if-isto for the latter:
mobl-o, furniture; moblo-vend-isto, a dealer in furniture; mobl-
if-isto, a furniture maker.
-iv-: added to verbal roots; has essentially an active signification:
capable of, that can (do): instrukt-ar, to instruct; instrukt-iva,
instructive; suggest-ar, to suggest; sugest-iva, suggestive;
konvink-ar, to convince; konvink-iva, convincing. The
substantive of this suffix is particularly useful in technical terms:
atrakt-ar, to attract; atrakt-iva, -ivo, attractive; nutrar, to nourish;
nutr-iva, -ivo, nutritive ; kondukt-iv-eso, conductibility.
Note: This suffix differs from -anta in that -iva denotes a
permanent state, -anta, a temporary condition. -iva signifies what
has naturally and essentially the basic property indicated by the
verbal root. For example, a substance which accidentally causes
purging is not necessarily a purgative by nature (purg-iv-a, -o),
but only purg-anta for the time being. A text-book can be said to
be instrukt-iva even though no one studies it, but it cannot be
said to be instrukt-anta unless someone is reading it.
-iz-: added especially to substantive roots to form transitive verbs
signifying: to cover with, supply with, furnish with, provide

with, ornament with: oro, gold; or-izar, to cover (something)
with gold, to gold-plate; arm-o, weapon, arm; arm-izar, to arm,
(to weaponize); kron-o, a crown; kron-izar, to crown
(somebody).
Note: The comparative use of -ifar, -igar, -izar, -eskar, may be
seen in the following examples : burjon-o, a bud; burjon-ifar =
to produce buds, to bud; burjon-izar = to cover something with
buds; burjon-igar = to cause something to bud; burjon-eskar = to
become a bud. sal-o, salt; sal-ifar, to produce salt. We salt (sal-
izas), or butter (butr-izas) our bread to give it the proper taste,
and we salt (sal-izas, put salt on) our fish to preserve them. From
the intransitive verb sid-ar, be seated, we derive the transitive
verb sid-igar, to seat, cause some one to sit down, and sid-eskar,
to take one's seat, (start) to sit down. The suffixes -izar, -igar
have a transitive sense; -eskar has an intransitive sense.
-oz-: defines adjectives denoting: full of, containing, ornamented with,
having in itself: por-o, a pore; por-oza, porous; por-oz-eso,
porosity (state); kuraj-o, the courage; kuraj-oza, courageous; joy-
o, the joy; joy-oza, joyous.
Note : The difference between -a and -oza: aqua voyo, a water-
way, (a way which is water, as a canal), aqu-oza voyo, a road
full of water (puddles, etc.) ; (cf. note under -al-).
-ul-: denotes the male sex: patr-ulo, father; spoz-ulo, husband; kaval-
ulo, stallion; kat-ulo, tomcat. (cf. -in-).
Note : This suffix is sometimes omitted for euphony when the
sex of the substantive is made clear by the context. For example,
abad-ulo (a monk) may be shortened to abado in a text where
there is no mistaking in the meaning. Strictly speaking, however,
abado carries with it no sex distinction.
-um-: is used with a few roots to form derivative meanings which the
other suffixes cannot logically express. It is analogous to the use
of ye among the prepositions. Meanings must be looked up in
the dictionary. It is not to be used arbitrarily, but only for
derivatives authorized by the Idist Academy. Examples: kolo, a
neck; kol-umo, collar; kruco, a cross; kruc-um-ar, to cross
(roads, etc.); folio, a leaf, a page; foli-um-ar, to turn the leaves of
(a book, etc.); formik-o, an ant; formik-umar, to swarm, to team.
246 Ido for All
-un-: sometimes used as a suffix to denote one individual unit of a

substance which naturally consists of many such units. sabl-o,
sand; sabl-uno, a grain of sand; grel-o, hail; grel-uno, a hailstone.
Note : grano, a grain, is preferable to -uno in expressing one
individual unit of corn; rye, wheat: sekal-o, rye; sekal-grano,
grain of rye. Maiz-o, corn; maizo-grano, grain of corn; frument-
o, wheat; frumento-grano, a grain of wheat. When a substance
has no natural units, -uno is not appropriate and instead of it use
words like peco (a piece), floko (a flake), parto, (a part), parteto
(a small part), etc.: nivo- floko, a snow flake, sukro-peco, piece
of sugar. (Talmey, Text Book, p. 50)
-ur-: joined to verbal roots to distinguish the result, or product of an
act, from the act itself: pikt-uro, a picture (as distinguished from
the act of painting, pikt-o, -ado) ; imprim-uro, the print
(imprim-ado indicates only the act of printing) ; apert-ar, to
open; apert-uro, an opening; fend-ar, to split; fend-uro, a split,
(the result of splitting).
Note: In many cases there is no real distinction between the act
and its result, therefore the termination in -o is sufficient in those
cases: la abandono di navo, the abandonment of a ship
(abandonar = to abandon, navo = ship). Sometimes this
signification can as well, or even better, be expressed by using
-aj- : dic-ar, to say; dic-ajo, what is said or was said; donac-ar, to
give a gift, to donate; donac-o, the act of donating a gift; donac-
ajo, what is given, a gift (cf. donac-ata, donac-ita). There exists,
however, many cases where the result or product of the act is not
identical with the passive object of the act and therefore -uro
must be used: imit-ar, to imitate; imit-ajo is the thing imitated
(the passive object of the act, cf. imit-ata, imit-ita) ; imit-uro is
then the imitation made from the object imitated (it is the
product of the act); kopi-ar, to copy; kopi-uro, the copy, is made
from the kopi-ajo, the original object copied; traduk-ar = to
translate; traduk-uro, a translation, is certainly different from
traduk-ajo, which is the text from which it was translated. -ajo
indicates either something possessing the property given by the
original root (mol-a, soft; mol-ajo: something soft; bel-ajo:
something beautiful, cf. note under -aj-) or refers to something
existing prior to the act (as manj-ajo: food). -ur- implies the
production of something which, until the act, had no existence,
as imprim-uro: the printed text (imprim-ajo would refer to the
text used to make the imprint).

-uy-: with nominal roots denotes a receptacle (ordinarily a case,
sheath, box, chest): monet-o, money; monet-uyo, a purse; ink-
uyo, an inkwell; sup-uyo, a soup tureen; violin-uyo, a violin
case; sigar-uyo, a cigar-box (not a cigar-holder, which is: sigar-
iero; cf. note under -iero).
-yun-: (taken from the independent root yun--a: young) is used to
indicate the young of animals (cf. -id-): bovo, a bull / cow; bov-
yuno, a calf; han-o, a hen / rooster; han-yuno, pullet.
General Note
Several affixes (prefixes and suffixes) may be added to one root to
form new words: medicin-o, a medicine; medicin-ist-acho, a quack;
vid-ar, to see; ne-pre-vid-ebl-eso, impossibility of being foreseen.
248 Ido for All
Appendix - Numeral Suffixes

-esm- : ordinal numbers : un-esma, first; du-esma, second.
-im- : fraction : tri-ima, a third (part) ; quar-imo, a quarter.
-op- : distributive : quar-ope, in fours, four at a time.
-opl- : multiplying suffix : du-opla, double; tri-ople kin eses dek-e-
kin, three times five is fifteen.
Where numbers are used in connection with the word "time', the root
"foy(o)" is used as a suffix: du-foye, two times, twice; quar-foye, four
times ; tri-foya eko, an echo repeated three times.
Compounded Words
The general rule for determining the sense of a compounded word is
that the last word is the principal one (the defined word) and is to be
read first - the first word of the compound carrying a sort of adjectival
sense which defines the last: vapor-navo, steamship ; skrib-tablo,
writing table; here the root idea is provided by navo, tablo modified by
the descriptive words: vapor-: skrib-. Ped-frapar, to kick with the foot;
avan-abrakio, forearm; en-irar, to go in, to enter, are other examples of
composition which fall under the general rule. In a few combinations,
especially in certain prepositional-adjectival ones as: inter-naciona,
trans-atlantika, trans-oceana, inter-kosta, du-masta, the significations
must be taken by considering the two parts as forming one whole, the
words being of equal value (internaciona = quo eses inter la nationi,
e.c.). Such combinations are not many and can be easily understood
from their international uses.
Numeral Punctuation
The Idist Academy has not as yet given any decision as to the proper
way of marking the decimal point and separating large numbers. To
prevent possible misunderstanding, the student is advised to follow the
method used in "Progreso" and the majority of Idist journals: use a
comma for the decimal point and a period between the other numbers:
4.300,10; four thousand, three hundred, and ten one-hundredths. This
is the opposite of ordinary English usage. However even today quite a
many Idists follow the ordinary English usage as in 4,300.10.
Appendix - Sufixi -AJ ed -UR- 249
Appendix - Sufixi -AJ ed -UR-

Manjajo - manjuro:
Manjajo esas karno, pano, legumi e c. Okida*!
Do, quo esas manjuro ? Tote simpla !
La manjuro esas feko o kakajo. Kad onu ne bezonas la difero ?
Pliz uzez -aj- preske sempre kande vua substantivo koncernas la verbo.
Ma kande la verbo produktas la substantivo per irga procedo kemiala
od altra kelke komplexa, uzez -ur-. La sufixo -ur- do indikas ula
procedo artificala da homo.
Vendajo - venduro: Vendajo esas irgo quan vu deziras vendar.
Venduro esas pekunio o profito pos ke vu vendabas vua vendajo.
Vundajo - vunduro: De la verbo vundar: vundo = ago qua efektigas la
vunduro = produktajo qua divenas per l'ago, dum ke vundajo =
(exemple) vundita pedo. Vundajo esas vundita pedo. Vunduro esas
sango pos la procedo dal cirkulal sistemo.
Afrankajo - afrankuro: Afrankuro existas en la Franca ma ne
afrankajo; onu dicas ke la letro o la karto o la pako esas afrankita. De
la verbo afrankar: afranko = l'ago, afrankuro = postal marko o la sumo
di ti, dum ke afrankajo = letro qua esas afrankita. Afrankajo esas letro
qua esas afrankita. Afrankuro esas profito del afrankajo por
postokontoro.
Fendajo - fenduro: De la verbo fendar: fendo = l'ago, fenduro = loko
ube la tero o roko esas fendita, dum ke fendajo = objekto fendita, (sive
tero, roko, glacio, ligno e.c.). Fendajo esas objekto fendita, (sive tero,
roko, glacio, ligno e.c.). Fenduro esas loko ube la tero o roko esas
fendita. Fenduro esas truo o foso, aden-ube aquo od insekti povas
invadar.
Fotografajo e fotografuro: De la verbo fotografar: fotografo = l'ago,
fotografuro = la objekto diveninta per l'ago, dum ke fotografajo= la
objekto fotografita. Fotografajo esas kompreneble nuda muliero.
Fotografuro lore esas l'objekto per qua onu darfas forsan onaniar.
Rezultajo - rezulturo: Rezultar esas netransitiva verbo, do on povas
aplikar -ajo: rezultajo. Ma on povus anke havar rezulturo (videz supere
la sufixo -uro). Onu generale uzas "rezultajo", pro ke rezultar esas
netransitiva verbo ed onu ne darfas dicar "rezulturo". Tamen kande
250 Ido for All
onu aplikas komplexa procedo por ganar la rezultajo, onu darfus uzar
"rezulturo" (takaze, artificala).
Appendix - Unauthorized names of countries 251
Appendix - Unauthorized names of countries

This list of names of countries is based upon the excellent idea
presented by Mr. Richard STEVENSON
Prfo Partaka UNTEL emendis ula nomi. Danko! (2006/06/20)
Landal nomi di Sro RS
================
Sro Richard STEVENSON: Confidence is half the victory. (Yiddish
proverb)
================
Malgre ke l'omno quon Prfo Partaka UNTEL dicabas en sua
IdoCatalaOccitan, me pensas ke vu esas sur la justa voyo, pro ke
landal nomi ed olia membri en Ido semblas a me'ula'sorta kaoso en
kontrasto kun la sistemo di Espo.
Exemple en Rumania kompreneble haibtas Rumaniani ma l'omna
membri ne esas Rumani. Dum ke la majoritato del habitanti esas
Rumani, anke trovesas ibe la minoritato del Hungari, qui ne esas
Hungariani pro ke li ne habitas en Hungaria, ube anke habitas multa
Cigani e Yudi, qui anke esas Hungariani.
-ia, -land, -istan signifikas la lando' di uula raso segun qua la lando ya
prenas sua nomo, o di ulo quo simbolizas la nomo per la historial
memoro.
Finlando esas la lando di Finna raso, do egalesas Finnistan o Finnia,
ube la minoritato del Sueda rasi anke habitas. L'amba rasi ibe esas
Finniani.
Afganistan esas la lando di diversa Afgana rasi, do bone nomesas
Afgania.
Torkistan esas la lando di ula'sorta Turka raso, do povas ya esar
Torkia.
Nederlando esas la lando di un Germana raso, qua ne havas sua propra
nomo dum ke kelke altra Germana rasi havas sua propra nomo quala
Baiyerno edc.
E ni povus donacar a li la nomo di Nedero. Do Nederia, Nederi, la
252 Ido for All
Nedera.
Ido esas vivanta linguo. Se la majoritato del Idisti adapteskos nova
nomi por l'anciena ne'reguloza nomi landal, lore Ido esos plu facila por
omni.
Yen lando'nomi e la kurta formi por habitanti e lingui.
Afgania ----------- Afgano --------- la Persa Afgana
Albania ----------- Albano --------- l'Albana
Aljeria ----------- Aljero --------- l'Araba
Andoria ----------- Andoro --------- la Kataluna,
la Franca o la Hispana
Anglia ------------ Anglo ---------- l'Angla
Angolia ----------- Angolo --------- la Portugala e
la Bantua lingui
Antiguia ---------- Antiguo -------- l'Angla : Antiguia
[an-TI-gwia]
Arabia ------------ Arabo ---------- l'Araba
Arjentinia -------- Arjentino ------ la Hispana
Armenia ----------- Armeno --------- l'Armena
Australia --------- Australo ------- l'Angla
Austria ----------- Austro --------- la Germana
Azerbaijia -------- Azerbaijo ------ l'Azera, la Rusa,
l'Armena
Bahamia ----------- Bahamo --------- l'Angla
Bahraynia --------- Bahrayno ------- l'Araba, l'Angla :
Bahraynia [bah-RAY-nia]
Bangladeshia ------ Bangladesho ---- la Bengala, l'Angla
Barbadia ---------- Barbado -------- l'Angla
Belarusia --------- Belaruso ------- la Belarusa, la Rusa
Belgia ------------ Belgo ---------- la Franca e
la Nedera
Bermudia ---------- Bermudo -------- l'Angla
Belizia ----------- Belizo --------- l'Angla, la Hispana,
la Maya
Bolivia ----------- Bolivo --------- la Hispana
Bosnia ------------ Bosno ---------- la Serbo-Kroata
Bocwania ---------- Bocwano -------- l'Angla, la Secwana
Brazilia ---------- Brazilo -------- la Portugala :
Brazilia ->
l'urbo di Brazilia
Britania ---------- Britano -------- l'Angla : anciena
Britano -> Britono
Bruneia ----------- Bruneo --------- la Malaya, l'Angla,
la China
Bulgaria ---------- Bulgaro -------- la Bulgara
Burkinafasia ------ Burkinafaso ---- la Franca, la
Tribuala lingui
Burundia ---------- Burundo -------- la Kirunda,

la Franca
Chekia ------------ Cheko ---------- la Cheka
Chilia ------------ Chilio --------- la Hispana
Chinia ------------ Chino ---------- la China,
la Kantona edc.
Chipria ----------- Chipro --------- la Greka, la Turka,
l'Angla
Dania ------------- Dano ----------- la Dana
Djibutia ---------- Djibuto -------- la Franca, l'Araba
Dominikia --------- Dominiko ------- l'Angla, la Franca
Equadoria --------- Equadoro ------- la Hispana
Equatoral-Guinia -- Equatoralguino - la Hispana. l'Angla
Egiptia ----------- Egipto --------- l'Araba
Eritria ----------- Eritro --------- l'Araba, l'Amhara
Ersia (Irlando)---- Erso ----------- l'Angla, l'Ersa
Estonia ----------- Estono --------- l'Estona
Etiopia ----------- Etiopo --------- l'Amhara
Fidjia ------------ Fidjo ---------- la Fidja, l'Angla
Filipinia --------- Filipino ------- la Tagaloga,
l'Angla, la Hispana
Finnia ------------ Finno ---------- la Finna
Francia ----------- Franco --------- la Franca
Gabonia ----------- Gabono --------- la Franca,
la Tribuala lingui
Gambia ------------ Gambo ---------- l'Angla, la Mandika
Georgia ----------- Georgo --------- la Georga, la Rusa,
l'Armena
Germania ---------- Germano -------- la Germana
Ghania ------------ Ghano ---------- l'Angla, la Dagomba
Grekia ------------ Greko ---------- la Greka
Grenadia ---------- Grenado -------- l'Angla, la Franca
Guatemalia -------- Guatemalo ------ la Hispana
Guinia ------------ Guino ---------- la Franca
Guayania ---------- Guayano -------- l'Angla
Haitia ------------ Haito ---------- la Franca, la Kreola
Hindia ------------ Hindo ---------- la Hinda e
14 altra lingui
Honduria ---------- Honduro -------- la Hispana
Hungaria ---------- Hungaro -------- la Hungara
Isia -------------- Iso ------------ l'Isa
Israelia ---------- Israelo -------- la Hebrea, l'Araba
Indonezia --------- Indonezo ------- l'Indoneza,
la Malaya, la Nedera
Irania ------------ Irano ---------- la Persa, la Kurda
Irakia ------------ Irako ---------- l'Araba, la Kurda
Irlando ----------- Ersia
Italia ------------ Italo ---------- l'Itala
254 Ido for All
Ivoria ------------ Ivoro ---------- la Franca

Jamaikia ---------- Jamaiko -------- l'Angla, la Kreola
Japonia ----------- Japono --------- la Japona
Jordania ---------- Jordano -------- l'Araba, l'Angla
Kaboverdia -------- kaboverdo ------ la Portugala,
la Kriula
Kambodjia --------- Kambodjo ------- la Kambodja
Kamerunia --------- Kameruno ------- la Franca, l'Angla,
la tribuala lingui
Kanadia ----------- Kanado --------- l'Angla, la Franca
Kazakhia ---------- Kazakho -------- la Kazakha, la Rusa
Kenyia ------------ Kenyo ---------- l'Angla, la Suahila
Kirgizia ---------- Kirgizo -------- la Kirgiza, la Rusa
Kiribatia --------- Kiribato ------- l'Angla, la Gilberta
Kolumbia ---------- Kolumbo -------- la Hispana
Komoria ----------- Komoro --------- l'Araba, la Franca,
la Komora
Kongia ------------ Kongo ---------- la Franca
Koreia ------------ Koreo ---------- la Korea
Kostarikia -------- Kostariko ------ la Hispana
Kroatia ----------- Kroato --------- la Serbo-Kroata
Kubeia (Cuba)------ Kubeo ---------- la Hispana
Kuwaytia ---------- Kuwayto -------- l'Araba, l'Angla
Laotia ------------ Laoto ---------- la Laota,
la Franca,
l'Angla
Latvia ------------ Latvo ---------- la Latva
Lesotia ----------- Lesoto --------- la Sesota,
la Khosa,
l'Angla
Libania ----------- Libano --------- l'Araba, la Franca
Libereia ---------- Libereo -------- l'Angla,
l'Afrikana lingui
Libia ------------- Libio ---------- l'Araba
Liktenstinia ------ Liktenstino ---- la Germana
Lituania ---------- Lituano -------- la Lituana
Luxemburgia ------- Luxemburgo ----- la Luxemburga
Macedonia --------- Macedono ------- la Macedona,
l'Albana
Madagaskaria ------ Madagaskaro ---- la Madagaskara,
la Franca
Malawia ----------- Malawo --------- la Chewa, l'Angla
Malayzia ---------- Malayzo -------- la Malayza,
la Malaya
Maldivia ---------- Maldivo -------- la Maldiva, l'Angla
Malyia ------------ Malyo ---------- la Franca,
la Bambura
Maltia ------------ Malto ---------- la Malta
Marokia ----------- Maroko --------- l'Araba, la Franca
Mauritania -------- Mauritano ------ l'Araba

Mauricia ---------- Maurico -------- l'Angla, la Franca,
la Kreola
Mexikia ----------- Mexiko --------- la Hispana ->
l'urbo
di Mexikia
Mikronezia -------- Mikronezo ------ l'Angla, la Truka,
la Yapa
Moldovia ---------- Moldovo -------- la Moldova
Monakia ----------- Monako --------- la Franca, l'Angla,
l'Itala
Mongolia ---------- Mongolo -------- la Mongola
Mozambikia -------- Mozambiko ------ la Portugala
Myanmaria --------- Myanmaro ------- la Myanmara
Namibia ----------- Namibo --------- l'Angla,
l'Afrikansa, la Germana
Nederlandia ------- Nederia
Nederia ----------- Nedero --------- la Nedera
Nepalia ----------- Nepalo --------- la Nepala
Nigeria ----------- Nigero --------- l'Angla, la Hausa,
la Yoruba, l'Igba
Nijeria ----------- Nijero --------- la Franca, la Hausa
Nikaraguia -------- Nikaraguo ------ la Hispana
Norvegia ---------- Norvego -------- la Norvega
Nov-Guinia -------- Nov-Guino ------ la Tok-Pisina +
Multa lingui
Nov-Zelandia ------ Nov-Zeia
Nov-Zeia ---------- Nov-Zeo -------- l'Angla, la Maora
Omania ------------ Omano ---------- l'Araba, l'Angla
Panamia ----------- Panamo --------- la Hispana, l'Angla
Pakistania : P(Punjab)+A(Afgania)+K(Kashmir)+
(i)+S(Sindh)+TAN(BalochisTAN)
Pakistania -------- Pakistano ------ l'Urdua, l'Angla,
la Punjaba
Papuia ------------ Papuo ---------- l'Angla +
700 tribuala lingui
Paraguayia -------- Paraguayo ------ la Hispana,
la Guarana
Peruvia ----------- Peruvo --------- la Hispana,
la Quechua
Polonia ----------- Polono --------- la Polona
Portugalia -------- Portugalo ------ la Portugala
Quataria ---------- Quataro -------- l'Araba, l'Angla
Rusia ------------- Ruso ----------- la Rusa
Ruwandia ---------- Ruwando -------- la Ruwanda,
la Franca, l'Angla
Salvadoria -------- Salvadoro ------ la Hispana
Samoyia ----------- Samoyo --------- la Samoya, l'Angla
256 Ido for All
SantaLucia -------- SantaLuco ------ l'Angla, la Franca

SanMarinia -------- SanMarino ------ l'Itala
SaoTomia ---------- SaoTomo -------- la Portugala
Senegalia --------- Senegalo ------- la Franca +
Tribuala lingui
Seishelia --------- Seishelo ------- l'Angla, la Franca,
la Kreola
SierraLeonia ------ SierraLeono ---- l'Angla +
Tribuala lingui
Singapuria -------- Singapuro ------ l'Angla, la China,
la Malaya
Siryia ------------ Siryo ---------- l'Araba, la Kurda,
l'Armena
Slovakia ---------- Slovako -------- la Slovaka,
la Hungara
Slovenia ---------- Sloveno -------- la Slovena,
la Serbo-Kroata
Somalia ----------- Somalo --------- la Somala, l'Araba,
l'Itala, l'Angla
Sud-Afrika -------- Sud-Afrikano --- l'Afrikansa,
l'Angla, la Zulua
SriLankia --------- SriLanko ------- la Sinhala,
la Tamula, l'Angla
Sudania ----------- Sudano --------- l'Araba, la Nuba
Surinamia --------- Surinamo ------- la Nedera, l'Angla,
la Kreola
Suazyia ----------- Suazyo --------- la Suazya,
la Zulua,
l'Angla
Suedia ------------ Suedo ---------- la Sueda
Suisia ------------ Suiso ---------- la Germana,
la Franca, l'Itala,
la Romansha
Taiwania----------- Taiwano--------- la China, la Taiwana
Tajikia ----------- Tajiko --------- la Tajika, la Rusa
Tanzania ---------- Tanzano -------- la Suahila,
l'Angla, l'Araba
Tailando ---------- Taiyia
Taiyia ------------ Taiyo ---------- la Taiya
Togia ------------- Togo ----------- la Franca +
Afrikana lingui
Tongia ------------ Tongo ---------- la Tonga, l'Angla
Trinidadia -------- Trinidado ------ l'Angla, la Hinda,
la Franca
Tunizia ----------- Tunizo --------- l'Araba, la Franca
Turkia ------------ Turko ---------- la Turka, la Kurda,
l'Araba
Turkmenia --------- Turkmeno ------- la Turkmena, la Rusa
Tuvalia ----------- Tuvalo --------- la Tuvala, l'Angla
Ugandia ----------- Ugando --------- l'Angla, la Ganda,

la Suahila
Ukrainia ---------- Ukraino -------- l'Ukraina, la Rusa,
la Rumana
USA --------------- USAano --------- l'Angla,
la Hispana:
US-Amerik-"an"o
Uruguayia --------- Uruguayo ------- la Hispana,
la Portugala
Uzbekia ----------- Uzbeko --------- la Uzbeka, la Rusa
Vanuatia ---------- Vanuato -------- l'Angla, la Franca,
la Bislama
Vatikania --------- Vatikano ------- l'Itala, la Latina
Venezuelia -------- Venezuelo ------ la Hispana
Vietnamia --------- Vietnamo ------- la Vietnama,
la China, la Franca
Yemenia ----------- Yemeno --------- l'Araba
Zambia ------------ Zambo ---------- l'Angla +
Afrikana lingui
Zimbabwia --------- Zimbabwo ------- l'Angla, la Shona
USano (1)
John: Hola! Me esas statano di Massachusetts.
Bob: Hola! Me esas statano di Washington.
John: Do ni esas statani di Amerika.
Bob: Ni esas ne nur statani ma anke unionita statani di Nordal
Amerika.
John: Ni simple esas Amerikani, ka No?
Eduardo: Hola! Ma anke me esas Amerikano. Me esas Latinal
Amerikano.
John: Ma autentika Amerikanin esas ni. Vu esas nur Lano en
Arjentinia.
Eduardo: No! Me ne esas Lano ma LA'ano, pro ke me esas
LAmerik"ano".
Bob: Do ni esas USAmerikani ed anke USAani, ka No?
Eduardo: No! Vi esas nur USani, pro ke vi esas nur Statani di Ula
lando.
258 Ido for All
Bob: Ka ni do ne esas Amrikani?

Eduardo: No! Me esas autentika Amerikano. Vi esas nur Ula Stat"an"i.
John: Ni ne esas Ula Statani ma Unionita Statani di Amerika, Capisci?
Eduardo: Non capisco! Vu ne esas Amerikano ma nur Statano. Vu esas
USano.
Moyshe Sefarada: Okida! John e Bob esas Unionita Statani ma ne
Amerikani.
Eduardo: Ho, Yes! Li esas nur USani ma nule esas USAani. E ni esas
LAani.
USano (2)
USA (Unionita stati di Amerika) : -> Amerikano di "US" -> "Us"ano
Nordal Amerika : -> "N"ordal Amerikano -> "N"ano
Sudal Amerika : -> "S"udal Amerikano -> "S"ano
John: Hola! Me esas Usano.

Bob: Hola! Me esas anke Usano.
John: Me esas anke Nano ultre Usano.
Bob: John, anke me esas Nano.
Eduardo: Hola! Me esas ma Sano. Do me esas plu sana ed alta kam vi.
Fufu!
(nano = a dwarf, sano = a healthy person)
Trovesas plura "United States" en la mondo.

United States of America = USA : USAano ma anke USano
United States of Canada = Kanadia : Kanadiano ma anke USano
United States of Mexico = Mexikia : Mexikiano ma anke USano
Letters 259
Letters
A letter for a French Idist: pri la difero "qua" e

"quo"
Itere a Sro Loic LANDAIS:

======================================================
Sro Loic LANDAIS: Yen mea antea letro por granda difero
inter qua e quo.
======================================================
> From: "Loic Landais"
> Date: Sat Dec 6, 2003 9:22 pm
> Subject: Dio-Proverbo
>
> Kara Jean,
> Me remarkis segun me eroro pri la Dio-Proverbo di
hiera Diala Jurnaleto
> : "Omno quo brilas ne esas oro ".
> Ka ne esus plu bone skribar
> "Omno qua brilas ne esas oro " od "Omna to qua brilas
ne esas oro"?
> Kordiale Loik
Quankam me sporadike lektas IdoListo, tamen nek me nek

Sro Jean MARTIGNON
pluse esas membri di IdoListo. Do povesar ke lu ne
lektas vua questiono.
From: "Bebson Y. TAKATA"

Date: Sun Jun 8, 2003 6:22 pm
Subject: Qua e quo?
==============================================
Sro Christophe GAUBERT: quo = qua'ns kontenajo
==============================================
Me sendas mea anciena e sequanta letro por vu.
==============================================
Sro Eduardo A. RODI:Por klimar monteto di quo.
==============================================
>On ya vidas ke multa homi mem ocidas por kelka
>monet-peci. Ed en la televiziono (adminime en
>mea lando) on vidas homi facanta kozi mokinda
>po premii pekunia.
>Do forsan la ideo pri kordio militista esas nur
260 Ido for All
>traito kulturale impozita al homaro. On pensas

>ke suceso esas suceso materiala, aparar en tel-
>eviziono (facante irgo) esas maxim granda revo
>por multi. Quante plu stupida on esas e montras
>su, plu multe on esas aceptita. Pensar esas kon-
>siderata neutila. Ed on devas facar nur to quan
>omni facas (precipue le sucesoza). E la sucesoza
>ya militas ed esas violentema. Do on mustas esar
>violentema, se on volas sucesar quale li.
Quo esas "quo"? Quo esa la kontenajo di "qua".
On devas facar to quon omni facas.

On devas facar to di qua kontenajon omni facas.
Qua esas la pacifisto? La duesma de la dextra.

Quo esas la pacifisto? Vera prejanto por paco.
Qua esas do la pacifisto? Lu esas Sro E. RODI.
Me ne komprenas to quon vu prejas(insistas).

Me ne komprenas to di qua kontenajon vu dicas.
Me ne komprenas "nur" to quan vu prejas.
Me komprenas l'altra kozi quin vu dicas, tamen
me ne povas komprenar nur to "quan" vu prejas.
>Ed on devas facar nur to quan omni facas ...

>(precipue le sucesoza).
Hike vu semblas gramatikale justa, pro ke ...
>Ed on devas ne facar "l'altra nenecesa kozi",
>ma on devas facar "nur" to quan omni facas ..
Se vu uzus "quon" vice "quan" ....

>Ed on devas facar nur to quon omni facas ...
Co dicus ....
>On devas facar nur to quon (nejusta ma profi-
>tebla kozi=la kontenajo) omni facas (precipue
>le sucesoza).
Co anke dicus ....
>On devas facar "anke egale bone" to quon omni
>facas (precipue le sucesoza). // Pro ke "nur"
hike kun sequanta "quon" ma ne "quan" aspektas
a me retorikale egalesar ya "anke egale bone".
----------------------------------------------
Sro Eduardo A. RODI respondis quale ....
----------------------------------------------
>Me ne bone komprenas vua expliko.
Letters 261
>Kom relativi, me uzis "qua/i(n)" kande esis

>"antecedento"(substantivo avana a qua la pro-
>nomo referas), e me uzis "quo(n)", kande ne
>esis tala substantivo, quale la Angla "that/
>which/who" vice "what":
>>>
I didn't understand the EXPLANATION (that) you
offered to me.
Me ne komprenis la EXPLIKO quan vu ofris a me.
>>>
I didn't understand what you explained to me.
Me ne komprenis quon vu explikis a me.
>
BYT respondis de la sequanta frazo ....
>Ka ta uzado esas nekorekta?//99% korekta ma..
Me dicus en la duesma frazo...
Me ne komprenis to quon vu explikis a me.
Me ne komprenis la EXPLIKO quan vu ofris a me.

Onu ne parolas la kontenajo di la explko en la
unesma frazo. Kande me a vu dicadis multa kozi
inkluzante expliko, jokajo e mem prediko edc.:
Me komprenis la jokajo quan vu ofris a me.
Me komprenis ma ne prizas la prediko quan...
Me ne komprenis la expliko quan vu ofris a me.
Vu indikas la expliko inter multa kozi de me.
Me ne komprenis to quon vu explikis a me.

Me ne selektas vua expliko inter multa kozi.
Existas nur la expliko avan me. Kande tamen me
esforcas pensar pri la kontenajo di l'expliko,
me tote ne komprenis to quon vu predikis a me.
En ta kazo, vu do anke povas dicar quale...

Me ne komprenis l'expliko quon vu dicis a me.
Me ne komprenis l'expliko qua'ns kontenajon vu
vane esforcas koaktar aden mea bonega cerebro.
Submarine:- Navo sub maro od Maro sub

glacio'strato?
- kelka letri ad Idisti -
Submarine
==============================================
Sro Cibernauti en "submarine" en la kosmospaco
262 Ido for All
==============================================
Angla vorto "submarine" ne esas irga "maro" ma
olu signifikas "batelo" submara ("submarine").
Olim BYT dicis ke ne es bona uzar prepoziciono

kom prefixo, nam "submaro", suficante stranje,
ne esas "maro" ma batelo od ulo/irgo sub maro.
Tamen preske omni en IdoListo, specale Germana
Sro NEUSSNER, opozis lu ke lu es tro hucpoza*.
avan-brakio = manuo ("avan" esas prepoziciono)

avana-brakio = avana parto di brakio avan kudo
(Quo nun esas ca "avana"? Olu esas adjektivo.)
vice-prezidanto : Ka lu vere esas prezidanto?

= Ulu qua manjas o facas irgo VICE prezidanto.
= Lu povas esar neapta laborar kom prezidanto.
vicea-prezidanto = (Lu anke esas prezidanto.)

Ulu qua laboras kom PREZIDANTO vice prezidanto
qua forsan esus malad e ne povas laborar tale.
BYT propozis "neben-" kom ca adjektivo, vicea.

vicEa-prezidanto -> nEben-prezidanto
Se onu volas uzar "vice" kom prefixo, lu povus
o devus introduktar "anstat" kom prepoziciono.
BYT expektas altra, forsan hucpoza*, opinioni.
Antebrachium
==============================================
Sro Gonc,alo NEVES: Mea konfundo di avan/ante!
==============================================
HoLa! Me itere konfundis "avan" kun/ad "ante".
Antebrachium devas esar AVANa-brakio, quale vu
bone sugestas. Ma anke vu konfundas "avan" kun
"dop", nam mentono, nazo, okuli, tot kapo edc.
regretinde esis, por la Latini, dop la brakio.
Antebrachium signifikas l'avanaparto di brakio
avan kudo. Kad avan-brakio ne esas a vu manuo?
Se avan-brakio ankore esas brakio, do sub-maro
devas ankore restar maro, nek navo nek batelo.
Pri vice-prezidanto vu esas multe plu racionoz

kam BYT, quale esis tale la pasinta argumenti.
Vice-prezidanto(A) esas ula Sro B, qua es anke

kapabla laborar kom bon prezidanto vice Sro A.
Letters 263
Do BYT dezirus expresar la vorto kom vice-A-B.
Sro B esas vice-prezidanto(A)-prezidanto. E ca

parto vice-prezidanto(A) povus egalesar vicea.
Sro B valoras ja nomesar prezidanto, tamen onu
ne definas lu ye pura prezidanto ma nur vicea-
prezidanto, dum ke Sro A povas funcionar tale.
Vicea- = tempala, provizora, segun-dezira edc.
Konkubino anke esas spozino, ma elu es spozino

vice la unesma spozino: vice-spozino1-spozino2
Vice-spozino signifikas irga amoratino sen ica
titulo spozino qua tre importas por konkubino.
Konkubino mustas esar vicea-spozino. Capisce?
Tamen ica vorto "vicEa" sonas male a me. Do me
rimemorigas da me la Germana vorto: Nebenfrau.
Neben-frau esas konkubino, ma lu esas anke ula
spozino vice l'autentika ed unesma spozino. Do
me propozas ca vorto "neben-" kom bon prefixo.
BYT expektas altra, forsan hucpoza*, opinioni.
Mea ne-lasta repliko

==============================================
Sro Gonc,alo NEVES: Pro ke me esas ne-edukito.
==============================================
BYT tote ne savis ke la Latini kareis la vorto
"antebrachium". Me dankas a vu pri la informo.
Yen mea monologo, pro ke vu ja facis vua lasta

repliko ke vu nule povos respondar mea hucpo*.
>Neben-frau esas nulo altra kam extra-spozino.

Vu esas partale justa, nam extra-spozino es la
vorto nur komoda de la vidpunto di la spozuli.
Tamen neben-spozini generale deziras remplasar
l'autentika spozino, eli ne volas esar extra*.
Vice-"PERSONO" generale esas persono qua vizas

remplasar "PERSONO", la amba personi apartenas
do a la samspeca kategorio, dum ke maro e sub-
maro apartenas a diferanta kategorii. Tamen la
vorto vice-prezidanto anke povas indikar altra
kategorio kam prezidanto quala plebeyo. Do BYT
propozas la termino "vicea prezidanto", qua ya
klare indikas olua prezidanteso. Esas tre mala
uzar la sama vorto kom prepoziciono e prefixo.
264 Ido for All
Kaoso o poketa logiko?

==============================================
Sro Igor WASILEWSKI:Kad olu es kaoso o logiko?
==============================================
Vu pensas e dicas ke BYT volas enduktar kaoso.
Ma advere lu deziras pozar poketa logio vicEe.
Quale BYT vu lernas la Japona linguo. Kad anke

la China linguon vu hazarde lernus en Polonia?
Preske omna prepozicioni naskis de la verbi en

la China linguo. La prepozicioni havas objekti
quale verbi. E la Chini facile vidas la diferi
e logiko inter la sequanta 3 formi gramatikal.
Prepozicioni + substantivo(kom objekto)

sub-maro: ento submersas maro(objekto)
Prefixo verbala + substantivo(kom objekto)
anti-bakterio: ento ocidas bakterio(obj)
- e -
Prefixo adjektival + substantivo(kom subjekto)
ex-prezidanto: prezidanto(subj) qua rezignis
Avan-brakio: ento preiras brakio(objekto)

Avana-brakio: brakio(subjekto) preiras kudo
Vice-prezidanto: ulu remplasas prezidanto(obj)
tamen ica ulu povas esar irgu, anke plebeyo
Vicea-prezidanto: prezidanto(subj) remplasas
altra forsan malada prezidanto ne indikata
Ne importas enduktar anstat* o neben*-, nam me

nur deziras montrar ta nekoncianta uzo di Ido.
Quankam vu havas la akuzativo en la Polona, ka

vu ne deziras vidar la diferi? Ed esas nejusta
uzar la sama vorto kom prepoziciono e prefixo,
nam to endukas kaoso aden logikala uzo di Ido.
Pri la sufixo -oro

From: "Bebson Y. TAKATA"
Date: Fri Oct 9, 1998 5:40 pm
Subject: Mea repliko esis nesuficanta e mem
miskomprenigiva.
***********************************************
Letters 265
Estimata e Beste vriend Sro Hans STUIFBERGEN: quale

"poeto e poemo"
***********************************************
Mea repliko esis nesuficanta e mem miskomprenigiva.
Pardono!
La komputoro* komputas* la maxim bona (chipa por me)
voyo. Konduktoro esas persono qua konduktas taktikoze
situeso/i a sua skopo
-ilo : instrumento, qua facas ago indikiita per la verba

radiko.
-oro : mashino, mashino kun karaktero, roboto* ed anke
persono, qua per taktiko esforcas bone atingar kelka
parti di skopo indikita per la verba radiko da karaktero
dop la ceno.
oro : mineralo, qua per nobleso montras la granda skopo
di minerali.
AspirAToro esas aparato qua aspiras aspirATajo por

certena skopo e do generale aspiras taktikale ulo
dezirATa o nedezirATa.
Do onu povus uzar simple o lejere aspiroro*
vice(anstat*) aspirAToro.
AkumulAToro esas aparato qua akumulas akumulATajo por
certena skopo e normale akumulas taktikale ulo por
futurala uzi o kalkulo.
Do onu anke povus neoficale uzar akumuloro*
vice(anstat*) akumulAToro.
Kande onu konsideras ke objekto di verbo esas specala od

importanta, onu uzas -AToro* ed onu uzas simpla -oro*
kande onu ne pensas tale.
Pliz* laudez me pro ke per mea "ordinara" cerebro me

pensabas kompromiso bona por mea amiko inter vu e granda
cerebristo Sro James CHANDLER.
O ka vu reprimandos B.Y.T. pri ica rakonto Barono-
Muenchhausen-atra?
Por ganar nova vorti e pri l'akademio - de letri da

BYT
Me ne esas tam pesimista kam Sro JM pri la necesa vorti por moderna
vivi. La oficaleso esas ya valida por la granda lingui quala la Franca
edc. Pro quo tamen l'oficaleso dil omna Idal vorti? Por mikra e febla
266 Ido for All
linguo quala Ido, qua havas nur manuedo de Idisti vere kompetenta,
l'oficaleso esas ma simpla luxozeso, quan ni tote ne afordas posedar.
Quon do agar? Unesme vu darfas uzar vorti pruntota de nia mi'frato
Esperanto o vua nova inventuri e devos vidar ka la majoritato de Idisti
sequos vu o ne. Se la majoritato ne imitos vu, duesme vu povos
serchar la vorti inventita de altra Idisti.
Co esas anke la metodo dal majoritato del Japoni, qua uzesas en la
Japona linguo, quankam existas autentika akademio dil Japona' mem
granda linguo. Ni imitez la Japoni kun suficanta komuna sajeso' pri
quale uzeskar en Ido vorti necesa por nova e moderna koncepti. Me
ipsa de'longe ignorabas ULI. Kompreneble ni mustas afrontar kelka
konfuzeso, exemple pri "news" Angla: ni nun havas novajo, novumo e
nuntio. Tala konfuzeso des'aparos kande onu parolos Ido lore kom
vere internaciona linguo. Ni esez libera til ta dio.
Ka vu ankore insistas ke vua povra Ido esas pro vua manko di bona
lexiki?
Avan omno esas la uzado ta qua decidas prefere

kam dekreti desupre.
Dum ke Soviet-Uniono degeneradis sub projetita ekonomio desupre,
landi di Kapitalismo prosperadis sub "laissez-faire", pro ke la merkati
decidadis.
BYT ne vartas irga dekreti por ganar vorti, pro ke lu fidas a la merkati.
Kande necesa, lu sempre pruntas nova vorti precipue e prefere de
IdoStab: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/idostab/
Do kelkatempe lu pozas * chel dezineci di tala vorti, ma kelkatempe
ne. E mea steleto ne signifikas ke la vorto ne esas oficala, ma olu nur
montras ke la vorto ne facile trovesas en ordinara vortari, pro ke olu
esas nova.
-- BYT
Letters 267
Ido ja havas suficanta vorti fundamentala. Por ganar nova vorti me

kredas ke onu devas fidar a la merkati prefere kam ad ula akademio
autoritatoza.
Do ne l'akademio ma la merkato selektos apta vorto por "news Angla"
inter novajo, novumo e nuntio. Me uzis la lasta e vartos la decido dil
merkato.
BYT ne esas sub "projetita ekonomio" desupre, ma nur sub "laissez-
faire". Ido bezonas kreskar en kondiciono ne Soviet-Union'atra ma
libera Europal. Do mem "kande" povus divenar "quande" en la futuro,
se omni parolus tale.
** Avan omno esas la uzado ta qua decidas prefere kam dekreti
desupre. **
Pro quo Ido esas forta?

Sro Jacques DEHE'E: Parce que pluie du matin n'arre^te pas le
pe`lerin
======
> La Ocitana esas un linguo qua sufras multe pro ke nultempe olu
havis akademio. La linguo esas dividita aden multa dialekti' ed omna
dialekti aden multa sub'dialekti.
Dialekti ne esas granda problemo. En Norvegia trovesas du granda
dialekti qui uzesas kom l'oficala lingui di Norvegia. Ed en Germania
onu proklamas ke Germania havas un oficala linguo di Germania. Ma
fakte onu libere uzas sua propra dialekto omna'die ube lu laboras e
manjas e pluse diskutas' ma uzas la oficala Germana nur kande lu
mustas o devas esar specale formala.
En Japonia onu audas multa dialekti parolata en TV, e facile
komprenas la dramati od amuzivaji. Nur en Francia onu devas adherar
a Parisana linguo.
En Idia onu anke darfas uzar kelke deviacata Ido. Lo esas perfekte
okida! Tamen lu gradope uzeskos plu modelatra Ido kande lu deziros
esar populara inter Idisti plu talentoza kam su ipsa. Ido esas plu forta
kam l'Ocitana. Pro ke en InterReto onu povas trovar sua mastro di Ido
kande vere necesa.
Quankam febla, lingui ne'oficial quala l'Ocitana havas de'naska
268 Ido for All
parolanti de diversa dialekti. Singla parolanti kredas ke la sua esas la

maxim bona inter la dialekti pro ke li esas sua propra mastro di sua
propra linguo e ne bezonas adherar a la normala linguo sur'plusita se
l'akademio existus.
Tamen Ido ne havas sua de'naska parolanti. Omna Idisti esforcas lernar
la linguo "de pied d'une colline" per libro o sub la mastro. Qua de li
povus krear bona dialekto de l'Ido quan Sro Jean MARTIGNON, Sro
Fernando TEJO'N e BYT esforcas polisar omna'die? Kad onu trovos
tala genio en nia futuro?
Me ne kredas tale. Maxim regretinde vu ne esas ta genio qua afordas
ganor la granda majoritato del futura Idisti per vua ankore povra Ido,
kad Yes?
Ido for All - Afterward (Edition 1.4) 269
Ido for All - Afterward (Edition 1.4)

Adio [A-diyo] ed anke Adeo [a-De-o]! .sincere via, vua ed anke tua
B.Y.T. .Idisto ed Idiotisto pro mea nur limitizita e povra edukado ed
anke .Ido-Kavaliero per bona oreli vice mea skarsa e povra cerebro
Ido-Kurso.: http://www.geocities.com/bebsonido/
IdoLerneyo: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/idolerneyo/
LiveJournal.com: http://www.livejournal.com/users/bebson/
Ido-Biblioteko (Sro FT).:
http://es.geocities.com/krayono/publikaji.html
****************
Men probiert gold mit fei'er, a froi mit gold. // Yida(Yiddish)
proverbo.
Oro probesas per fairo, muliero per oro. // Viro? Per honoro. (segun
BYT)
****************
270 Ido for All

Ido For All

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ido For All

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ido For All

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

Ido For All

Under the guidance of Stephen L. Rice.

Edition 1.6, edited by Jerry Muelver

Ido for All

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-

Forward - Notes from Source Edition 1.4

Production and Publication Note

Our appreciation and thanks go to the contributing authors of this

The Demonstrative Pronoun.........................................................109

Lektajo 05: - Lumoza Expliko......................................................159

How to Translate WHAT..............................................................187

Lesson 0 - Zeresma Leciono

The names of the letters in Ido-alphabet are: a be ce [cho] de e fe/(ef)

Tips on Learning Ido

Lesson 01 - Unesma Leciono

The Indefinite Article

The Definite Article

Verbs - Present Tense

The cat is touching the window. - La kato tushas la fenestro.

Lesson 02 - Duesma Leciono

I sleep in the garden. - Me dormas en la gardeno.

Adjectives - Short Forms

Lesson 03 - Triesma Leciono

No, she is going to the bridge. - No, elu iras a la ponto.

The Definite Article:- "le" for the Plural

Answer these general questions -> Examples

06) Ka vu havas kato? -> No, me ne havas un.

Lesson 04 - Quaresma Leciono

Vortifado - Word Building

Alan is at the doctor's. - Alan esas/es che la mediko.

A teetotaller used to be "anti-alkoholisto" but now a simple "ne-

Lesson 05 - Kinesma Leciono

Me manjis mea poma - I ate my apple. (Not: Me manjis sua poma.)

Are you good? - Ka vu esas/es bona?

Verbs - Past and Present

I drank too much whisky. - Me drinkis tro multa wiskio.

-ier- (who or what bears or is characterized by):

Lesson 06 - Sisesma Leciono

Interrogative Pronouns (1)

On habitas permanente en propra o fixa domo.

Dum - Extended "During"

Vortifado:- Adjektivi kun nuanci

La familio [fa-MI-lyo] - the family

falling asleep). Me havas grandega lito qua esas/es en mea dormo-

Lesson 07 - Sepesma Leciono

Will we dance tomorrow? - Ka ni dansos morge?

hiere - yesterday sukrajo - a sweet

General Questions (Answer in Ido)

Lesson 08- Okesma Leciono

Interrogative Pronouns : Accusative Form

Lesson 09 - Nonesma Leciono

Three Types of Infinitives

Rakonto por Infanti

filiulo di Siorino Gato, e la tri detektivi gardis sekreta formulo

(already existing words for a meaning are shown in parentheses):

Reference Word Lists

La Homala Korpo - The Human Body

forehead - fronto, eye - okulo, eyebrow - brovo, ear - orelo, noze -

Lesson 10 - Dekesma Leciono